Skip to main content

Full text of "Post-war economic policy and planning. Joint hearings before the special committees on post-war economic policy and planning, Congress of the United States, Seventy-eighth Congress, second session, pursuant to S. Res. 102 and H. Res. 408, resolutions creating special committees on post-war economic policy and planning"

See other formats


0  Q  lMs4^jJi> 


"^ 


t 


^ 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC  POLICY  AND  PLANNING 


HEARINGS 

BEFORE  THE 

SPECIAL  COMMITTEE  ON  POST-WAE  ECONOMIC 
POLICY  AND  PLANNING 

HOUSE  OF  KEPEESENTATIVES 

SEVENTY-EIGHTH  CONGRESS 

SECOND  SESSION 
PURSUANT  TO 

H.  Res.  408 

A  RESOLUTION  CREATING  A  SPECIAL  COMMITTEE  ON 
POST-WAR  ECONOMIC  POLICY  AND  PLANNING 


PART  3 


JUNE  7,  8,  13,  14,  AND  15,  1944 


ECONOMIC  PROBLEMS  OF  THE  TRANSITION  PERIOD 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Special  Committee  on  Post- War 
Economic  Policy  and  Planning 


UNITED  STATES 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
99579  WASHINGTON  :   1944 


%.  S.  SUPERIffTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

AUG  25  1944 


SPECIAL  COMMITTEE  ON  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC  POLICY  AND 

PLANNING 

WILLIAM  M.  COLMER,  Mississippi,  Chairman 


JERE  COOPER,  Tennessee 
FRANCIS  WALTER,  Pennsylvania 
ORVILLE  ZIMMERMAN,  Missouri 
JERRY  VOORHIS,  California 
JOHN  R.  MURDOCH,  Arizona 
WALTER  A.  LYNCH,  New  York 
THOMAS  J.  O'BRIEN,  Illinois 
JOHN  E.  FOGARTY,  Rhode  Island 
EUGENE  WORLEY,  Texas 

Marion  B.  Folsom,  Director  of  Staff 

Guy  C.  Gamble,  Economic  Adviser  to  committee 

A.  D.  H.  Kaplan,  Consultant 

n 


HAMILTON  FISH,  New  Y'ork 
CHARLES  L.  GIFFORD,  Massachusetts 
B.  CARROLL  RBECE,  Tennessee 
RICHARD  J.  WELCH,  California 
CHARLES  A.  WOLVERTON,  New  Jersey 
CLIFFORD  R.  HOPE,  Kansas 
JESSE  P.  WOLCOTT,  Michigan 
CHARLES  S.  DEWEY,  Illinois 


CONTENTS 


Statement  of — ■ 

Nelson,  Donald  M.,  Chairman,  War  Production  Board 495 

Abbott,  Dr.  Charles  Cortez,  chairman.  New  England  Council 525 

Maverick,  Maury,  Chairman,  Smaller  War  Plants  Corporation 537 

Cameron,  D.  P.,  president,  Merchants  Company  of  Mississippi 555 

Blucher,  Walter  H.,  executive  director,  American  Society  of  Planning 

Officials 575 

Chatters,  Carl,  executive  director,  Municipal  Finance  Officers  Asso-  '  -I 

elation 586 

Fennelly,  John  F.,  executive  director,  Committee  for  Economic' Devel- 
opment   595 

SCHEDULE  OF  EXHIBITS 


No. 

Intro- 
duced 
at  page 

Appears 
on  page 

14 

H.  R.  5125,  bill  to  provide  for  disposal  of  surplus  Govern- 
ment property  and  plants.     Introduced  by  Mr.  Colmer._ 

599 

600 

POST-WAK  ECONOMIC  POLICY  AND  PLANNING 


WEDNESDAY,  JUNE  7,   1944 

House  of  Representatives, 
Special  Coimmittee  on  Post- War 

Economic  Policy  and  Planning, 

Washi-nc/ton,  D.  O. 
The  special  committee  met  at  10 :  30  a.  m.,  in  room  1304,  New  House 
Office  Building,  Hon.  William  M.  Colmer  (chairman)  presiding. 

Present:  Representatives  Colmer  (chairman).  Cooper,  Zimmerman, 
Voorhis,  Murdock,  Lynch,  O'Brien,  Worley,  Fish,  Reece,  Welch,  and 
Wolverton. 

Also  present :  Marion  B.  Folsom,  director. 
The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 
We  are  pleased  to  have  Donald  Nelson,  Chairman  of  the  War  Pro- 
duction Board,  with  us  this  morning.  I  might  say  preliminarily  that 
this  appearance  of  Mr.  Nelson  had  been  scheduled  for  some  time  to 
discuss  the  question  of  the  plans  of  the  W.  P.  B.  for  cut-backs  after 
the  termination  of  the  war. 

It  seems  a  little  psychological  that  we  should  discuss  that  subject  this 
morning,  not  at  the  termination,  but  at  the  beginning  of  the  invasion. 

STATEMENT  OF  DONALD  M.   NELSON,   CHAIRMAN,  WAR 
PRODUCTION  BOARD 

The  Chairman.  We  are  glad  to  have  you  with  us,  Mr.  Nelson.  We 
think  you  have  done  a  splendid  job  in  preparing  for  the  invasion.  Of 
course,  this  committee  is  primarily  interested  in  what  is  going  to 
happen  after  victory  comes.  We  believe,  unfortunately,  psychological 
as  this  might  be,  that  it  is  just  as  important  now  to  plan  for  the  post- 
war days  as  it  was  to  plan  for  the  war  days  prior  to  the  invasion.  So 
we  are  glad  to  have  3^ou  with  us,  Mr.  Nelson. 

While  it  is  an  important  question,  the  House  meets  this  m-orning 
at  11  o'clock;  but  some  of  us  will  remain  until  you  conclude  your  testi- 
mony.    You  ma3"  utilize  the  time  as  you  see  fit. 

Mr.  Nelson.  Well,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  quite  agree  with  you  that  it  is 
timely  to  be  prepared  for  any  emergency.  While  we  know  definitely, 
of  course,  that  Ave  have  got  to  keep  up  war  production  just  as  long  as 
the  military  services  require  that  production,  the  Chiefs  of  Staff  de- 
termine our  military  programs,  we  get  our  programs  from  them  and 
they  are  the  ones  who  know  the  strategy  of  the  war,  and  while  they 
need  the  materiel,  it  is  our  job  to  get  it  for  them  and  not  to  let  any- 
thing interfere  with  it. 

At  the  same  time,  I  am  glad  to  see  the  committees  of  Congress,  your 
committee  particularly,  surveying  this  problem,  because  I  believe  it 

495 


496  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

would  be  unfortunate  if  we  were  as  unprepared  for  the  peace  as  we  were 
for  the  war.  The  war  came  on  us  suddenly.  It  was  forced  on  us 
suddenly,  and  we  had  to  oo  in  and  do  a  job  in  scrambling  these  facili- 
ties as  best  we  could  in  order  to  get  out  war  production. 

Now,  of  course,  the  job  that  will  face  us  some  day — none  of  us  knows 
when — some  day  we  will  be  faced  with  the  job  of  uscrambling  the 
facilities  and  getting  them  back  into  peacetime  production  again. 

I  believe  if  the  people  of  this  country  know  that  the  Government  is 
ready  to  meet  that  emergency,  they  will  go  forward  with  their  war 
job  in  better  fashion,  and  they  will  produce  with  more  confidence  and 
not  be  disturbed  by  the  future.  I  think  one  of  the  characteristics  of 
the  human  race  that  we  must  always  take  into  account  is  that  they 
want  security  insofar  as  they  can  possibly  get  it. 

Now,  I  did  not  come  up  with  a  prepared  statement  for  you,  sir,  but 
I  am  prepared  to  discuss  this  in  any  way  you  want.  I  would  like  to 
make  a  few  observations  for  the  the  committee  which  I  think  are  very 
important  for  you  to  consider. 

First,  I  think  our  job  following  the  war,  in  the  post-war  period,  is 
to  get  as  full  utilization  of  our  facilities  as  we  possibly  can.  "We  are 
going  to  have  to  do  this  in  order  to  keep  up  employment.  It  is  not 
going  to  be  possible  to  shrink  our  economy  back  to  what  it  was 
before  we  went  into  this  war,  because  we  have  an  expanded  economy 
in  war  production,  and  it  is  not  possible  to  take  the  1944  economy  and 
shrink  it  back  into  the  1939  or  1940  position.  You  cannot  move  back- 
ward. We  have  moved  forward  in  too  many  directions.  New  tech- 
niques have  been  developed;  new  processes,  new  facilities  have  been 
built  all  over  this  country.  In  building  these  new  facilities  we  tried 
to  keep  before  us  all  the  time  the  question  of  the  utilization  of  our 
resources  in  the  various  regions  of  the  country. 

One  of  the  things  we  tried  to  do  was  to  get  more  manufacturing  into 
the  South,  more  manufacturing  into  the  Middle  West,  and  into  parts 
of  the  country  where  they  had  not  had  manufacturing  before. 

In  the  distribution  of  our  material  resources,  we  were  building 
plants  near  the  point  of  utilization,  insofar  as  we  could  do  that  without 
interfering  with  tlie  progress  of  the  preparation  for  war.  That  was  the 
pattern  by  which  we  determined  the  location  of  many  of  these  re- 
sources. We  could  not,  of  course,  do  it  on  a  slide-rule  basis,  because 
speed  was  one  of  the  most  important  essentials  that  we  had  to  consider, 
but  all  things  being  equal,  we  tried  to  locate  the  facilities  which  were 
built  in  sections  of  the  country  where  they  had  not  had  them  before, 
where  labor  was  available,  transportation,  and  and  other  things. 

You  will  find  that  pattern  has  been  pretty  generally  followed  in  the 
location  of  facilities  wherever  it  could  be  done  without  interfering  with 
the  speed  of  preparation  for  war.  So,  first,  I  think  we  have  got  to  be 
thinking  in  terms  of  the  fullest  utilization  possible  of  the  resources 
of  the  country.     That  is  No.  1. 

Now,  I  think  it  is  also  axiomatic,  although  it  is  not  generally  thought 
of,  that  3'ou  cannot  have  a  full  utilization  of  the  resources  of  this 
country  unless,  first,  agriculture  is  prosperous,  and  that  goes  without 
saying.  Such  a  large  proportion  of  our  population  lives  on  the  farm 
pnxlucing  food  and  agricultural  raw  materials  for  industrial  processes, 
that  unless  that  large  segment  of  the  population  is  prosperous,  you 
cannot  have  the  full  utilization  of  your  facilities. 


POST-WAR   ECOXOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  497 

Secondly,  you  cannot  have  the  full  utilization  of  your  facilities 
unless  the  consumer  goods  industries  are  prosperous. 

Now,  that  is  divided  into  two  classes:  Durable  and  nondurable. 
By  "durable"  we  mean  refrigerators,  vacuum  cleaners,  washing  ma- 
chines, automobiles,  and  that  whole  range  of  products. 

Thirdl}',  and  I  think  it  is  very  important  in  our  thinking,  we  can- 
not have  full  utilization  of  the  resources  in  this  country  unless  our 
capital  goods  industries  are  prosperous. 

Now,  there  is  not  much  doubt  in  anyone's  mind  today  that  agricul- 
ture for  some  time,  I  do  not  know  what  the  length  of  time  is,  for  the 
post-war  period,  is  going  to  have  to  furnish  food  both  for  our  popula- 
tion and  for  the  world. 

Our  consumer  goods  industries  I  feel  as  soon  as  the  resources  can  be 
released  can  be  prosperous  because  of  the  pent-up  demand. 

One  of  the  things  we  had  to  do  in  building  up  this  program  was  to 
shut  off  the  manufacture  of  consumer  durable  goods,  because  those 
facilities  were  badly  needed  for  the  war  program. 

One  of  the  first  things  I  did  in  assuming  the  chairmanship  of  the 
War  Production  Board  was  to  cut  off  the  manufacture  of  automobiles 
and  to  make  possible  the  use  of  those  facilities  for  all  kinds  of  mate- 
riel for  the  war,  such  as  airplanes,  tanks,  guns,  just  a  wide  variety  of 
products.  The  automobile  industry  has  done  a  grand  job.  The  min- 
ute the  production  of  automobiles  was  stopped,  they  immediately 
turned  to  the  production  of  war  goods,  and  made  an  outstanding 
record.  And  so  it  was  with  refrigerators,  and  vacuum  cleaners,  and 
a  wide  range  of  consumer  durable  goods. 

So,  for  some  little  time,  as  soon  as  those  facilities  can  be  released 
and  they  can  go  back  to  the  manufacturing  of  consumer  durable  goods, 
I  think  we  will  have  a  market,  not  only  in  this  country,  but  in  other 
countries  of  the  world  where  they  need  them  badly,  and  where  they 
]\ave  tlie  money  to  pay  for  them. 

But  the  place  I  think  where  a  great  deal  of  thinking  has  to  be  done 
is  in  the  matter  of  capital-goods  industries.  That  is  beyond  the 
scope  of  the  War  Production  Board,  and  one  of  the  reasons  I  present 
it  to  you  is  because  it  concerns  this  whole  question  of  capital-goods 
industries,  the  building  of  homes,  the  building  of  machine  tools,  and 
so  forth.  Our  machine-tools  industry  has  had  to  expand  tremend- 
ously, almost  10  times  its  pre-war  average  of  production.  They  have 
done  a  grand  job  of  making  billions  of  dollars'  worth  of  machine 
tools  for  ourselves  and  our  allies. 

Now,  unless  we  can  develop  an  export  market,  and  a  broad  export 
market  for  capital  goods,  I  do  not  see  the  chance  in  the  reconversion 
period  for  the  capital-goods  industries  to  be  prosperous,  and  I  think 
we  have  got  to  be  thinking  in  terms  of  that  broad  scope  of  the  capital- 
goods  industries,  because  if  you  look  at  war  materiel,  it  is  very  largely 
made  by  capital-goods  industries,  tanks,  aircraft,  and  guns,  and  a 
wide  variety  of  things  are  made  on  exactly  the  same  machinery  and 
with  the  same  tools  that  other  capital-goods  are  made  on. 

So  I  think  we  have  got  to  be  thinking  in  those  terms.  I  set  that  as 
a  broad  pattern. 

Now,  let  us  look  at  the  job  of  the  War  Production  Board.  In  pre- 
paring for  war,  we  had  to  put  on  limitation  orders  of  various  kinds 
directing   the   flow    of   materials   into   the   thinjxs   that   were   most 


498  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

needed,  and  above  all  we  had  to  work  out  a  scheduled  program  for 
(Components.  Until  we  got  components  properly  scheduled,  these 
programs  were  conflicting  with  themselves  all  over  the  map,  each 
program  was  conflicting  with  the  other,  and  there  was  confusion. 
That  confusion  was  eliminated,  and  war  production  was  able  to  go 
ahead  by  leaps  and  bounds  when  we  got  these  common  components 
scheduled. 

Look  at  one  simple  thing  like  fractional  horsepower  motors.  Frac- 
tional horsepower  motors  are  used  in  practically  everj^  piece  of  mov- 
ing equipment  that  the  Army  uses.  The  airplane  uses  a  tremendous 
number  of  fractional  horsepower  motors.  There  are  from  150  to  200 
in  an  airplane.  They  are  used  for  tanks.  They  are  used  for  control 
mechanisms  of  various  kinds  in  a  great  many  different  industries. 
Until  we  got  those  fractional  horsepower  motors  properly  scheduled, 
these  programs  were  conflicting  all  over  the  map. 

Or,  let  us  take  another  item  like  valves.  Valves  were  one  of  the 
most  important  essentials  in  the  building  of  ships,  in  the  building  of 
our  rubber  program,  100  octane  gasoline  program,  and  they  went  into 
construction  widely  all  over  the  country,  into  many,  many  things. 
You  could  not  build  tanks,  giuis,  locomotives,  or  any  of  that  equipment 
without  valves.  Until  we  found  the  way  both  to  expand  valve  pro- 
duction and  to  schedule  it  so  we  knew  when  it  was  going  to  be  used 
and  it  was  there  on  time  to  be  used,  and  not  too  far  ahead  of  time — 
until  it  was  properly  scheduled,  these  programs  were  wallowing  around 
all  over  the  map. 

We  had  first  to  put  a  limitation  on  the  Tises,  the  less  essential  uses — 
I  never  like  to  think  in  terms  of  nonessential,  but  it  is  the  less  essen- 
tial in  war  economy — we  limited  first  the  less  essential  uses  of  things 
made  of  steel,  copper,  aluminum,  zinc,  lead,  practically  every  com- 
modity, chemicals,  a  wide  range  of  things  that  had  to  have  a 
limitation  on  their  uses;  and,  secondly,  the  scheduling  of  the  com- 
ponents, which  meant  how  many  comjDonents  you  were  going  to  need, 
and  when,  and  getting  them  properly  scheduled  so  they  went  into 
each  program  without  conflicting  with  the  others. 

Now,  as  to  the  reconversion- job,  I  like  to  think  of  the  War  Produc- 
tion Board's  part  in  the  reconversion  job  as  readjustment.  Recon- 
version is  a  much  broader  aspect.  It  goes  into  the  disposition  of 
suri)lus  property,  contract  termination,  and  a  wide  range  of  things. 
Even  taxes  become  important  in  a  reconversion  job,  but  ours  is  the 
narrower  problem  of  readjustment.  When  the  Army  no  longer  needs 
a  certain  facility,  ours  is  the  problem  of  trying  to  see  what  can  be 
done  with  tliat  facility,  first,  for  further  use  in  the  war;  secondly,  for 
essential  civilian  programs;  and  thirdly  if  it  cannot  be  used  for 
essential  civilian  programs,  for  other  production  which  will  not  con- 
flict with  the  rest  of  the  war  effort.  Can  we  give  it  the  material? 
Can  we  give  it  the  components,  and  so  forth  ?  In  addition  to  the  war 
production  program  dictated  by  the  Chiefs  of  Staff,  the  War  Produc- 
tion Board  lias  had  to  think  in  terms  of  facilities  that  were  needed  to 
maintain  essential  civilian  economy.  You  cannot  fight  a  great  war 
unless  you  think  in  terms  of  providing  the  absolutely  essential  things 
which  are  needed  in  the  civilian  economy. 

But  even  though  we  got  thinking  of  those  things  in  terms  of  being 
civilian  items,  they  are  really  indirect  military  items;  the}'  are  also 
used  by  people  who  work  in  war  plants. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  499 

Let  us  take  a  simple  thinjr  like  work  oloves.  Without  work  gloves 
a  worker  cannot  work  in  a  factory  and  therefore  it  is  essential  that  we 
see  to  it  that  the  work  gloves  are  made  so  that  the  work  can  be 
carried  on. 

The  same  applies  to  the  automobiles,  the  transportation,  and  you 
can  go  into  a  wide  range  of  tilings  that  we  consider  essential  in  order 
that  the  civilian  economy  can  operate. 

Now,  when  we  think  about  the  civilian  programs,  agricultural  ma- 
chinery is  a  very  important  element  in  one  of  the  essential  civilian 
programs.  Production  of  food  is  as  essential,  of  course,  as  the  pro- 
duction of  tanks  or  anything  else.  The  problem  was  properly  to 
schedule  those  things,  so  they  would  not  interfere,  and  to  get  just  as 
much  agricultural  machinery  as  we  possibly  could  while  at  the  same 
time  we  Avere  building  up  the  war  programs. 

So  we  have  had  the  essential  civilian  programs  constantly  before 
us.  They  expand  or  contract,  according  to  the  necessity  for  the 
production  of  material  for  war. 

Xaturally,  some  items  liear  a  greater  priority  than  others.  For  in- 
stance, in  preparation  for  this  invasion,  one  of  the  most  important 
single  items  we  had  to  ])rovide  was  landing  craft.  Upon  the  produc- 
tion of  landing  craft  depended  the  safety  of  our  forces  as  they  got 
on  to  the  invasion  coast. 

We  gave  an  overriding  priority  to  landing  craft.  If  there  was  a 
conflict  between  landing  craft  and  agricultural  machinery,  we  had  to 
resolve  it  in  favor  of  landing  craft,  because  that  was  the  most  im- 
portant sinjile  thing  we  had  to  do. 

Just  so  with  other  things  that  were  of  the  greatest  of  importance. 
While  we  consider  the  production  of  agricultural  machinery  essen- 
tial, its  importance  is  relative  to  other  things,  because  if  he  hasn't  a 
new  plow,  a  patriotic  farmer  will  use  an  old  one;  repair  it,  and  use  it. 
I  know  it  is  difficult  to  do,  but  he  will  do  it ;  he  will  make  it  work ;  he 
will  make  an  old  corn  planter  work ;  he  will  make  an  old  combine  work 
if  he  knows  the  thing  is  held  back  because  of  some  other  thing  which 
is  more  important,  such  as  landing  craft. 

We  had  the  programs  outlined.  Dr.  Elliott,  who  is  the  Vice  Chair- 
man of  the  War  Production  Board  in  charge  of  the  Office  of  Civilian 
Requirements,  has  a  large  number  of  programs  that  we  consider  in 
degree  of  essentiality,  and  which  we  want  to  put  in  at  the  first  oppor- 
tunity. When  any  resources  are  cut  back,  we  think  in  terms  of  what 
essential  program  can  we  put  in  there. 

First,  we  consider  what  war  program  is  an  essential  program.  Then 
we  try  to  think  in  terms  of  the  release  of  material  or  components,  if 
they  can  be  manufactured,  for  something  that  is  wanted  by  the  civilian 
economy  but  not  absolutely  needed. 

Now,  the  controlling  factor  is  the  question  of  interference  w'ith  the 
war  production  program  which  has  to  go  forward. 

Right  at  the  present  time,  for  example,  it  is  very  difficult  for  some 
people  to  understand  why  constiniction  cannot  go  forward.  They 
say  reinforcing  bars  are  available,  concrete  is  available,  and  in  some 
communities  labor  is  available,  so  why  cannot  construction  go  ahead? 

Well,  we  come  immediately  into  conflict  with  lumber.  Now,  lumber 
is  a  very  important  item  from  the  standpoint  of  the  military  forces 
today,  not  alone  for  the  construction  of  bases,  camps,  and  so  forth,  but 
the  minute  we  invade  a  new  island,  or  in  the  invasion  of  France,  an 


500  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

immense  amount  of  lumber  has  to  follow  the  services,  so  we  can  pro- 
vide the  necessary  bases  from  which  to  carry  on  our  operations.  We 
need  a  tremendous  amount  of  lumber  to  package  the  various  things 
in  the  way  of  war  material,  so  accordingly  lumber  grows  tighter  and 
tighter  all  the  time. 

At  the  same  time,  we  have  diminished  manpower,  due  to  a  number 
of  reasons.  First,  induction  of  men  into  the  military  sei'vices  was  con- 
sidered absolutely  essential  by  the  Chiefs  of  Staff  to  carry  on  the  war, 
and  when  you  have  a  diminishing  manpower  and  at  the  same  time  a 
constantly  increasing  requirement,  you  can  see  that  lumber  is  a  very 
critical  item  at  the  present  time.  You  cannot  carry  on  construction 
without  lumber,  and,  therefore,  it  just  is  not  possible. 

While  we  would  like  to  release  materials  for  construction,  lumber 
is  a  very  limiting  factor. 

This  whole  question  of  having  the  economy  produce  the  necessary 
materials  for  war  and  at  the  same  time  do  the  essential  things  that  you 
need  and  try  to  fit  in  the  less  essential,  is  quite  a  tricky  job,  I  can  as- 
sure you. 

You  will  have  a  limitation  in  this  post-war  period,  certainly,  if  the 
war  goes  along  as  it  is  expected.  We  will  say  Germany  is  licked  first, 
then  we  still  have  Japan  to  lick.  You  will  have  to  carry  forward  a 
big  war  program  at  the  same  time  that  you  are  releasing  a  large  num- 
ber of  facilities  that  will  not  be  needed  because  of  the  ending  of 
the  war  in  the  East,  the  European  theater. 

So  that  our  part  of  the  job  in  the  War  Production  Board  is  to  see 
to  it  that  whatever  facilities  are  released  by  the  military  services — 
mind  you,  they  determine  what  they  need — but  when  they  say  they 
no  longer  need  item  X,  Y,  or  Z,  then  our  job  is  to  see  what  facilities 
are  making  items  X,  Y,  or  Z ;  how  those  facilities  could  be  used  either 
for  other  essential  war  programs  or  other  essential  civilian  programs, 
or  how  they  can  be  used  by  releasing  limitation  orders  or  releasing 
components  and  getting  them  into  the  manufacture  of  other  things 
which  the  civilian  population  wants,  but  does  not  absolutely  need. 

I  just  tried  to  sketch  very  briefly,  because  you  are  in  a  hurry,  some 
of  our  thinking  on  this. 

Now,  what  do  we  do  from  the  standpoint  of  organization?  How 
do  we  handle  it?  Dr.  Elliott,  in  the  Office  of  Civilian  Requirements, 
is  constantly  surveying  the  civilian  economy.  He  knows  the  needs  of 
civilian  economy  from  the  standpoint  of  years  of  study,  and  at  the 
same  time  he  knows  the  picture  in  the  industry  divisions  of  the  com- 
jDonent  situation,  and  he  prepares  a  program  which  goes  in  to  the 
Program  Committee. 

We  have  a  Direct  Requirements  Committee,  which  was  another  very 
essential  mechanism  by  which  we  straightened  out  these  war  programs 
by  having  all  of  the  claimants  sit  around  the  table  and  prove  their 
claims  for  materials.  At  first  one  of  our  jobs  was  trying  to  get  the 
requirements  down  in  shape  so  that  they  could  be  interpreted  into 
material  resources  and  component  resources,  as  I  have  explained  to 
you. 

Now,  the  claimants,  by  sitting  around  the  table,  and  dividing  up  the 
pie,  dispose  of  the  resources  we  have.  We  try  to  divide  them  wisely 
among  the  different  claiming  agencies,  such  as  the  War  Department, 
Navy  Department,  Maritime  Commission,  Office  of  Defense  Transpor- 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  501 

tatioii,  "Will*  Food  Administration,  Petroleum  Administrator,  Rubber 
Director,  F.  E.  A.,  and  we  go  on  with  the  long  list  of  claimant 
agencies. 

Now,  at  the  same  time,  another  group  in  the  War  Production  Board 
has  been  set  up  to  work  with  the  Army  and  Navy  and  Maritime  Com- 
mission, and  with  our  own  industry  divisions  on  facilities  which  are 
going  to  be  released,  which  are  no  longer  needed. 

For  example,  a  war  program  is  cut  down,  program  X,  so  we  will 
not  get  into  confusion  talking  in  generalities.  Program  X  is  to  be 
cut  back;  now  the  xVrmy,  the  Navy,  and  Maritime  Commission  sit 
down  with  the  staff  of  the  Production  Executive  Committee  and  look 
over  the  sources  that  have  been  making  that  particular  part  of  the 
program,  not  alone  the  prime  contractors  but,  insofar  as  we  can,  the 
principal  subcontractors,  and  think  in  terms  of  what  can  be  done  with 
those  facilities,  with  the  idea  of  releasing,  so  far  as  possible,  facilities 
which  can  be  used  for  some  other  program,  or  facilities  which  will 
relieve  the  manpower  problem  in  certan  tight  areas. 

I  will  not  go  into  the  manpower  problem  because  you  undoubtedly 
have  had  that  explained  to  you,  but  we  do  have  certain  critical  areas 
today  where  manpower  is  needed  badly  to  carry  through  all  of  the 
things  that  we  have  to  do  in  that  particular  community.  Those 
criteria  will  be  established  in  that  staff  of  the  Production  Executive 
Committee  of  which  Dr.  Elliott  is  a  member,  and  they  will  recommend 
to  the  Production  Executive  Committee  and  to  the  Program  and  Re- 
quirements Committee  those  facilities  which  they  recommend  releas- 
ing, and  then  if  new  war  production  can  be  placed  therein,  it  is  done 
innnediately ;  if  it  cannot  be,  then  we  will  survey  the  limitation  orders, 
the  L  and  M  orders,  so  that  materials  can  be  made  available  if  the 
manpower  is  available  in  the  community,  and  if  the  components  are 
available. 

Now,  there  is  one  thing  I  think  we  have  to  consider  in  this.  We 
cannot,  from  AVashington,  find  work  for  every  concern  in  the  United 
States  today.  To  do  that,  in  my  opinion,  we  will  be  doing  great  vio- 
lence to  the  free  enterprise  system  which  we  hold  dear  in  this  country, 
the  virility  of  which  helped  us  to  carry  through  the  war-production 
program. 

If  we  set  up  an  office  in  Washington  to  tell  every  firm  in  the  United 
States  what  they  can  do  or  cannot  do,  or  attempt  to  find  work  for 
everyone  of  them  from  our  point  of  view,  without  their  determining 
what  they  want  to  do,  then  in  my  opinion,  by  doing  that  you  will  do 
great  violence  to  the  free  enterprise  system. 

Tliere  is  a  lot  of  loose  thinking  going  on  in  this  country  as  to  what 
will  happen  in  this  readjustment  period. 

Now,  the  main  part  of  the  decision  as  to  what  a  concern  wants  to  do 
has  to  come  from  the  concern  itself,  rather  than  from  the  Government, 
rather  than  simply  saying  to  them,  "This  is  what  you  must  do,"  or 
"this  is  what  you  must  not  do." 

In  the  case  of  converting  production  for  war,  we  had  to  do  that 
definitely.  We  had  to  say  to  a  firm,  ''We  require  that  you  make  parts 
for  airplanes,  or  parts  for  tanks,  or  this,  that  or  the  other  thing,"  in 
order  to  get  this  conversion  from  peace  to  war. 

Now.  in  the  readjustment  back  from  war  to  peace,  I  think  we  have 
to  be  careful,  so  that  we  preserve  the  integrity  of  the  free  enterprise 
sj'stem.     I  do  not  like  that  word;  it  is  too  inclusive  and  it  is  too 


502  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

sloganized,  but  let  iis  put  it  "the  competitive  system."  The  competi- 
tive system  has  been  developed  in  the  United  States  and  has  made  the 
United  States  what  it  is,  and  if  we  set  the  pattern  in  this  post-war 
period,  or  attempt  to  so  refrulate  business  in  the  country  when  we  can 
release  facilities,  I  think  we  will  do  great  violence  to  the  United  States 
system  of  doing  business.     . 

Our  plan  is  rather  the  reverse,  to  try  to  give  them  the  facilities  when 
the  facilities  become  available,  to  try  to  give  them  the  materials  and 
components  if  it  does  not  interfere  with  the  war,  and  let  them  exercise 
their  judgment  Avhen  they  get  into  the  field  of  making  consumer  goods 
instead  of  a  great  many  of  the  things  that  we  absolutely  have  to  have 
in  order  to  carry  on  the  war. 

Now,  perhaps  I  have  OA-ersimplified  the  statement  that  I  made  to 
you,  but  I  think  it  is  very  important,  and  I  think  it  is  important  for 
the  committees  of  Congress  to  consider  what  kind  of  controls  we 
set  up  in  the  post-war  period. 

From  my  point  of  view,  I  would  like  to  see  the  minimum  of  con- 
trol. I  would  like  to  see,  in  the  post-war  period,  only  those  controls 
which  are  absolutely  essential,  looking  forward  to  their  release  at 
the  earliest  possible  moment  so  business  can  ^o  on,  but  I  would  like 
to  see  business,  during  this  post-war  period,  this  readjustment  period, 
using  its  individual  enterprise,  using  its  individual  initiative,  and 
using  its  abilities  to  determine  what  it  shall  make,  rather  than  com- 
ing down  to  the  Government  and  throwing  its  arms  around  the 
shoulders  of  the  Government  and  saying,  "What  shall  I  do?"  We 
will  tell  them  what  can  be  done,  but  the  individual  companies  must 
determine  what  they  want  to  do  rather  than  having  us  simpl}^  setting 
up  machinery  to  find  work  for  every  concern  in  the  United  States 
whose  war  contracts  may  be  cut  back. 

Now,  I  tried  to  give  you  very  generally,  my  thinking  and  obser- 
vation. I  will  be  glad  to  answer  any  questions.  I  know  what  I 
said  must  have  opened  up  a  lot  of  questions  in  your  minds,  and  it 
probably  will  take  some  time  to  discuss  it. 

The  Chairman.  It  has  been  a  very  interesting  statement,  Mr.  Nel- 
son. I  have  just  one  or  two  questions  and  observations  that  I  would 
make  briefly,  in  the  interest  of  the  element  of  time. 

Some  members  of  this  committee  were  up  in  Detroit  last  week  end 
getting  first-hand  information,  getting  a  first-hand  view  and  knowl- 
edge of  some  of  the  problems  that  would  confront  us  in  this  recon- 
version period. 

Mr.  Nelson.  Yes,  sir;  that  is  a  good  place  to  look  at  the  problem, 
because  there  are  going  to  be  lots  of  them  there.  I  was  there  yester- 
day and  the  day  before. 

The  Chairman.  We  were  impressed  with  the  fact  that,  if  we  had 
the  same  problems  in  proportion  all  over  the  rest  of  the  country,  they 
would  be  insurmountable. 

We  found  there,  without  going  into  detail,  that  these  manufac- 
turers, who  formerly  were  manufacturing  automobiles  and  automo- 
bile parts  and  who  are  now  doing  such  a  wonderful  job  in  war  pro- 
duction, were  concerned  about  the  reconversion  at  the  speediest  pos- 
sible moment. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right. 

The  Chairman.  They  recognized  the  problems,  of  course,  that  we 
are  confronted  with,  namely,  of  seeing  to  it  that  you  do  have  suffi- 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  503 

cient  war  production;  but  they  seemed  to  be  concerned  lest  they 
were  not  going  to  be  able  to  go  gradually  into  production  of  civilian 
goods  but  all  at  once  would  be  cut  off  with  a  wire  from  Washington. 

I  am  sure  this  committee  can  appreciate  your  responsibility  in  that 
connection.  We  do  not  want  to  have  a  situation  of  "too  little  and 
too  late"  or  "not  enough  at  the  right  time." 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right. 

The  Chairman.  So  far  as  I  am  concerned,  even  though  there  may 
be  great  waste  as  the  result  of  overproduction,  I  do  not  think  we  can 
afford  to  take  a  chance  in  not  having  enough  of  war  materials. 

Mr.  Nelson.  No,  sir.  We  must  never  take  a  chance  with  that.  I 
think  it  is  highly  essential.  There  are  many,  I  know,  who  feel  the 
Army  and  Navy  have  too  much.  I  have  always  felt,  as  a  matter  of 
fact  I  know,  that  the  country  that  has  too  much  at  the  end  of  the  war 
is  the  country  that  is  going  to  win  the  war.  We  must  have  toa  much 
by  the  very  nature  of  affairs.  We  do  not  want  to  take  any  chances  of 
not  having  enougli.  Nobody  can  determine  how  many  tanks  you 
need  in  an  invasion,  because  you  have  to  think  in  terms  of  whatever 
your  enemy  will  do.  So  I  think  we  have  to  have  too  much.  I  would 
not  like  to  see  us  have  too  much,  but  where  the  point  comes  I  do  not 
know. 

The  Chairman.  Feeling  that  way,  I  am  just  wondering  what  your 
Board  was  doing,  what  consideration  it  was  giving.  To  be  a  little 
more  specific,  for  instance,  here  was  the  Packard  plant  that  was  making 
the  Rolls  Royce  engine. 

;Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right.  They  are  making  the  Merlin  engine, 
a  very  important  engine,  and  it  will  be  used  all  through  the  Japanese 
phase  of  the  war. 

The  Chairiman.  We  were  under  the  impression  they  were  appre- 
hensive that  they  would  be  compelled  to  go  on  producing  these  engines ; 
then  all  at  once  they  would  be  shut  down  and  all  of  the  transformation 
back  to  peacetime  would  occur. 

Any  questions,  Mr.  Zinmierman  ? 

Mr.  Zimmerman.  Mr.  Nelson,  I  had  the  privilege  of  going  up  to 
Detroit  for  2  daj^s,  and  I  talked  to  those  who  were  going  to  run  the 
plant,  a  plant  built  by  the  Government,  so  large  that  you  could  hardly 
visualize  its  magnitude. 

Mr.  Nelson.  We  have  bigger  ones  than  that. 

INIr.  Zimmerman.  It  appeared  larger  than  the  rest  of  them.  While 
we  were  there,  we  saw  two  planes  ready  to  roll. 

]\Ir,  Nelson.  We  have  some  bigger  ones  now  in  Willow  Rim. 

Mr.  Zimmerman.  There  is  a  plant  there  now  owned  by  the  Gov- 
ernment, and,  when  production  ceases,  that  plant  will  be  owned  by 
the  Government.  It  seems  to  me  that  is  something  that  has  to  be 
worked  out.  Maybe  we  can  take  half  of  it,  or  a  part  of  it,  and  start 
reconversion,  as  you  say. 

Mr.  Nelson.  The  disposal  of  plants  is  not  my  problem. 

Mr.  Zimmerman.  I  appreciate  that,  but  it  iDcars  on  what  we  are 
talking  about. 

Mr.  Nelson.  It  does,  sir,  but  the  way  I  think  that  ought  to  be 
worked  out  is  that  the  Ford  Motor  Co.,  who  had  been  operating  the 
plant,  know  the  facilities  and  everything  else;  and  a  part  of  it  is 
scrambled  with  their  own  facilities.     They  ought  to  first  determine 


504  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

Avliether  they  can  make  anythintr  else  at  that  plant  and  use  it  in  any 
expansion  that  they  might  plan. 

One  thing  we  must  get  into  our  minds  is  that  in  the  post-war  j^eriod 
we  have  got  to  be  expansionists.  You  cannot  maintain  this  economy 
if  you  think  back  in  terms  of  1939  or  1940.  It  has  to  be  expanded. 
Instead  of  the  Government  sitting  down  and  figuring  out  what  they 
are  going  to  do  with  Willow  Run,  what  they  are  going  to  make  of  it, 
I  would  like  to  see  the  Ford  Motor  Co.  investigate  what  they  can  use 
the  facilities  for,  and  then  if  they  cannot  use  the  facilities,  they  can 
come  back  to  the  Government  and  say,  "We  cannot  use  it,"  and  let 
somebody  else  sit  down  and  figure.  I  would  not  like  to  see  an  organ- 
ization in  the  Government  that  figures  out  just  what  we  are  going  to 
do,  what  we  are  going  to  produce  in  every  one  of  these  plants. 

If  you  do  that,  then  there  is  great  danger  that  the  whole  system 
of  free  enterprise  will  change. 

Mr.  Zimmerman.  That  would  be  regimentation  from  the  top. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  would  be  regimentation  from  the  top,  and  I 
think  that  is  a  thing  we  have  got  to  carefully  avoid.  There  are 
tendencies  in  that  direction  which  I  think  must  be  avoided.  I  think 
industry  in  this  country  has  got  to  sit  dow^i  and  figure  out  what 
they  are  going  to  do  with  these  resources.  I  think  they  have  got  to 
consider  regionally  how  they  can  do  it. 

I  was  in  the  South  recently  and  talked  to  a  group  of  them  in  the 
southeastern  part  of  the  United  States,  and  urged  them,  from  the  com- 
munity standpoint  to  consider  what  they  could  do  with  these  plants 
that  were  located  in  their  community.  You  have  got  to  figure  out 
regionally  just  how  they  can  be  utilized. 

I  think  a  great  deal  can  be  done.  If  we  think  regionally  in  terms 
of  the  utilization  of  these  facilities,  and  get  businessmen  working  to- 
gether in  the  regions  figuring  out  what  can  be  done  with  these  facili- 
ties, we  would  go  a  long  way  toward  preserving  our  free  enterprise. 
I  would  like  to  see  the  people  of  this  country  figure  it  out,  and  not 
have  the  Government  figure  out  what  we  will  do  with  the  Willow  Run 
and  these  other  big  plants  in  the  country. 

The  Chairman.  I  agree  with  you  that  the  Willow  Run  plant  pre- 
sents a  different  problem.  To  my  mind,  there  is  not  so  much  a  prob- 
lem there  of  reconversion  as  it  is  in  the  case  of  the  privately  owned 
plant.     I  think  that  goes  into  the  question  of  the  policy  of  disposition. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That's  right.  That  is  why  I  say  it  is  not  my  phase 
of  the  business. 

The  Chairman.  I  used  the  Packard  plant  as  an  illustration  of  a 
privately  owned  plant. 

Mr.  Nelson.  Let  us  take  the  automobile  industry.  Let  me  follow 
through  with  what  we  are  doing  in  the  automobile  industry.  We 
have  an  automobile  industry  advisory  committee  composed  of  the 
large  and  small  companies.  We  have  sat  down  with  them  and  talked 
about  the  problem  of  producing  automobiles  in  the  post-war  period, 
and  told  them  just  when  we  thought  automobiles  can  be  ]:)roduced. 
It  certainly  will  not  be  until  after  the  war,  unless  it  takes  an  entirely 
different  turn,  because  we  still  need  their  facilities  for  other  important 
programs,  but  there  will  come  a  time  when  those  facilities  can  be 
released.  ,j 

■#•■ 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  505 

Now,  you  have  the  problem  that  the  automobile  industry  is,  to  a 
very  large  extent,  an  assembly  industry.  They  buy  the  parts  from  all 
over  the  country.  The  glassmakers  make  glass  for  it;  the  fabric 
makers  make  the  fabric  for  it,  and  parts  are  made  for  them  from 
all  over  the  United  States. 

Just  as  soon  as  the  programs  are  cut  back  to  any  great  extent,  and 
of  course,  as  soon  as  it  becomes  clearer  to  the  military  authorities 
that  these  things  can  be  cut  back,  then  you  can  do  more  work  on  it. 

At  the  present  time  all  you  can  do  is  think  about  it.  You  have 
got  to  have  a  release  of  facilities  and  an  interchange  of  facilities  so 
the}'  can  be  released  to  go  ahead  and  let  them  make  automobiles.  We 
are  working  right  now  with  the  automobile  industry  on  that.  We 
had  them  submit  to  us  their  plans  as  to  what  they  would  like  to  do. 
In  making,  say,  2.000,000  automobiles,  which  was  the  minimum  num- 
ber they  thought  they  could  make  and  keep  their  lines  for  it,  and  also 
in  having  an  unlimited  production  of  automobiles,  what  are  the  steps 
we  must  take  first?  What  new  machinery  do  they  have  to  install? 
What  tools,  dies,  and  jigs  do  they  have  to  install.  Do  they  want  to 
do  experimentation  work  in  the  production  of  automobiles,  or  do  they 
want  to  start  on  the  old  models,  and  then,  after  a  limited  time,  go 
into  the  question  of  new  models?  The  whole  competitive  situation 
in  the  automobile  industry  enters  into  it.  We  are  working  on  that 
job  with  the  automobile  industry  right  now. 

The  same  applies  to  the  refrigerator  industry,  and  the  same  applies 
to  the  washing  machine  industry.  We  are  trying  to  get  plans  and 
policies  set  so  they  will  know  what  they  can  do,  what  the  Government 
will  permit  them  to  do,  and  what  we  think  they  can  do  with  the  release 
of  facilities. 

We  have  had  some  500  or  600  industry  committees  telling  us  what 
they  want  to  do,  what  they  feel  the  best  policy  for  the  Government  is. 
We  then,  from  the  standpoint  of  the  War  Production  Board,  will  get 
all  the  agencies  in  Washington  together  and  determine  what  the  policy 
should  be  in  connection  with  this  readjustment.  It  will  vary  for 
each  industry,  it  will  vary  widely. 

The  Chairman.  It  is  highly  important  that  those  plans  should  be 
made. 

^h\  Nelson.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  think  it  is  highly  important. 

The  Chairman.  Just  as  it  was  important  that  the  plans  were  made 
for  the  invasion. 

Mr.  Xelson.  Exactly,  sir.  We  must  not  be  caught  without  at  least 
having  done  some  major  thinking  on  what  we  are  going  to  do  about 
it  if  certain  eventualities  should  happen. 

The  Chairman.  I  shall  not  take  any  further  time.  Mr.  Zimmer- 
man, are  there  any  further  questions? 

Mr.  Zimmerman.  Xo. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Reece. 

Mr.  Reece.  The  problem  that  disturbs  me  most,  Mr.  Nelson,  is  the 
one  of  continuing  employment.  As  you  say,  the  operation  of  our 
continent  depends  upon  various  factors,  as  you  very  clearly  demon- 
strated. If  the  war  should  end.  or  an  important  phase  of  the  war 
should  come  to  a  close  unexpectedly,  as  we  hope  it  may  and  as  we  are 
led  to  believe  that  such  may  be  the  case,  and  many  of  our  production 
facilities  are  suddenly  no  longer  needed  for  war  production,  and  if 


506  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

plans  have  not  been  completed  so  that  they  can  readjust  themselves 
and  proceed  in  a  very  short  time  to  civilian  production,  it  means  that 
there  will  be  thousands  of  employees  thrown  out  of  jobs.  If  that  is 
carried  very  far,  if  there  is  a  very  long  period  of  readjustment  in 
which  a  very  large  percentage  of  our  employees  are  thrown  out  of 
jobs,  then  chaos  is  going  to  begin  to  develop. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  certainly  right,  Mr.  Congressman,  but  I  see 
no  reason  for  that  occurring. 

Mr.  Eeece.  I  am  not  quite  that  optimistic,  but  I  hope  it  can  be 
avoided  and  I  believe  it  can  be  avoided. 

Now  the  witnesses  which  we  have  had  before  the  committee,  many 
of  them  have  demonstrated  the  falling  off  in  requirements  as  certain 
phases  of  the  war  come  to  a  close,  but  what  has  disturbed  me,  Mr. 
Nelson,  so  far  has  been  the  lack  of  demonstration  that  any  Government 
officials — and  to  a  certain  extent  private  industry — have  not  demon- 
strated that  they  are  really  getting  industry  set  to  go  into  civilian 
conversion  in  the  shortest  length  of  time  possible. 

I  realize  there  is  going  to  be  a  slowing  up,  I  realize  that  is  neces- 
sary, but  there  is  a  certain  amount  of  reaction  time,  ust  as  there  is  in 
changing  speeds  in  an  automobile,  that  is  required.  I  am  desperately 
apprehensive  that  we  may  get  stalled  and  we  will  have  a  very  long 
period  of  unemployment. 

To  illustrate  what  I  have  in  mind,  when  one  of  the  officials  of  the 
motor  companies  was  before  the  committee,  in  response  to  a  question 
which  was  propounded  to  him  as  to  what  would  be  necessary  when  he 
got  instructions  from  you  to  cease  war  production  to  get  into  civilian 
production,  one  of  the  things  he  stated  that  would  be  necessary  was 
that  he  would  have  to  order  and  receive  some  3..500  strategic  machine 
tools,  and  so  forth.  Now,  as  the  requirements  for  the  production  of 
machine  tools  lessen  and  lessen,  is  it  feasible  for  that  motor  manu- 
facturer, taking  him  as  an  illustration,  to  have  his  machines  and 
tools  produce?  Could  facilities  for  the  production  of  those  strategic 
machines  and  tools  be  released  so  that  he  would  be  in  readiness,  so  far 
as  the  tools  are  concerned,  when  he  got  his  stop  order  to  immediately 
proceed  to  the  production  of  automolDiles  when  his  plant  can  be  cleared 
for  it? 

In  connection  with  clearing  the  plants,  one  motor  company  official 
advised  me,  in  response  to  a  question,  that  there  were  some  9,000 
strategic  machines  and  tools  employed  in  that  particular  division  and 
that  he  could  use  possibly  3,000  of  them  in  a  reconversion  program, 
but  those  machines  and  tools  now  belong  to  the  Government. 

Could  not  some  appropriate  officer  of  the  Government  now  nego- 
tiate with  that  motor  manufacturer  for  the  sale  of  those  tools  and 
machines  which  ho  can  use.  so  that  he  would  know  that  he  had  them 
and  could  count  upon  them  in  determining  his  requirements,  in  deter- 
mining what  he  would  have  to  order,  and  then,  as  I  say,  as  to  the 
other  tools  that  he  might  need,  that  the  production  of  them  might  be 
permitted  when  facilities  for  that  purpose  can  be  released? 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  one  of  the  things  we  are  working  on  now  with 
the  industry.  We  are  asking  them  to  have  prepared  for  us  just  what 
they  are  going  to  need  in  the  way  of  machinery.  I  think  the  first 
thing  for  them  to  do  would  be  for  them  to  survey  with  the  Surplus 
Property  Administrator  just  what  machine  tools  we  have  that  are 
going  to  become  available  out  of  surplus  first,  and,  secondl}',  what 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  507 

we  have  in  mind  is  allowing  them  to  place  their  orders  for  machine 
tools  with  machine  tool  manufacturers,  give  them  priorities  to  enable 
them  to  be  built  when  they  can  be  built  without  interfering  with  the 
war  effort.    That  can  go  along  in  a  perfectly  orderly  way. 

You  say,  well,  we  are  late  with  it.  Well,  we  have  still  got  a  tre- 
mendously big  war  program.  If  this  thing  should  suddenly,  of  course, 
change,  woi-k  would  be  taken  from  your  machine-tool  people  imme- 
diately and  they  would  go  right  into  the  production  of  machine  tools 
for  civilian  requirements.  You  can  not  build  machine  tools,  however, 
at  the  present  time  when  the  machine-tool  manufacturer  has  first  got 
to  use  the  material  in  making  new  machinery  for  the  munitions  ]:»ro- 
gram,  for  the  making  of  parts  in  the  war  eifort.  Mind  you,  when  the 
machine-tool  industry  went  down,  when  their  demand  went  down,  we 
rescrambled  them  into  other  things  which  we  badly  needed.  Some 
of  them  are  making  parts  for  airplane  engines,  some  of  them  are 
making  parts  for  various  other  things.  They  have  gotten  other  busi- 
ness.   It  was  important  that  we  utilize  those  facilities. 

I  think  the  automobile  industry  should  be  allowed  to  place  orders 
for  the  machinery  that  they  want  to  be  made  when  it  can  be  made, 
but  it  can  only  be  made  wlien  you  can  release  those  facilities  from  the 
work  which  they  are  now  doing  for  the  war  effort. 

Mr.  Reece.  I  realize  that.  I  realize  the  facilities  cannot  be  released 
until  the  war  effort  justifies  the  release  for  that  purpose.  I  think, 
when  we  are  geared  up  for  war  production,  with  the  war  spirit,  as 
should  be  the  case,  that  there  is  a  tendency  for  us  to  overlook  this 
reconversion. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  agree  with  you,  Mr.  Congressman. 

ISIr.  Reece.  We  were  not  prepared  for  the  war.  We  did  not  know 
the  war  was  coming,  or  at  least  hoped  it  might  not  come,  and  we  were 
not  ready.  We  know  that  peace  is  coming  and  I  do  not  feel  that 
there  is  any  justification  for  us  not  to  be  reasonably  well  prepared 
for  the  peace;  we  cannot  afford  to  overlook  doing  everything  pos- 
sible in  a  practical  way  to  be  ready,  without  permitting  this  period 
of  chaos.  If  that  ever  develops,  I  am  very  pessimistic  as  to  how 
you  are  going  to  get  out  of  it. 

jSIr.  Nelson.  Mr.  Congressman,  in  the  first  place,  I  agree  thoroughly 
with  you :  but,  as  to  the  period  of  chaos  developing,  I  can  assure  you, 
in  ni}'  opinion,  it  will  not  develop.  If  you  just  go  back  over  the  record, 
I  would  like  some  day  to  show  you  the  predictions  of  chaos  that  was 
going  to  occur  in  this  war  program.  I  can  recall  very  distinctly  the 
automobile  manufacturers  and  everyone  else  telling  us  about  the  chaos 
that  was  going  to  occur  in  Detroit  if  we  cut  out  automobile  produc- 
tion. We  cut  it  out  and  that  chaos  did  not  come  about.  We  have 
got  great  ingenuity  in  this  country.  This  period  of  chaos  will  not 
come,  sir,  in  my  opinion. 

Mr.  Reece.  And,  Mr.  Nelson,  we  had  every  phase  of  that  ingenuity 
directed  to  changing  our  industry  to  war  production. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  and  that  same  ingenuity  will  help  us 
to  change  from  war  to  peace. 

IMr.  Reece.  If  we  can  get  the  same  amount  of  energy,  the  same 
amount  of  intelligent  direction  directed  to  peacetime  conversion,  then 
I  have  no  apprehension  as  to  what  is  going  to  result.     I  am  afraid 

90579—44 — pt.  3 2 


508  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

we  may  overlook  putting  that  effort  to  it  in  onr  reconversion  to 
peace. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  but  the  point  is  this :  I  think  we  very 
definitely  have  to  rely  on  private  initiative  putting  in  that  energy 
rather  than  setting  up  the  initiative  of  the  Government  that  is  going 
to  plan  everything  for  the  automobile  manufacturer.  I  want  to  see 
the  automobile  manufacturer  use  his  ingenuity  on  his  own  behalf. 
True,  there  are  certain  things  that  he  cannot  do  today;  but  he  has 
shown  great  initiative  in  changing  over  from  peace  to  war.  I  am 
sure  he  will  do  the  same  in  changing  over  from  war  to  peace. 

Mr.  Reece.  That  is  why  we  must  do  everything  toward  putting  him 
in  a  position  where  he  would  willingly  do  it. 

Mr.  Nelson.  As  soon  as  the  war  program  is  cut  down,  that  will  be 
done.  We  are  not  going  to  have  any  restrictions  on  him  that  are  not 
absolutely  essential.  When  that  time  comes  that  man  is  going  to 
use  his  private  initiative.  He  knows  now  pretty  well  what  he  wants 
to  do.  The  only  thing  I  want  to  emphasize  there  is  these  predictions 
of  chaos  do  not  come  true  when  you  have  got  a  lot  of  initiative  in 
this  country. 

Mr.  IvEECE.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  had  other  questions  but,  in  deference 
to  the  other  members  of  this  committee,  I  shall  not  continue  to  ask 
them. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Welch  desires  to  ask  a  question. 

Mr.  Welch.  Mr.  Nelson,  you  stated  it  will  be  necessary  to  expand 
our  production  after  the  war. 

Mr.  Nelson.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Welch.  Will  it  not  be  necessary  to  find  foreign  markets  in 
proportion  to  our  increased  production? 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  very  definitely  true,  we  will  have  to  find  foreign 
markets.  Your  principal  solution  of  the  capital-goods  industry,  in 
my  opinion,  is  foreign  markets. 

INIr.  Welch.  You  are  aware  of  the  fact,  of  course,  that  for  years 
before  the  war  we  were  producing  10  percent  in  excess  of  the  goods 
consumed. 

Mr.  Nelson.  The  world  is  going  to  wau.t  capital  goods. 

Mr.  Welch.  For  domestic  consumption  ? 

Mr.  Nelson.  For  domestic  consumption,  and  to  rebuild  the  world. 
I  think  we  have  got  to  find  the  way,  to  find  the  machinery  by  which 
that  can  be  financed,  can  be  paid  for.  There  is  a  large  export  market 
in  capital  goods  to  be  developed  just  as  quickly  as  we  can.  If  we  can 
do  tluit,  tlien  I  am  not  afraid  of  any  chaos  or  unemployment. 

If  we  can  solve  the  problem  of  the  capital-goods  industry — and  I 
believe  it  can  be  solved  by  a  proper  exploring  of  the  export  market — 
we  will  be  going  a  long  way.  We  are  making  some  effort  in  that 
respect,  and  I  will  be  ghid  to  talk  to  the  committee  in  executive  session 
on  what  we  have  been  doing  about  it.  I  would  not  like  to  do  it  in  a 
public  session.  I  would  be  glad  to  give  you  some  of  the  thinking  I 
have  liad  on  that  subject. 

The  CnAiR:MAX.  I  am  sure  (if  I  may  interject,  Mr.  Welch)  that  the 
connnittee  would  be  highly  pleased  to  have  such  information. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  would  he  glad  to  sit  down  and  discuss  with  you  ways 
and  means  by  which  I  think  it  can  be  done. 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  509 

Mr.  Welch.  It  is  regrettable  that  we  cannot  avail  ourselves  of  more 
of  Mr.  Nelson's  time.  I  desire,  Mr.  Chairman,  to  compliment  Mr. 
Nelson  on  his  splendid  constructive  statement  to  this  committee. 

Mr.  Nelson.  Tliank  you,  sir. 

]\Ir.  Fish.  ]\Ir.  Nelson,  you  made  a  very  interesting  statement  about 
rebuilding  the  world.     I  just  want  to  ask  you  one  question  about  that. 

Mr.  Nels(^n.  Believe  me,  sir,  I  did  not  mean  by  that  that  it  was  our 
job  to  rebuild  the  world.  ISIaybe  it  would  be  more  correct  for  me  to 
say  the  world  will  want  to  rebuild  itself  and  we  have  the  facilities  that 
they  can  use. 

Slv.  Fish.  There  is  no  question  about  our  facilities  and  our  produc- 
tive capacity,  but  where  are  we  going  to  get  the  money  to  pa}'  for  our 
own  goods  ? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Of  course,  it  has  to  be  paid  for,  and  one  of  the  things 
I  would  like  to  discuss  in  executive  session  with  the  committee  is  how 
we  will  pay  for  it,  because  I  have  some  ideas  on  it  that  I  would  like  to 
present  to  you. 

Mr,  Fish.  I  know  what  happened  in  the  last  war  when  we  gave 
billions  away. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  am  not  thinking  about  what  happened  in  the  last  war 
or  about  giving  it  away ;  I  am  thinking  of  a  business  arrangement. 

Mr.  Fish.  \  ou  want  an  executive  session  to  give  that  information 
tons? 

INIr.  Nelson.  Yes,  sir;  I  would  like  to. 

Mr.  Fish.  I  would  be  delighted  to  hear  you. 

Mr.  Zimmerman.  Mr.  Nelson,  while  you  are  on  that  line,  will  you 
meet  this  committee  in  executive  session? 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  will  be  delighted  to  do  it,  sir. 

Mr.  Zimmerman.  I  do  not  know  whether  you  had  anything  to  do 
with  the  agricultural  problems. 

Mr.  Nelson.  No,  sir ;  I  had  very  little  to  do  with  agriculture  except 
to  furnish  the  machinery. 

Mr.  Zimmerman.  I  hoped  you  had  an  expert  in  that  field.  I  happen 
to  represent  an  agricultural  section  of  the  country,  the  Mississippi 
Valley,  that  is  the  bread  basket  of  the  Nation.  We  can  produce  all  the 
world  needs  if  we  can  get  the  facilities  to  do  it.  We  have  got  a  prob- 
lem. AVe  want  to  get  money  that  you  need  to  buy  these  automobiles 
and  washing  machines,  the  vacuum  cleaners  and  radios,  and  we  can 
get  it  if  we  can  sell  our  stuff.    This  thing  is  far-reaching. 

jNIr.  Nelson.  Very. 

]\Ir.  Zimmerman.  'Maybe  you  can  throw  some  light  on  the  industrial 
side  that  will  help  us. 

]Mr.  Nelson.  I  do  not  know  that  I  can  do  much  for  you  in  agriculture, 
but  I  think  I  have  a  plan  for  selling— mind  you,  when  I  say  "selling" 
I  mean  sometlung  to  be  paid  for — on  a  wide  scale  our  capital  goods  to 
the  world  that  they  are  going  to  need  very  badly  and  that  will  enable 
us  to  use  our  facilities.  I  think  you  will  agree,  Mr.  Congressman,  that 
when  your  industries  are  busy  they  consume  more  food.  Agriculture 
and  in'dustrv  are  very  closely'interrelated ;  in  fact,  I  think  of  agricul- 
ture as  being  an  industry.  "^It  is  an  industry,  it  is  a  food-producing 
industrv. 

Mr.  Zimmerman.  That  is  right ;  it  produces  fiber  materials. 
The  Chairman.  Mr.  Voorhis. 


510  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

Mr.  VooRHis.  Mr.  Nelson,  you  said  in  the  course  of  your  remarks 
that  you  did  not  want  the  Government  to  phm  what  everybody  was 
supposed  to  produce. 

Mr.  NeIv?ox.  That  is  correct. 

Mr.  VooRHis.  I  think  you  are  quite  correct  in  that.     I  have  been 

very  deeply  conce]-ned,  and  I  am  sure  you  have,  too,  about  the  position 

that  the  smaller  scale  industry  and  business  w^ill  face  after  the  war. 

Mr.  Nelson.  T  think  when  you  talk  about  small  industry,  that  is 

another  problem. 

Mr.  VooRHis.  It  seems  to  me  that  their  position  is  going  to  be  very 
largely  determined  by  this  one  factor:  Whether  or  not  in  connection 
with  such  cut-backs,  as  become  possible  on  the  basis  of  too  much 
for  the  Army  and  Navy,  such  cut-backs  can  be  arranged  so  as  to  let 
small  business  get  started  on  essential  civilian  production  at  least  as 
soon,  if  not  a  little  sooner,  than  the  fellows  who  have  grown  so  great 
during  the  war. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  agree  with  you,  sir,  that  it  ought  to  be  done  sooner ; 
not  as  soon  but  sooner. 

Mr,  VooiJHTs.  T  am  very  glad,  indeed,  to  hear  you  say  that. 

Mr.  Nelson.  In  this  w^ork  of  passing  this  business  through  the  area 
production  urgency  committees,  we  have  exempted  production  con- 
cerns with  50  or  less  on  the  Pacific  coast  and  100  or  less  in  the  East, 
witli  the  idea  that  would  give  them  a  start.  I  think  we  have  to  go 
even  further  with  small  business.  I  think  you  have  got  in  Mr.  Maver- 
ick a  very  sound  and  able  fellow  who  is  thinking  in  just  those  terms. 

Mr.  VooRHis.  I  want  to  ask  you  this  question,  Mr.  Nelson,  in  con- 
nection with  those  small  businesses. '  It  is  not  going  to  be  enough, 
under  present  circumstances  to  say,  "Now,  you  fellows  are  free  to  go 
and  produce  what  you  like."  because  they  are  going  to  have  to  have 
priorities ;  they  are  going  to  have  some  kind  of  "go  ahead"  from  you 
on  some  basis  before  they  are  going  to  be  able  to  do  that. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right.  I  do  not  believe  we  ought  to  go  around 
and  pick  every  one  of  those  companies  and  say,  "You  are  going  to 
make  agricultural  implements,"  or  "You  are  going  to  make  this, 
that,  and  the  other  thing."  I  want  them  to  come  to  us  and  say  just 
what  they  are  going  to  make. 

Mr.  VooRHis.  Under  those  circumstances  you  will  be  prepared  to  . 
lend  a  sympathetic  ear? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Yes :  and  to  aid  them  in  more  ways  than  we  would  big 
business.  I  would  not  want  to  see  a  W.  P.  A.  established  for  small 
business,  because  I  do  not  think  that  is  what  small  business  wants.  I 
think  they  want  a  fair  set  of  conditions  under  whicli  they  can  operate. 

Mr.  VcoRHis.  I  think  it  is  obvious  there  are  plenty  of  lines  into 
which  they  can  go  now  and  get  a  very  early  start. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  sir. 

Mr.  VoORHis.  If  that  is  only  made  possible,  I  think  that  is  enough. 

Mr.  Fish.  Is  it  not  a  fact  that  they  need  a  little  more  help  than 
the  big  ones?  That  they  need  a  little  more  consideration  from  you 
and  your  organization  than  big  business? 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  sir;  and  I  think  they  should  haA'e  it. 
I  am  100  percent  in  favor  of  giving  it  to  them,  provided  we  do  not 
think  in  terms  of  too  broad  a  scale.  We  shoidd  not  think  in  terms 
of  helping  them  with  the  idea  that  we  are  going  to  run  them.  I  do 
not  Avant  to  see  the  Government  run  small  business.     I  want  small 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  511 

business  to  run  itself,  with  the  Government  only  making  it  possible  for 
them  to  do  it. 

Mr.  VooKHis.  You  said  you  had  to  think  in  terms  of  an  expanded 
economy. 

Mr.  ISelsgn.  Yes. 

Mr.  VooRHis.  Then  you  spoke  of  the  export  of  capital  goods  as  one 
factor  in  making  that  possible.  You  assumed,  and  quite  correctly 
so,  that  we  were  not  going  to  do  it  the  way  we  did  after  the  First 
World  AVar.  It  is  time  we  were  going  to  have  a  sound  method  of 
handling  international  balances. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  sir. 

Mr.  VooRHis.  If  that  be  true,  then  would  you  not  agree  that  the 
fundamental  thing  necessary  to  make  possible  a  capital  goods  export 
on  the  part  of  our  country  is  a  sufficiently  large  home  market  in  the 
United  States,  not  only  to  absorb  all  we  can  produce  but  also  to  leave 
room  for  the  importation  of  certain  goods  from  foreign  countries  to 
which  we  export  the  capital  goods  ? 

Mr.  Nelson.  There  is  no  way,  sir,  they  can  pay  for  it  unless  we  do 
that. 

Mr,  VooEHis.  Then  we  must  devise  ways  and  means  of  sustaining 
a  much  higher  level  of  effective  consumer  demand  in  the  United  States 
than  we  have  ever  had  before  in  history. 

Mr.  Nelson.  In  my  opinion  that  is  absolutely  correct,  sir,  and  must 
be  faced,  I  think,  as  a  fundamental  philosophy. 

Mr.  VooRHis,  Then  as  one  step  in  that  direction — and  with  this  I 
am  through — do  you  think  it  is  important  to  provide  some  kind  of 
what  we  might  term  "conversion  financing"  for  labor  in  the  period 
of  transition  which  would  correspond  with  the  interim  financing  which 
is  being  provided  for  business  during  that  same  period  ? 

Mr,  Nelson,  If  I  may,  I  would  rather  not  answer  that  question. 
There  are  other  Government  agencies  that  work  on  that,  and  I  do 
not  want  to  cross-fire  with  them,  I  think  there  are  others  to  whom 
that  is  delegated,  who  are  working  on  that  problem. 

The  Chairman,  Mr,  Murdock, 

Mr.  Murdock.  Mr,  Nelson,  first  I  want  to  compliment  you  on  one 
of  the  most  splendid  statements  I  have  heard.  One  of  your  points 
in  that  statement  was  to  this  effect,  that  our  post-war  salvation 
depends  upon  the  fullest  possible  utilization  of  the  resources  of  the 
United  States.  I  wish  it  could  be  expanded  immensely,  I  presume 
one  of  the  utilizations  you  have  in  mind  is  the  soil,  is  agriculture, 

Mr,  Nelson,  Yes,  sir, 

Mr,  Murdock,  I  am  glad  to  hear  you  say  that,  although  you  dis- 
claim full  knowledge  in  that  field.  We  have  had  it  pointed  out  to 
us  that,  in  order  to  service  the  enormous  debt  which  now  hangs  over 
us,  we  must  continue  to  have  an  income  of  at  least  $140,000,000,000 
annually, 

Mr,  Nelson.  Somewhere  between  120  billion  and  140  billion  is  cer- 
tainly absolutely  necessary. 

Mr.  Murdock,  And  that,  of  course,  means  the  expanding  of  indus- 
try on  which  you  spoke.  Now,  you  yourself  recognize  agriculture  as 
an  industry,  a  basic  industry.  Statistics  show  that  national  income 
is  closely  related  with  the  farm  income. 


512  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

Mr.  Nelson.  Very  definitely.  There  is  no  doubt  in  my  mind  about 
that,  I  have  followed  the  statistics  for  years,  and  industry  and  ag- 
riculture will  come  in  that  basic  pattern. 

Mr.  MuEDOCK.  That  relationship  is  about  1  to  7. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  IVIuRDOCK.  In  other  words  through  many  years,  national  farm 
income  has  been  one-seventh  of  the  national  income.  I  think  there 
is  a  definite  relationship  between  them  and  it  is  not  a  happenstance. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  my  belief.  Before  I  came  here  I  was  con- 
nected with  a  business  that  was  dependent  on  farm  income  and  I 
studied  it  most  thoroughly.  To  me  there  is  a  very  close  interdepend- 
ence between  the  prosperity  of  agriculture  and  the  prosperity  of 
industry,  and  vice  versa.    It  works  both  ways. 

Mr.  MuRDOCK.  If  then,  we  want  the  national  income  to  continue 
after  the  war  in  the  amount  of  $140,000,000,000,  we  must  see  to  it  that 
agriculture  has  at  least  an  income  of  $20,000,000,000  annually.  That 
would  be  one-seventh,  $20,000,000,000  annually.  Now,  the  big  question 
in  my  mind  is,  how  are  we  going  to  do  that?  During  the  war  and 
for  some  years  following  the  war,  there  can  be  no  such  thing  as  a 
surplus  of  food  and  fiber. 

Mr.  Nelson.  We  have  destroyed  so  much  that  that  is  true,  particu- 
larly in  the  fiber  field. 

Mr.  MuRDOCK.  But  when  we  think  of  the  years  ahead,  it  is  con- 
ceivable that  we  may  have  again  what  is  called  a  surplus  of  food  and 
fiber.  Part  of  our  post-war  planning,  I  take  it,  Mr.  Chairman,  is  to 
so  expand  our  needs  in  order  that  we  can  utilize  any  possible  surplus 
of  food  and  fiber.  I  would  like,  sometime  when  we  meet  with  Mr. 
Nelson  in  executive  session,  for  him  to  discuss  that  matter  further. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  am  afraid  you  are  a  little  bit  off  my  field  there,  but 
I  will  give  you  my  thinking  on  it.  There  is  no  answer  to  that  sir.  I 
wish  I  did  have  one.  I  only  know  a  limited  number  of  the  answers. 
I  do  not  have  an  answer  to  the  over-all  picture. 

Mr.  INIuRDOCK.  The  question  for  which  I  seek  an  answer  is  only  one 
of  many,  but  it  is  this :  How  can  we  continue  to  have  agi'iculture  en- 
joy one-seventh  of  the  national  income  and  the  national  income  ex- 
panded to  the  point  high  enough  for  us  to  survive? 

Mr.  Nelson.  You  bring  up  a  point  that  is  very  fundamental  in  our 
whole  economy.    I  do  not  think  there  is  any  question  about  that. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Wolverton. 

Mr.  Wolverton.  I  agree  with  the  chairman.  We  have  had  a  very 
helpful  statement  from  Mr.  Nelson  this  morning.  I  regret  this  roll 
call  necessitates  my  leaving  sooner  than  I  would  like  to,  but  there  are 
one  or  two  questions  that  I  would  like  to  ask.  To  put  one  briefly: 
What  policy  would  you  suggest  to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  the 
Brewster  case? 

Mr.  Nelson,  The  Brewster  case  will  not  recur  again.  You  will 
have  it  in  a  different  form.  Now,  the  Brewster  case  was  one  in  which 
there  had  been  a  lot  of  work  done  by  the  Navy.  The  Navy  was  prac- 
tically running  the  concern,  because  they  were  giving  them  the  money. 
They  were  going  through  various  vicissitudes,  and  so  forth.  We 
learned  a  lot  in  the  Brewster  case  and  we  will  not  have  a  repetition 
of  exactly  tha.t  one.  But  may  I  say  this  very  definitely :  I  think  there 
is  a  question  of  how  you  are  going  to  be  able  to  supply  work  to  a 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  513 

company  like  the  Brewster  Co.  I  believe  it  is  incumbent  upon  the 
management  of  the  Brewster  Co.,  and  other  airplane  companies,  to 
figure  what  they  are  going  to  do.  Their  contracts  are  going  to  be 
cut  back  some  day.  They  must  not  just  come  into  the  Government 
and  say,  "Our  contract  is  canceled.  Wliat  do  we  do  now?"  That  is 
not  the  American  system.  When  we  went  into  this  war  I  had  con- 
cerns coming  in  saying,  "Find  us  some  business."  I  said  to  them 
definitely  just  this:  "That  is  not  the  way  you  built  the  business,  by 
coming  to  the  Government  and  asking  the  Government  to  find  you 
business.  You  built  your  business  by  going  out  and  finding  it  your- 
selves. Find  it  yourselves.  You  determine  what  you  can  make 
for  us." 

If  we  had  set  up  a  system  at  that  time  of  just  absolutely  requiring 
that  we  find  business  for  every  concern  that  wanted  war  business,  we 
would  have  changed  our  whole  system  of  government.  Now,  I  will 
just  say  in  this  reconversion  I  think  it  is  up  to  the  aircraft  companies, 
as  it  is  with  others,  to  figure  out  how  they  are  going  to  keep  their 
facilities  busy  when  their  products  are  no  longer  needed,  because  the 
time  is  coming  when  they  will  have  to  do  that. 

Mr.  WoLAERTON.  While  we  deplore  a  situation  like  that,  I  am  very 
glad  it  happened  as  early  as  it  did.  It  seems  to  me  that  it  directs  our 
attention  to  the  importance  of  showing  where  the  Government  can 
be  of  assistance  in  providing  employment.  Government  should  be 
ready  and  willing  to  throw  itself  into  the  breach  first,  either  by  plan- 
ning so  that  that  situation  would  not  arise  or,  in  the  second  place, 
having  in  mind  that  if  it  would  recur  in  plant  after  plant,  we- would 
soon  have  a  situation  on  our  hands  that  might  get  out  of  bounds. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  sir. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  Now,  when  you  speak  about  the  initiative  that 
must  be  exercised  by  management  in  finding  its  own  business,  I  can 
readily  follow  j^ou  and  in  a  good  many  instances  apply  it  as  you  have 
in  mind.  However,  having  in  mind  the  shipbuilding  industry,  which 
I  happen  to  know  something  about  because  it  is  in  the  community  in 
which  I  live 

Mr.  Nelson  (interposing).  That  is  right,  sir. 

Mr.  WoL^'ERTON.  I  will  use,  as  an  illustration,  the  New  York  Ship- 
building Co.  that  now  employs  many  thousands  of  workers;  prior  to 
the  war  it  was  3,000.  I  can  hardly  figure  how  the  management  of  the 
New  York  Shipbuilding  Co.  could  utilize  initiative  to  keep  up  a  pro- 
gram that  would  in  any  way  approach  the  level  of  the  current  ship- 
building program. 

Mr.  Nelsox.  That  is  right,  sir.  Do  you  think  it  is  up  to  the  Gov- 
ernment to  buy  the  ships  that  they  can  keep  on  building  when  we  do 
not  need  them  ? 

Mr.  WoLA-ERTON.  That  is  not  the  situation  as  I  would  want  to  pre- 
sent it.  I  am  having  in  mind  your  emphasis  on  the  initiative  of  man- 
agement. 

]\Ir.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  sir. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  I  am  merely  calling  your  attention  to  the  fact, 
without  offering  any  solution  myself,  that  there  are  certain  industries 
where  the  initiative  of  management  can  not  fulfill  the  attainment  of 
that  objective  to  the  extent  that  you  have  emphasized  in  your  report. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  quite  agree  with  you,  sir,  and  I  am  only  pointing  out 


514  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

and  I  mean  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  there  are  certain  industries  that 
are  built  up  as  the  result  of  the  war,  that  unless  manacjement  can  find 
a  way  I  do  not  know  how  they  can  go  ahead.  Shipbuilding  is  a  per- 
fectly good  example. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  I  only  felt  compelled  to  mention  that  because  of 
the  emphasis  you  had  laid  on  the  initiative  of  private  management. 
I  cannot  just  see  how  that  would  work  out  in  that  particular  industry. 
It  is  so  largely  overbuilt  from  a  peacetime  standpoint  that  I  just  can- 
not realize  how  management  could  initiate  a  program  of  continued 
building. 

Mr.  Nelson.  Not  the  building  of  ships,  perhaps,  but  perhaps  the 
building  of  something  else.  If  the  Government  tries  to  find  a  way 
of  keeping  every  one  of  the  shipyards  busy  that  has  expanded  to  the 
full  extent  of  their  ability  to  expand  in  building  ships,  we  will  never 
succeed. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  Then  there  is  some  limitation  to  the  initiative  that 
management  can  carry  on. 

Mr.  Nelson.  In  the  building  of  ships,  yes,  sir;  but  how  about  other 
things  that  they  might  be  able  to  do  ? 

Mr,  WoLVTRTON.  I  am  just  discussing  the  difficulty  that  I  know  about 
a  particular  problem. 

Mr.  Nelson.  We  know  definitely  today;  I  mean,  anybody  can  see 
that  we  will  never  find  a  market  for  8,900  airplanes  a  month.  That 
is  what  we  produced  last  month.  There  is  no  possible  wa}^  that  I  know 
of  to  find  a  market  for  8,900  airplanes  a  month.  I  do  not  know  what 
you  can  do  to  find  a  market  for  the  8,900  airplanes  a  month. 

Mr.  Wolverton.  Except  as  one  airplane  manufacturer  has  stated 
to  the  committee,  of  which  I  was  a  member,  in  going  through  his 
plant,  that  they  want  to  destroy  them  all  and  start  building  them  over 
again. 

Mr.  Nelson.  You  would  have  to  have  another  war  in  order  to  build 
8,900  ships  a  month.  I  do  not  think  you  want  to  start  another  war 
right  away. 

Mr.  WoL^^:RTON.  The  airplane  situation  does  not  approach  the 
importance  of  the  shipbuilding  that  I  speak  of  for  the  reason  that  so 
many  of  the  airplane  companies  are  getting  back  into  the  manufacture 
of  automobiles.  There  is  a  chance  for  them  to  return  to  their  previous 
employment.     I  cannot  see  that  there  is  that  chance  in  the  other  case. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  would  like  to  have  the  time  to  follow  this  through 
with  you,  because  there  are  some  very  fundamental  points  that  I 
think  we  have  got  to  come  to  grips  with  right  away.  The  Brewster 
case  illustrates  one,  where  we  can  find  work  for  them,  and  where 
we  will  not  have  all  this  confusion.  Before  this  thing  came  up  pub- 
licly, we  were  at  work  trying  to  find  whether  we  could  put  part  of 
the  artillery  program  in  there,  part  of  the  ammunition  program  in 
there,  making  other  airplane  parts,  and  so  forth.  We  were  busy 
at  work  on  that. 

The  question  that  I  am  bringing  up  is — and  it  is  a  very  fundamental 
question — Is  it  up  to  the  Government  to  take  every  one  of  these  con- 
cerns that  has  been  expanded  and  find  work  for  them  to  do  in  their 
present  expanded  condition? 

Mr.  Wolverton.  I  do  not  think  that  is  in  the  mind  of  any  member 
of  this  committee. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  am  sure  it  is  not. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  515 

Mr.  Fish.  Has  your  organization  any  post-war  authority  to  plan 
on  this  final  question  of  employment  of  those  war  workers  who  are 
demobilized  ?    Have  you  the  power  to  do  so,  and  are  you  doing  it  'i 

Mr.  Nelson.  No,  sir. 

Mr.  Fish.  So  if  the  shipbuilding  plant  is  shut  down,  you  would 
know  where  it  is  possible  to  move  these  men  to  find  other  employ- 
ment. Is  there  any  program  or  plan  or  organization  in  respect  to 
that? 

Mr.  Nelson.  As  I  understand  it,  that  is  General  Hines'  job.  That 
is  his  commission  from  Mr.  Byrnes. 

Mr.  Fish.  That  is  not  your  job? 

Mr.  Nelson.  No,  sir.  My  job,  as  I  conceive  it,  in  the  War  Pro- 
duction Board  is  to  first  see  whether  there  is  other  war  business 
that  can  be  given  when  it  is  shut  down ;  or,  second,  whether  there  are 
other  essential  civilian  programs  which  they  can  take  on  in  case  we 
are  not  able  to  release  to  them  materials  and  components  to  make 
other  things  which  they  determine  they  want  to  make  and  can  sell. 

It  is  not  the  intention  of  the  War  Production  Board  to  plan  what 
every  concern  in  the  United  States  is  going  to  make  after  the  war. 

Mr.  Fish.  What  I  want  to  find  out  is  whether  you  have  any  power 
or  authority  from  Congress  to  do  this  thing. 

Mr.  Nelson.  As  long  as  the  war  is  on,  sir,  of  course  we  have  the 
priority  power. 

Mr.  Fish.  You  have  to  do  with  war  production  ? 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  sir. 

Mr.  Fish.  Have  you  got  anything  to  do  with  peacetime  production 
after  the  end  of  the  war?  Are  you  planning  to  do  anything  at  all 
on  the  question  of  the  employment  of  American  labor  after  the  war 
is  won? 

Mr.  Nelson.  No,  sir;  I  do  not  conceive  of  that  as  our  job. 

Mr.  Fish.  I  did  not  think  ^o.  I  wanted  to  make  sure  about  that,  as 
to  whether  we  had  some  organization  that  has  that  power  from  Con- 
gress. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Lynch  ? 

Mr.  Lynch.  Mr.  Nelson,  I  just  want  to  add  my  word  to  what  has 
been  said  in  a  complimentary  way  about  the  statement  that  you 
made  this  morning.  There  are  one  or  two  things  in  my  mind  that  I 
would  like  to  have  cleared  up.  What  is  the  attitude  of  the  War  Pro- 
duction Board  with  respect  to  the  stand-by  policy  of  the  Army  and 
Navy,  insofar  as  facilities  are  concerned  ? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Well,  we  will  work  with  them  on  stand-by  facilities 
to  be  sure  the  stand-by  facilities  which  they  set  up  are  the  right 
ones  to  set  up.  We  cannot  determine  what  stand-by  facilities  they 
are  going  to  need.  They  are  going  to  have  to  determine  that.  But 
we  can  determine,  sir,  whether  we  use  as  a  stand-by  facility  a  Gov- 
ernment-built plant  or  a  private  plant.  For  instance,  j^ou  may  make 
a  decision  that  we  are  going  to  hold  this  particular  plant  as  a  stand- 
by, and  it  may  be  that  we  may  need  that  plant  badly,  or  you  may  be 
able  to  convert  it,  and  thereb}^  create  employment  and  still  use  it  as 
a  stand-by.  That  will  be  the  type  of  work  that  we  will  work  with 
the  Army  and  Navy  on. 

Mr.  Lynch.  You  said  a  very  important  thing  before  when  you 
asserted  that  one  of  the  most  involved  questions  was  whether  there 
would  be  much  too  much. 


516  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  sir. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Who  presently  determines  whether  there  will  be  too 
much  too  much,  or  whether  there  is  too  much  too  much  ? 

Mr.  Nelson.  When  the  Office  of  War  Mobilization  was  set  up,  Mr. 
Byrnes  had  various  committees  at  work  with  the  Army  and  Navy  and 
the  Maritime  Commission  on  these  programs  to  determine  that  very 
question.     He  has  been  at  work  on  that.     It  has  not  been  our  job. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Do  you  know  of  any  instances  where  it  has  been  held 
that  there  has  been  too  much  material  ? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Lynch.  What  has  become  of  the  plants  that  have  produced 
those  materials? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Some  of  them  have  closed  down.  For  the  small-arms 
ammunition  plants,  the  single-purpose  plants,  for  the  most  part,  the 
whole  program  has  been  rearranged. 

]Mr.  Lynch.  Has  anything  been  done  to  restore  those  plants  to 
civilian  production  ? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Where  it  could  be  done,  sir;  but.  in  those  cases,  we 
were  not  able  to  convert  them  to  civilian  production  because  the  Army 
wanted  them  kept  intact  in  case  they  needed  more  ammunition.  It 
is  fortunate  they  did,  because  some  of  them  have  come  back  to  produce 
the  ammunition. 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  mean  other  than  single-purpose  plants ;  has  anything 
been  done  to  restore  those  to  civilian  production? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Oh,  yes.  Of  course,  this  readjustment  has  been  going 
on  constantly.  We  can  give  you  any  number  of  instances  of  it. 
That  has  been  going  on  constantly  for  over  a  year  and  a  half. 

Mr.  liYNCH.  Can  you  give  me  one  outstanding  instance  of  a  plant 
engaged  in  war  production  that  has  been  restored  to  civilian  pro- 
duction ? 

Mr.  NrL«oN.  Oh,  yes ;  we  can  give  any  number  of  them. 

Take  the  stove  production,  the  flat  irons,  things  where  we  had  the 
materials  available,  there  have  been  a  number  of  plants  restored  to 
civilian  production ;  yes,  sir. 

In  the  agricultural-implement  prograim  we  had  to  make  many 
rearrangements  to  make  the  agricultural-implement  program  possible. 
By  rearranging  the  production  programs  we  have  done  some  releas- 
ing of  facilities.  I  would  be  glad  to  prepare  a  statement  for  you  on 
that. 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  would  be  very  glad,  Mr.  Nelson,  to  have  you  do  that, 
and  T  would  like  to  ask  that  it  might  be  included  in  the  record. 

The  Chairman.  It  may  be  included  in  the  record. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  will  be  glad  to  do  that,  sir. 

Mr.  Wclverton.  When  these  contracts  have  been  canceled,  has  the 
cancelation  been  considered  in  the  light  of  the  labor  market  in  that 
particular  area? 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  has  been  one  of  the  prime  considerations,  because 
the  manpower  was  verv  short. 

Mr.  WoLA^KTON.  Why  was  not  that  done  in  the  Brewster  Aero- 
nautics case? 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  was  done  in  the  Brewster  Aeronautics  case,  sir. 
The  War  Manpower  Commission  went  to  the  Long  Island  plant,  and 
offered  jobs  to  8,000  workers.  They  were  right  there  ready  to  move 
them  into  doinff  other  things. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  517 

Mr.  WoL\'ERTON.  Was  that  after  they  were  shut  down,  or  before? 

Mr.  NEI.SON.  That  was  simultaneously  with  it,  sir. 

Mr.  AVoLA-ERTON.  Because  I  had4'eceived  letters  probably  days  be- 
forehand from  employees.  That  plant  is  just  across  the  river  from 
where  I  live.  I  received  letters  to  the  effect  that  there  was  danger 
of  a  shut-down.  They  were  very  skeptical  of  getting  any  employment 
in  New  York,  because,  as  you  know,  there  is  no  scarcity  of  labor 
there. 

Mr.  Nfxson.  There  are  a  number  of  programs  close  to  New  York. 
You  may  not  get  it  in  that  immediate  community,  but  where  we  have 
got  a  manpower  shortage,  I  think  it  is  fair  to  assume  that  people  will 
move  reasonable  distances  to  their  work.  Take,  for  instance,  at 
Johnsville,  12  miles  from  Philadelphia,  we  need  manpower  badly  in 
Philadelphia,  and  it  would  be  very  easy  for  those  employees  to  go  to 
Philadelphia,  to  commute.  I  do  not  know  the  details  about  Long 
Island.  All  I  know  is  that  the  War  Manpower  Commission  were 
offering  jobs  to  those  people,  they  were  asking  them  to  move  to  other 
jobs. 

]\Ir.  WoRLEY.  Why  did  not  they  take  them? 

Mr.  Nelsox.  There  are  various  reasons.  For  instance,  the  salary 
differences.  The  jobs  were  not  at  the  same  salary  that  they  were  get- 
ting, and  it  involved  commuting.  I  think  the  War  Manpower  Com- 
mission can  give  you  all  the  reasons. 

In  the  Brewster  case  there  were  jobs  offered  to  these  people  definitely. 
They  may  not  have  been  the  ones  that  they  wanted,  but  there  were 
jobs  offered  them. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  Of  course,  there  is  alwaj's  a  difference  between  one 
job  and  another. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  sir. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  There  might  be  some  very  good  reason  why  people 
would  not  want  to,  for  instance,  travel  from  the  Bronx  out  to  Newark, 
which  takes  about  2  hours  to  make  that  trip,  and  4  hours  of  traveling 
a  day  for  a  laboring  man  is  a  considerable  time. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  think  there  are  a  lot  of  other  places  than  in  Newark. 

ISIr.  WoiA-ERTON,  Are  there  any  places  in  New  York  where  labor  can 
get  employment  ?  The  people  in  New  York  would  appreciate  getting 
it,  because  there  is  a  great  overflow  of  labor  there — not  a  great  over- 
flow, but  a  considerable  overflow. 

Do  you  think,  Mr.  Nelson,  after  the  war  terminates  there  should  be 
any  agency  of  the  Government  somewhat  lilve  the  present  War  Produc- 
tion Boarcl  to  handle  the  allocation  that  I  assume  must  be  necessary? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Allocations  of  what,  sir?    Of  materials? 

Mr.  Wol\Ti:rton.  Allocations  of  materials. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That,  of  course,  is  the  job  of  the  War  Production 
Board. 

Mr,  WoLVERTON.  It  is  after  the  war  that  I  am  talking  about.  I  know 
that  it  has  delegated  to  your  present  Board  to  do  that  now ;  but  I  mean 
after  the  war,  do  you  think  there  should  be  a  continuance  of  such  an 
agency  as  the  one  which  you  have  now  ? 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  do,  sir.  Of  course,  what  I  think  ought  to  be  done  is 
just  as  you  have  the  Office  of  War  Mobilization.  You  have  an  Office 
of  War  Demobilization,  which  I  understand  has  been  set  up  by  the 
President,  and  if  it  needs  congressional  action,  it  ought  to  have  that, 


518  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC   POLICY    AND   PLANNING 

SO  it  could  focus  all  of  the  various  problems  and  set  up  agencies  which 
can  deal  Avith  them.  I  think  it  would  be  possible  for  the  War  Produc- 
tion Board  to  be  so  condensed  that  it  could  be  moved  into  some  other 
agency  and  carry  on  as  a  part  of  tlie  Government. 

If  you  had  a  director  of  demobilization  who  was  also  a  director  of 
mobilization  his  would  be  the  job  of  recombining-  the  activities  of 
Government  agencies.  For  instance,  I  hope  these  emergency  agencies 
can  disappear  eventually,  and  if  there  is  a  continuing  job  then  part 
of  it  could  be  put  into  a  Government  agency  so  it  could  be  carried  on 
as  a  part  of  the  work  of  the  Government,  if  it  is  a  necessary  thing  to 
be  done,  rather  than  having  it  in  an  emergency  agency. 

We  deal  with  power.  You  have  other  divisions  of  the  Govern- 
ment dealing  with  power.  Eventually,  it  will  not  be  necessary  for  us 
to  handle  the  power  problems.  When  the  power  problems  diminish 
to  such  an  extent  that  they  are  no  longer  emergency  problems,  then 
they  ouirht  to  go  to  some  other  Government  agency. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  I  assume  there  will  be  a  great  shortage  of  mate- 
rials after  the  war. 

Mr.  Nelson.  Certain  ones,  and  certain  ones  not,  of  course. 

Mr.  WoLA'ERTON.  And  in  those  certain  ones  that  will  be,  there  will 
have  to  be,  I  assume,  an  allocation  of  those  materials  to  various  in- 
dustries. 

Mr.  Nelson.  There  will  be  relatively  few,  sir,  after  the  war.  The 
onlv  ones  I  anticipate  at  the  present  time  after  the  war  will  be  lumber 
and  paper,  until  the  manpower  situation  can  be  straightened  out  there, 
and  the  shipments  overseas  and  other  things  diminished,  and  in  that 
case  the  lumber  and  paper  shortage  will  diminish. 

Mr.  WoLAT.RTON.  Your  bringing  up  the  question  of  linnber  brings 
me  to  a  point  in  which  I  am  interested,  in  a  matter  before  the  sub- 
committee on  construction,  I  understand  there  is  a  great  shortage  of 
such  things  as  bulldozers  and  cranes,  and  the  like. 

Mr.  Nelson.  There  is,  sir,  at  the  present  time. 

Mr.  WoLA'ERTON.  Of  course  all  construction  will  be  delaved  until 
that  equipment  can  be  manufactured.  Is  there  any  possibility  of  an 
early  release  so  that,  insofar  as  construction  might  be  concerned,  that 
equipment  might  be  had  at  any  time  when  construction  might  be 
undertaken? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Well,  sir,  the  Armv  and  Navy  is  taking  most  of  that 
equipment  at  the  present  time,  I  think  95  percent  of  it  is  going  to  the 
Army  and  Navy,  Now,  as  soon  as  their  requirements  diminish,  and 
those  concerns  have  the  present  manufacturing  capacitv,  it  is  my 
belief  that  equipment  will  become  available  just  as  quickly  as  very 
larffe  construction  will  become  possible, 

Mr,  VooRHis.  Isn't  that  an  instance  where  some  of  that  material 
will  be  surplus? 

M^\  Nelson.  A  frood  deal  of  it. 

Mr.  VooRHis.  Will  not  there  be  a  good  deal  of  that  sort  of  equip- 
ment that  can  be  sold  back  to  civilian  use? 

Mr.  Nelson,  Certainlv.  Just  takinp-  the  amount  of  that  in  pipe 
lines  alone,  is  a  tremendous  quantity.  The  Army  and  Navy  are  u-^ing 
an  immense  amount  of  earth-moving  equipment.  It  took  a  vast  amount 
of  bulldozers  riffht  in  tliat  invasion. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Most  of  that  surplus  will  be  in  foreign  lands? 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  5l9 

Mr.  Nelson.  In  the  pipe  line  alone  there  is  a  large  anionnt  of  that 
equipment.  Answering  your  question  directly,  it  is  not  possible  to 
increase  the  production  for  civilian  use  of  those  classes  of  items  without 
an  expansion  of  facilities,  and  I  do  not  think  we  want  to  go  into  an 
expansion  of  those  facilities  at  the  present  time. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Going  back  to  the  question  of  need  on  the  part  of  the 
Army  and  Navy,  do  you  find  it  is  the  policy  of  the  Army  and  Navy  to 
take  all  that  they  can  get  in  the  way  of  material  so  that  they  are  insur- 
ing and  reinsuring  themselves  against  the  possibility  that  there  might 
be  a  shortage,  or  that  they  might  need  them  in  the  future  ? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Well,  they  come  before  our  requirements  committee, 
sir.  Their  requirements  are  allocated  to  them.  They  make  a  show- 
ing of  their  need. 

Now,  on  most  of  these  principal  items,  the  Army  and  Navy  and 
Maritime  Commission  come  before  the  Requirements  Committee  and 
show  us  that  they  absolutely  need  them.  I  have  no  doubt,  and  I  think 
we  would  all  want  it  so,  that  they  think  in  broad  terms  rather  than 
"too  little,  too  late,"  in  ''too  much,  too  soon,"  and  I  want  them  to  think 
in  those  terms.  Where  there  ever  was  an  element  of  doubt  as  to 
whether  they  needed  it  or  not,  we  resolved  it  in  their  favor,  sir,  because 
I  think  that  is  the  right  way  to  do  it. 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  think  there 'seemed  to  be  a  very  strong  opinion  in 
certain  quarters  that  the  policy  of  the  Army  and  Nav}'  is  to  look  only 
to  their  prospective  needs. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  and  we  wanted  them  to  do  that,  sir. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Without  regard  at  all  to  the  civilian  economy. 

iSIr.  Nelson.  That  is  right,  sir.  We  have  been  the  ones  who  deter- 
mine what  the  civilian  economy  needs.  We  wanted  the  Army  and 
Navy  to  think  in  terms  only  of  their  own  needs.  I  do  not  believe  we 
want  them  to  be  concerned  about  what  the  civilian  economy  needs. 
When  tlie  civilian  economy  needs  something  we  have  made  the  deter- 
mination as  to  whether  they  should  get  it  or  the  Army  and  Navy.  All 
the  time  the  War  Production  Board  has  been  in  existence  we  wanted 
the  Army  and  Navy  to  think  in  terms  of  their  own  needs. 

Mr.  Lynch.  In  thinking  in  terms  of  their  own  needs,  there  seemed 
to  be  a  feeling  that  these  officers  were  not  at  all  considering  civilian 
requirements. 

Mr.  Nelson.  It  is  up  to  us  to  do  that. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Because  if  they  did,  and  something  developed,  they 
would  be  the  ones  to  be  blamed. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  Lynch.  That  is  the  polk-y  that  they  have  adopted,  I  am  told. 
Is  that  the  policy  that  the  War  Production  Board  approves  with 
respect  to  that? 

Mr.  Nelson.  No.  sir.  If  I  may  take  the  time  to  take  you  through 
all  of  the  work  of  the  Requirements  Committee,  one  of  the  jobs  that 
Dr.  Elliott  has  now — and  Mr.  Whiteside  had  it  before  him — is  to  make 
the  claim  before  the  Requirements  Committee  for  the  things  that  the 
civilian  economy  needs,  and  where  it  was  shown  to  be  needed  it  was 
allocated  to  the  civilian  economy.  The  Army  and  Navy  do  not  agree 
on  agricultural  machinery  right  now.  That  is  perfectly  all  right,  but 
we  make  the  determination  in  the  Requirements  Committee,  and  set 
it  up. 


520  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

Now,  I  think  you  want  tFiem  thinking  in  terms  of  safety  and  in 
terms  of  resources. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Certainly. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  have  never  had  any  criticism  of  the  Army  and  Navy 
for  thinking  in  terms  of  their  own  needs  first,  even  though  it  meant 
many  arguments.  I  wanted  them  to  think  in  terms  of  tlieir  own  needs. 
It  was  our  job  to  think  in  terms  of  the  civilian  economy,  and  make 
provision  for  it. 

We  haven't  been  able  to  give  everybody  everything  they  wanted. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Whose  job  is  it  now  to  allocate  in  the  post-war  period? 

Mr.  Nelson.  In  what  way,  sir?  Because  thinking  in  terms  of  the 
post-war,  that  is  a  tremendous  subject. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Within  the  scope  of  this  committee,  insofar  as  unem- 
ployment is  concerned,  and  insofar  as  industry  generally  is  concerned. 

Mr.  Nelson.  Taking  construction  equipment,  for  example,  it  is  our 
job  to  think  about  the  construction  equipment  that  the  civilian  econ- 
omy is  going  to  need,  and  at  the  first  opportunity  when  it  can  be  done 
without  hurting  the  Army  and  Navy  in  their  war  effort,  we  will 
divert  some  of  that  material.  I  know  the  problem  of  the  construc- 
tion industry;  I  have  talked  to  many  of  them.  I  know  what  their 
feeling  is.  There  is  not  enough  equipment  now  to  take  care  of  the 
construction  for  the  civilian  economy.  If  there  was  a  way  to  produce 
more,  I  would  do  it,  but  I  do  not  know  how  to  produce  more  at  the 
present  time  without  more  facilities. 

I  have  the  \evy  definite  feeling,  and  I  think  the  figures  will  prove 
it,  that  just  the  amount  of  that  equipment  in  the  pipe  line — and  by 
the  "pine  line"  I  mean  the  actual  amount  now  being  produced  by  the 
factories  or  in  shipment,  or  w^aiting  for  shipment,  or  inventory  of 
the  Army  and  Navy  located  in  the  United  States  in  addition  to  what 
industry  can  produce,  will  provide  a  surplus  over  what  the  civilian 
population  will  need  after  the  war. 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  agree  with  you  the  Army  and  Navy  requirements  come 
first  above  everything  else. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  wanted  to  bring  out  whether  or  not  the  War  Pro- 
duction Board  was  also  looking  into  the  question  of  post-war  civilian 
economy. 

]Mr.  Nelson.  Very  definitely,  sir. 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  am  very  glad  to  know  that, 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  one  of  Dr.  Elliott's  jobs.  An}'  time  3^ou  want 
to.  Dr.  Elliott  w  )uld  be  very  glad  to  explain  to  the  connnittee  just 
what  he  is  doing  in  planning  these  programs,  so  we  can  take  up  the 
slack  wherever  it  can  be  done. 

Mr.  Lynch.  I  am  very  glad  to  know  that  the  attitude  of  the  Army 
and  Navy  is  not  the  attitude  of  grab  all,  but  just  the  attitude  of  getting 
all  that  is  necessary  for  the  prospective  military'  and  naval  require- 
ments. 

Mr.  Nelson.  It  is  our  job  to  see  that  they  do  not  grab  all,  that  they 
do  n  )t  take  more  than  they  need,  but  I  say  if  there  is  ever  a  doubt  as 
to  whether  they  need  it  or  not,  I  would  resolve  it  in  favor  of  them. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Sure. 

The  Chairman.  If  I  may  emphasize  that,  Mr.  Nelson,  you  woidd 
not  want  to  be  put  in  the  position  in  tliis  invasion  of  the  armed  services 
not  havinii;  sufficient  auns  and  tanks. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  521 

Mr.  Nelson.  No,  sir;  not  when  human  lives  are  involved,  and  we 
have  had  to  in  many  cases,  over  Dr.  Elliott's  protest,  although  I  was 
in  agreement  with  his  policy,  to  cut  down  on  essential  things  for  the 
civilian  economy  in  order  to  make  way  for  essential  things  for  the 
Army. 

Tlie  Chairman.  Mv.  Worley  ? 

Mr.  AVoRLEY.  On  the  question  of  civilian  requirements,  on  the  ques- 
tion of  farm  machinery,  combines  and  farm  tractors,  could  you  give 
me  briefl}^  for  the  record  the  attention  that  has  been  paid  to  those 
requirements? 

Mr.  Nelson.  "Well,  sir,  I  do  not  know  of  any  program  that  I  have 
paid  more  attention  to,  certainly  no  other  civilian  program  that  I  have 
paid  more  attention  to  than  I  have  paid  to  the  requirements  for  farm 
machinery  in  the  past  year,  because  I  felt  that  we  needed  more  farm 
machinery.  We  have  had  a  good  production  job  on  farm  machinery. 
I  will  not  apologize  at  all  for  the  job  we  have  dine  on  farm  machinery. 

We  have  not  produced  everything  that  the  farmer  has  wanted  nor, 
in  many  cases,  everything  he  has  needed,  but  I  honestly  feel  we  have 
produced  everything  we  could  without  interfering  with  the  important 
war  programs. 

Let  us  take  the  combines.  We  had  a  production  program  also  out 
f  )r  combines.  Experience  showed  the  Army  needed  more  tractor- 
drawn  artillery.  Well,  the  one  concern  making  combines  had  to  dis- 
continue their  manufacture,  badly  as  we  knew  the  farmer  needed 
combines  in  order  to  prepare  the  artillery.  That  had  to  be  done. 
I  know  every  farmer  in  the  country  would  approve  that  even  though 
he  went  short  of  the  combine.  There  is  not  a  farmer  in  the  country 
that  would  not  approve  of  the  Army  getting  it,  provided  they  were 
certain  that  the  Army  and  Navy  needed  it  badly. 

Mv.  WosLEY.  Yes. 

Mr.  NiLsoN.  That  did  interfere  with  the  combines.  We  had  in- 
terference witli  the  tractor  program  in  connection  with  the  landing 
craft.  One  of  our  principal  bottlenecks  at  the  present  time  in  the 
country  is  foundries,  castings,  gray  iron  castings,  malleable  castings, 
steel  castings.  It  is  the  principal  limiting  factor  in  the  making  of  a 
lot  more  tractors  today,  but  we  are  doing  a  good  tractor  job. 

We  produced  week  before  last  6,000  tractors.  That  is  at  an  annual 
rate  greater  than  anything  we  previously  j)roduced  in  this  country. 
At  an  annual  rate,  that  figures  out  somewliere  around  312,000  tractors. 
Tlie  War  Food  Administration  wants  for  next  year  303,000  tractors. 
We  have  got  those  schedided  in  9  months.  We  have  some  89,000 
tractors  that  we  can  throw  in  that  ])rogram  and  make  that  manjy 
additional. 

Tliere  is  some  equipment  that  we  have  not  done  as  well  with,  because 
of  conflicts.  By  and  large,  when  you  look  at  the  amount  of  farm 
machinery  that  has  been  produced  in  conjunction  with  all  the  war 
material  of  a  rush  nature  that  we  ]ieeded — new  weapons,  more  land- 
ing ci'aft.  more  artillery,  and  more  of  a  lot  of  things  which  the  Army 
and  Xavy  needed — I  do  not  apologize  for  an  instant  for  our  farm- 
machinery  production. 

^Ir.  Wcrley.  What  do  you  think  of  the  increase  in  farm  machinery 
for  next  year? 

]\rr.  NiLsoN.  I  tliink  tlie  rate  at  which  we  are  going  now,  it  will 
gi\'e  us  a  greatly  increased  amount  of  farm  machinery  for  next  year. 


522  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND    PLANNING 

Mr.  WoRLEY.  That  is  not  a  post-war  question,  that  is  a  present 
question. 

Mr,  Nelson,  That  is  riijht;  that  is  not  a  post-war  question.  I  con- 
sider the  food-production  industry  as  an  important  industry,  im- 
portant for  the  war  and  important  for  the  maintenance  of  the  civilian 
economy,  and  important  for  the  maintenance  of  the  economy  of  the 
world,  and  certainly  the  farmer  has  to  have  the  machinery  to  do  it, 

Mr,  AVoRLEY.  That  is  all, 

Mr,  Zimmerman,  We  have  transgressed,  I  think,  on  ISIr,  Nelson's 
time, 

Mr,  Nelson,  I  will  be  glad  to  come  up  again,  Mr,  Chairman, 

The  Chairman,  Tliank  you.  sir. 

Mr.  Nelson.  The  subject  you  are  considering  is  very  near  and  dear 
to  my  heart.     I  do  not  liegi'udge  the  time  in  talking  to  you  about  it, 

Mr.  Zimmerman,  Some  time  we  will  want  to  talk  about  the  dis- 
position of  surpluses, 

Mr,  Nelson.  I  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  disposition  of  surpluses. 

Mr.  Zimmerman.  You  know  something  about  what  is  going  on. 

Mr.  Nelson,  Yes;  I  do, 

Mr,  Zimmerman,  That  is  what  I  want  to  discuss,  but  I  do  not  want 
to  go  into  it  today.  The  question  is,  What  are  we  going  to  do  with 
some  of  these  plants;  are  wx  going  to  close  the  tank  factories  down 
or  continue  to  make  tanks?  I  think  we  have  got  to  keep  on  making 
airplanes,  and  we  have  got  to  keep  on  with  our  experimental  work. 

Mr.  Nelson.  We  have  certainly  got  to  keep  on  with  our  experimental 
program. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  I  am  sorry  I  had  to  answer  the  roll  call,  and  I  did 
not  finish  my  questioning.  I  ]vave  in  my  mind  that  you  have  had 
a  large  part  in  the  transfer  from  our  peace  economy  to  our  y^var- 
production  economy.  Looking  forward  to  the  day  when  w^e  go  back 
into  peace  economy,  my  personal  opinion  is  there  is  no  one  who  is 
better  equipped  Avith  the  experience  you  have  already  had,  now  than 
you  to  handle  that  kind  of  situation.  Is  there  any  additional  legis- 
lation necessary? 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  will  be  very  glad,  sir,  to  discuss  that.  If  you  would 
like  to  have  me  present  to  the  committee  what  I  think  is  necessary,  I 
will  be  glad  to  do  it,  sir. 

Mr.  WoLVERToN.  This  committee  has  been  set  up,  not  only  to  make 
a  study,  to  make  recommendations,  but  we  had  thought  it  was  incum- 
bent upon  us  to  suggest  legislation. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  shall  be  very  glad  to  discuss  that  with  you. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  I  wonder  whether  your  powers  as  Director  of  tbe 
War  Production  Board  are  sufficiently  broad  to  enable  you  to  continue 
in  tlie  fornudating  of  the  peace  economy,  or  whether  it  needs  some 
supph^ment  to  tlie  powers  that  you  already  have. 

Mr.  Nelson.  I  will  be  glad,  sir,  to  give  you  a  memorandum  on  that. 
It  would  take  additional  powers,  not  necessarily  for  me,  but  for 
the  carrying  out  of  the  conversion;  it  does  take  some  additional 
powers. 

Mr.  WoL^^:RTON.  Is  it  your  opinion  that  there  is  some  legislation 
that  is  necessary  or  advisable? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Yes,  sir,  I  do ;  and  I  would  be  very  glad  to  present  you 
a  memorandum  on  what  I  think  is  necessary. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  523 

Mr.  WoL\^ERTON.  The  other  question  I  had  has  already  been  touched 
upon.  If  my  friend,  Mr.  Zimmerman,  will  not  take  the  time  to 
press  it,  neither  will  I. 

I  have  a  very  great  interest  in  the  policy  that  is  to  be  pursued  with 
respect  to  the  allotment  of  surpluses  that  are  on  hand  between  the 
large  businesses  and  the  small  businesses;  between  those  that  go  back 
into  their  old  business,  and  those  that  will  go  into  entirely  new  busi- 
ness, using  the  initiative  that  you  speak  of 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  And  as  to  whether  there  will  be  any  distinction 
between  those  who  participated  in  the  war  effort  and  those  who  did 
not.  In  other  words,  when  you  have  only  limited  production  in  the 
early  stages  of  our  peace,  I  can  realize  there  may  be  problems  some- 
what similar  to  what  you  had  to  decide  in  making  your  priorities  and 
allotments. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  true,  sir. 

Mr.  WoLvERTON.  I  would  like  to  go  into  that  some  other  time. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Folsom,  I  wonder  if  you  have  any  questions 

Mr.  FoLsoM.  Just  one  question.  I  understand  you  have  a  numbei 
of  industry  advisory  committees,  such  as  the  Automobile  Industry 
Committee. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  FoLSOM.  With  which  you  are  discussing  all  the  reconversion 
problems. 

Mr.  Nelson.  That  is  right. 

Mr.  Folsom.  Are  any  of  them  active  besides  the  Automobile  Com- 
mittee ? 

Mr.  Nelson.  Oh,  yes.  We  have  activated  them  all,  I  think.  There 
are  many  of  them  that  I  think  are  looking  at  this  readjustment  prob- 
lem. There  are  many  of  these  industries  that  have  no  great  readjust- 
ment problem  except  the  problem  of  getting  business. 

There  are  a  lot  fewer  of  them  than  we  think.  There  is  a  relatively 
narrow  field  that  we  get  into  from  the  standpoint  of  basic  industries 
that  will  have  difficulty  in  getting  back.  Their  problem  will  be  that 
of  getting  business.  For  instance,  the  automobile  tire  industry  has 
been  practically  reconverted  to  making  tires. 

True  they  are  making  the  military  sizes  now,  and  they  are  making 
mostly  military  tires,  but  they  will  have  no  problem  with  respect  to 
the  tire  production.  I  expect  that  we  will  have  plenty  of  synthetic 
rubber  and  plenty  of  fabric.     Their  problem  will  be  selling  tires. 

While  a  certain  proportion  of  the  textile  industry  has  been  diverted, 
they  have  not  changed  their  facilities  or  their  set-up.  The  textile  in- 
dustry will  have  the  problem  of  making  its  own  readjustment  in  the 
selling  of  its  goods  once  the  releases  can  be  made.  That  is  true  of 
the  agricultural  implements  production.  Many  of  them  have  had  to 
expand  facilities  or  take  on  new  facilities,  but  all  the  farm  equipment 
industry  needs  is  a  release  of  materials  and  components  to  go  ahead 
and  make  the  machinery. 

Your  readjustment  problem  with  respect  to  getting  the  industry 
back  from  war  to  peace  is  not  as  broad  as  most  people  think  it  is. 

Mr.  FoLsoM.  I  am  glad  you  brought  that  out,  because  I  happened  to 
think  of  the  automobile  industry. 

99579 — 44— pt.  3 3 


524  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

Mr.  Nelson.  The  die  maker  has  been  making  tools,  jigs,  and  dies 
for  the  war.  He  does  not  have  to  reconvert,  but  he  goes  on  and  makes 
the  other  kind  of  machinery  that  may  be  required.  When  we  release 
him  from  making  machinery  for  war,  he  simply  makes  them  for 
peace.     That  is  true  of  many,  many  industries  in  this  country. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Nelson,  again  I  want  to  reiterate  what  we  have 
already  said,  that  the  committee  is  very  grateful  to  you  for  your 
very  splendid  statement  and  it's  contribution  to  the  thinking  of  this 
committee. 

Mr.  Nelson.  Thank  you.  I  am  at  your  disposal  any  time,  Mr. 
Chairman,  I  think  it  is  important,  and  I  do  not  believe  you  should 
have  any  hesitancy  in  discussing  what  we  are  going  to  do  in  the  post- 
war, or  even  when  we  are  fighting  the  war,  because  it  is  highly  import- ' 
ant  that  this  economy  carry  on,  and  one  of  the  important  things  is  I 
will  assure  you  we  will  not  let  it  interfere  with  war  production. 

The  Chairman.  I  am  sure  we  are  all  in  accord  with  you  on  that. 

I  want  to  thank  you  again,  Mr.  Nelson. 

The  committee  will  stand  adjourned  until  10 :  30  tomorrow. 

(Whereupon,  at  12 :  10  p.  m.,  the  committee  recessed  to  10 :  30  a.  m., 
of  the  following  day,  Thursday,  June  8, 1944.) 


POST-WAE  ECONOMIC  POLICY  AND  PLANNING 


THURSDAY,  JUNE  8,   1944 

House  of  Representatives, 
Special  Committee  on  Post-War 

Economic  Policy  and  Planning, 

Washington,  D.  C. 
The  special  committee  met  at  10 :  30  o'clock  a.  m.,  in  room  1304, 
New  House  Office  Building,  Hon.  William  M.  Colmer   (chairman) 
presiding. 

Present:  Representatives  Colmer  (chairman),  Cooper,  Worley, 
Reece,  Welch,  and  Wolverton. 

Also  present :  Marion  B.  Folsom,  director  of  staff,  and  Dr.  Kaplan, 
consultant,  of  the  committee. 

The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

We  are  glad  to  have  this  morning  Dr.  Charles  C.  Abbott  from  the 
Harvard  School  of  Business  Administration.  Doctor,  without  any 
preliminaries  on  our  part,  we  will  be  glad  to  have  your  statement. 

STATEMENT  OE  DR.  CHARLES  CORTEZ  ABBOTT,  CHAIRMAN  OF  THE 
NEW  ENGLAND  COUNCIL,  SPECIAL  COMMITTEE  ON  THE  FINANC- 
ING AND  OWNERSHIP  OF  BUSINESS  ENTERPRISE 

Dr.  Abbott.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  would  like  to  state  first 
that  although  I  am  here  as  chairman  of  the  New  England  Council, 
Special  Committee  on  the  Financing  and  Ownership  of  Business  En- 
terprise, my  remarks  represent  my  own  views  and  are  not  necessarily 
those  of  the  committee.  Perhaps  it  will  facilitate  matters  if  I  do  not 
read  my  entire  statement  but  only  the  suggestions  which  I  wish  to  lay 
before  the  committee.     Will  that  meet  with  your  approval  ? 

The  Chairman.  With  the  understanding  your  statement  will  be 
incorporated  in  the  record. 

Dr.  Abbott.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  Without  objection,  that  is  so  ordered. 

Dr.  Abbott.  My  name  is  Charles  Cortez  Abbott.  I  am  an  associate 
professor  in  the  Harvard  University  graduate  school  of  business 
administration.  I  am  appearing  here  on  the  invitation  of  Mr.  Fol- 
som, director  of  your  committee,  in  my  capacity  as  chairman  of  the 
New  England  Council's  Special  Committee  on  the  Financing  and 
Ownership  of  Business  Enterprise  in  New  England.  I  have  been 
asked  to  talk  about  the  financing  and  ownership  of  business  enter- 
prise in  the  post-war  period,  giving  particular  attention  to  the  posi- 
tion of  smaller  concerns. 

525 


526  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

In  thinking  about  tlie  financing  and  ownership  of  business  enter- 
prise in  the  period  ahead,  it  seems  to  me  that  there  are  three  matters 
of  primary  importance  which  are  useful  points  of  reference  for  this 
subject.  The  first  of  these  is  the  rise  of  so-called  institutional  savings 
during  the  last  25  years,  as  shown  by  the  increase  in  the  assets  of 
life-insurance  companies,  investment  trusts,  savings  banks,  and  pen- 
sion and  retirement  funds,  including  the  various  Government  trust 
funds.  The  second  is  the  very  large  amounts  of  liquid  funds  ac- 
cumulated during  the  last  3  years  or  so  by  individuals,  particularly 
by  persons  in  the  lower  income  brackets,  and  held  in  the  form  of  cur- 
rency, "demand  deposits,  and  Government  bonds.  The  third  is  the 
disfavor  into  which  ownership,  as  a  business  and  economic  function, 
seems  to  have  fallen  during  the  last  10  or  15  years,  and  the  apparent 
disinclination  of  a  large  and  perhaps  a  growing  segment  of  our  pop- 
ulation to  own  a  share  of  American  business  and  assume  the  risks 
and  responsibilities  of  ownership.  I  should  like  to  comment  briefly 
on  each  of  these  three  points,  since  I  believe  they  form  important 
parts  of  this  subject,  the  financing  and  ownership  of  business  en- 
terprise; and  I  would  then  like  to  go  on  to  make  such  suggestions 
ns  I  can  for  the  consideration  of  the  committee. 

The  absolute  growth  in  what  I  have  called  institutional  savings 
has  been  so  great  during  the  last  25  years  that  the  significance  of 
this  kind  of  savings  in  the  economy  is  quite  different,  and  much 
greater,  than  was  formerly  the  case.  A  few  statistics  will  indicate 
the  magnitude  of  this  change. 

In  1921  and  1922  the  annual  increases  in  the  admitted  assets  of 
life-insurance  companies  were  of  the  magnitude  of  600  to  700  million 
dollars ;  by  1943  this  figure  had  risen  to  2,744  million  dollars. 

Deposits  of  mutual  savings  banks  in  1920  were  about  $5,000,000,000; 
by  1930  they  had  approximately  doubled.  During  the  1930's  such 
deposits  declined  slightly,  if  allowance  is  made  for  annual  dividend 
payments ;  but  in  1943  they  advanced  sharply  by  more  than  $1,000,000,- 
000 — roughly  10  percent  in  a  single  year. 

In  1943  the  monthly  averages  of  postal-savings  deposits  were  around 
$300,000,000,  more  than  10  times  the  comparable  figures  for  1920. 

No  reliable  data  are  available  on  the  growth  of  pension  and  retire- 
ment funds,  but  it  is  common  knowledge  that  savings  in  this  form 
have  greatly  increased  during  the  last  20  years;  and  Government 
trust  funds,  which  hardly  existed  in  1920,  are  now  accumulating  sav- 
ings at  a  rate  of  about  $3,000,000,000  a  year. 

Two  points  seem  to  be  of  significance  here.  First,  very  large 
amounts  of  savings  are  not  being  invested  in  business  enterprise  by 
the  persons  who  make  the  savings.  Instead,  the  funds  are  turned  over 
to  institutions  for  investment.  Second,  the  annual  amounts  of  savings  ' 
becoming  available  for  investment  in  the  hands  of  these  institutions 
greatly  exceed — if  we  disregard  Government  bonds — the  amounts  of 
new  securities  which,  under  the  regulations  and  policies  that  govern 
the  investment  procedures  of  these  bodies,  annually  become  available 
for  purchase  by  these  organizations. 

I  should  like  now  to  turn  to  the  matter  of  liquid  funds — cash,  de- 
mand deposits,  and  Government  bonds  in  the  hands  of  individuals. 

There  is  reason  to  believe  that  in  the  2  years,  1942  and  1943,  savings 
of  individuals  have  been  in  excess  of  the  tremendous  total  of  $50,000,- 
000,000,  and  that  while  10  or  15  billion  dollars  has  taken  the  form  of 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  527 

debt  reduction  and  accumulations  in  insurance  and  pensions  funds, 
the  remainder — say  $35,000,000,000 — ^lias  been  accumulated  in  the  form 
of  currency,  bank  deposits,  and  Government  bonds.  The  great  bulk 
of  this  amount,  perhaps  80  percent,  has  not  gone  into  the  hands  of 
the  wealthy,  so  far  as  I  can  determine.  On  the  contrary,  the  bulk 
of  this  saving  seems  to  have  gone  into  the  hands  of  persons  in  the 
middle  and  lower  income  brackets,  into  the  hands  of  persons  making 
$5,000  or  $6,000  a  year  or  less.  That  is,  during  the  last  3  years  or  so 
a  very  large  number  of  people  have  accumulated  a  stake. 

The  amounts  of  savings  made  by  individuals  during  the  war,  the 
quantity  of  savings  held  by  them  in  these  liquid  forms,  and  this  sudden 
creation  of  a  large  class  of  small  capitalists,  are  things  quite  unprece- 
dented in  the  country's  history.  In  my  opinion  the  consequences  of 
these  developments,  whatever  they  ultimately  prove  to  be,  will  be  as 
far  reaching  as  any  wartime  occurrence  in  the  field  of  business  or 
economics.  From  my  point  of  view  it  would  be  a  most  constructive 
development  if  some  considerable  portion  of  these  funds  should  ulti- 
mately be  invested  in  small  local  business  concerns,  largely  in  the  form 
of  equity  investment. 

Equity  investment  of  course  implies  ownership,  and  as  I  have  in- 
dicated, ownership  of  business  enterprise  unfortunately  seems  to  have 
fallen  into  disfavor  with  a  large  segment  of  our  population.  Var- 
ious pieces  of  evidence  can  be  assembled  in  support  of  this  point. 

The  rise  of  institutional  savings  which  I  have  commented  on  is  one 
such  piece  of  evidence,  since  this  rise  appears  to  indicate — among 
other  things — that  many  persons  are  not  interested  in  being  owners. 
The  large  amounts  of  liquid  funds  accumulated  during  the  war  also 
suggests  that  many  people  would  rather  hold  cash  than  own  a  share 
of  a  business. 

The  sale  of  equity  securities,  particularly  the  sale  of  securities  in 
blocks  of  $500,000  or  less,  has  been  peculiarly  difficult  for  10  years  or 
more.  In  many  cases  such  sales  have  been  all  but  impossible.  It  is 
generally  admitted,  I  believe,  that  the  obstacles  that  impede  the  sale 
of  small  blocks  of  stock  issued  by  small  concerns  constitute  one  of  the 
major  bottlenecks  in  our  economic  system.  But  if  more  people  were 
more  anxious  to  be  owners,  I  do  not  believe  these  obstacles  would  be 
nearly  so  great. 

During  the  entire  period  1900-1929  the  annual  increase  in  the  num- 
ber of  stockholdings — which  is  the  best  index  of  the  number  of 
stockholders — appears  to  have  fluctuated  in  the  narrow  range  of 
10-13  percent.  That  is,  the  dispersion  of  ownership  of  American 
business  seems  to  have  annually  increased  at  the  relatively  constant 
rate  of  10-13  percent.  But  since  1933  the  average  annual  rate  of  in- 
crease, so  nearly  as  I  can  estimate,  has  been  only  0.1:  percent.  That 
is,  the  number  of  owners  has  ceased  to  grow.  In  a  country  with  a 
growing  population  this  check  in  the  dispersion  of  ownership  and 
the  number  of  owners  is  not  simply  stagnation — it  is  retrogression. 
We  seem  to  have  had  not  only  a  relative  but  perhaps  even  an  absolute 
decline  in  the  number  of  people  who  are  willing  to  own  a  share  in 
American  business — in  the  productive  and  distributive  organizations 
that  constitute  the  arsenal  of  democracy. 

Even  the  decline  in  recent  years  in  security  loans  made  by  com- 
mercial banks  reflects  in  some  degree,  I  think,  this  distaste  for  own- 
ing a  share  in  business  enterprise.     As  you  know,  the  virtual  disap- 


528  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

pearance  of  the  security  loan  has  been  one  of  the  major  changes  in 
commercial  banking  during  the  last  15  years.  Although  securitj 
loans  were  greatly  inflated  in  1929,  it  hardly  seems  healthy  for  the 
economy  that  security  loans  in  1943  should  have  been  only  one-fifth  of 
what  they  were  23  years  earlier,  in  1920 — $681,000,000  as  against 
$3,128,000,000  in  1920. 

What  I  have  said  so  far  leaves  us,  I  think,  with  these  questions : 
How  can  a  larger  proportion  of  the  very  great  amounts  of  existing 
institutional  savings  be  induced  to  flow  into  business  enterprise, 
particularly  small-  and  medium-sized  enterprise?  What  is  necessary 
in  order  to  make  ownership  of  business  firms  more  attractive  and 
thereby  induce  some  part  of  the  very  large  liquid  funds  in  the  hands 
of  individuals  to  assume  the  risks  and  responsibilities  of  ownership  ? 
To  these  two  questions  I  think  it  is  pertinent  to  add  one  other :  What 
steps  can  be  taken  to  the  end  that  the  admittedly  great  facilities  of 
(he  banking  system  shall  be  more  fully  utilized  by  business  concerns, 
especially  small-  and  medium-sized  concerns? 

I  do  not  have  a  program  for  solving  these  problems.  But  I  do  have 
a  number  of  suggestions  that  I  am  happy  to  place  before  the  com- 
mittee for  its  consideration.  Before  doing  so,  however,  I  wish  to  say 
that  in  my  opinion  these  problems  are  not  of  such  a  nature  that  the}'' 
can  be  solved  by  any  one  single  action,  such  as  the  creation  of  a  new 
lending  agency  or  the  adoption  of  a  new  regulation  by  the  Comp- 
troller of  the  Currency  or  the  Federal  Reserve  System.  In  order  to 
cure  these  problems  I  believe  it  is  necessary  that  they  be  broken  down 
and  attacked  piecemeal,  through  a  series  of  remedial  measures. 

I  have  seven  sugestions  which  I  would  like  to  place  before  the 
committee  for  its  consideration. 

1.  That  security  dealers — particularly  dealers  in  local,  unlisted  se- 
curities— and  commercial  bankers  and  other  types  of  financial  insti- 
tutions, be  encouraged  to  improve  the  local  market  for  the  unlisted 
securities  of  local  firms. 

The  reason  for  this  suggestion  is  clear.  So  long  as  the  securities 
of  a  considerable  number  of  well-established  firms  with  good  earnings 
records  commonly  sell  at  less  than  their  net  quick  assets  per  share, 
it  is  clear,  first,  that  such  concerns  will  obviously  have  great  difficulty 
in  raising  additional  equity  funds  when  needed;  and,  second,  that 
equity  money  for  new  undertakings  will  be  virtually  impossible  to 
obtain. 

I  might  give  you  an  example.  A  friend  of  mine  recently  was  of- 
ferred  some  bank  stock,  50  shares  of  bank  stock  in  a  small  Connecticut 
bank.  There  was  no  bid  anywhere  for  the  bank  stock.  He  inquired 
as  to  what  its  book  value  was,  which  was  about  $120  a  share.  Its  book 
value  net  of  real  estate  was  about  $90  a  share.  The  stock  had  paid 
$2  a  share  for  many  years  and  had  within  the  last  4  or  5  years  gone  to 
a  $4  dividend  basis. 

My  friend  did  not  wish  to  buy  the  stock,  but  in  order  to  help  out 
the  seller  he  bid  50  and  after  the  seller  tried  for  a  week  to  get  another 
bid,  which  he  was  unable  to  do,  he  sold  the  shares. 

Now,  I  submit  that  as  long  as  bank  stocks,  primarily  represented  by 
Government  securities,  are  selling  on  that  basis  in  that  local  area 
it  is  virtually  impossible  for  any  other  concern,  whether  a  bank  or 
any  other  type,  to  raise  additional  money  through  the  sale  of  stock. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  529 

It  is  also  most  difficult  for  any  new  company  to  get  started  when  that 
situation  exists. 

I  could  give  other  examples,  but  I  do  not  wish  to  take  the  com- 
mittee's time. 

2.  That  commercial  bankers  be  encouraged  to  be  ingenious  in  find- 
ing ways  or  means  to  make  bankable  credits  that  do  not,  at  first 
glance,  perhaps,  appear  to  be  prime  credits;  and  that  commercial 
bankers  be  particularly  encouraged  to  develop  even  further  than  they 
have  techniques  of  administering  credits,  servicing  loans,  and  follow- 
ing loans  which  they  have  made  to  the  end  that  their  borrowers  make 
money  and  the  quality  of  the  bankers'  earning  assets  improve.  After 
all,  no  loan  ever  went  really  sour  so  long  as  the  borrower  was  making 
money. 

I  might  give  another  example  here,  sir.  A  New  York  banking 
friend  of  mine  the  other  day  told  me  with  great  pride  that  after  3 
weeks'  work  on  trying  to  plan  a  deal  he  had  at  last  found  a  way  to 
lend  $1,000,000  to  a  small  concern  that  had  a  net  worth  of  $35,000.  I 
think  the  point  of  that  example  is  that  it  took  3  weeks'  steady  work 
by  a  man  who,  in  my  opinion,  is  extremely  competent,  to  find  ways 
whereby  that  credit  could  be  made  bankable  on  a  safe  and  acceptable 
basis. 

I  can  cite  other  examples.  There  is  the  example  of  a  little  banker 
up  in  Merrimac  Valley  whom  I  know  who  has  spent  a  great  deal  of 
time  in  developing  a  particular  kind  of  participation  loan  which  is  a 
very  useful  device  both  for  him  and  for  the  local  concerns. 

He  has  two  varieties,  one  whereby  a  piece  of  business  is  participated 
in  bj''  the  commercial  bankers  in  the  Merrimac  Valley,  and  second,  in 
cases  where  the  piece  of  business  is  of  such  a  nature  that  the  maturities 
are  longer  than  commercial  bankers  can  safely  take,  he  has  worked  out 
methods  whereby  savings  banks  take  the  long  maturities  and  the  com- 
mercial banks  take  the  short  maturities. 

Both  of  those  instances  indicate  what  I  mean  by  being  ingenious  in 
finding  ways  to  finance  desirable  pieces  of  business  originating  from 
small  concerns. 

3.  That  in  the  case  of  fiduciary  institutions — savings  banks,  insur- 
ance companies,  building  and  loan  associations,  trust  funds,  etc. — con- 
sideration be  given  to  the  desirability  of  relaxing,  as  regards,  say, 
5  percent  of  the  earning  assets  of  each  such  institution,  the  regulations 
that  control  the  investment  of  their  funds.  The  purpose  of  this  sug- 
gestion would  be  to  put  a  larger  proportion  of  what  are  called  institu- 
tional savings  at  work  in  business  enterprise  providing  jobs.  Such 
relaxation  might  be  made  in  any  one  of  a  nuhber  of  ways.  For  ex- 
ample, all  restriction  on  investment  of  the  assets  of  fiduciary  institu- 
tions might  be  waived  up  to  5  percent  of  the  total  assets  of  each  institu- 
tion. Or  the  "prudent  man"  rule  of  investment  might  be  made  ap- 
plicable to  5  percent  of  the  assets  of  each  institution,  leaving  the  re- 
maining 95  percent  bound  by  existing  regulations.  Or  a  group  of 
savings  banks  or  building  and  loan  associations  in  a  particular  State 
might  be  permitted  to  invest  5  percent  of  their  assets  in  a  fund  ad- 
ministered by  savings  banks  or  building  and  loan  association  officers, 
but  administered  under  somewhat  less  rigorous  standards  than  prevail 
as  resrards  the  investments  of  the  individual  banks. 


530  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

I  realize  that  suggestions  such  as  tliese  mainly  fall  in  the  area  of 
State  action  rather  than  in  the  orbit  of  Federal  action,  but  neverthe- 
less I  include  them  as  being  of  possible  interest  to  the  committee. 

4.  That  consideration  be  given  to  existing  Federal  bank  examina- 
tion policies  and  practices,  and  particularly  to  the  effects  which  exist- 
ing practices  have  on  the  flow  of  capital  and  credit  into  business  enter- 
j)rise. 

As  you  know,  bank  examination  covers  a  multitude  of  matters — 
commercial  loans,  mortgages,  investments,  the  quality  of  individual 
items,  the  proportions  of  different  types  of  bonds  in  bond  portfolios, 
the  pattern  of  maturities  of  the  bonds,  accounting  methods,  loan  and 
investment  procedures,  the  diligence  of  the  officers  and  directors,  and 
many  other  matters.  It  is  reasonable  to  suppose,  I  think,  that  such 
thorough  examinations  exert  a  considerable  influence  on  banking  poll' 
cies  and  practices. 

In  the  post-war  period  I  believe  we  will  have  a  considerable  need 
for  so-called  character  loans  and  for  medium  term  industrial  mortgage 
credit.  Credits  of  these  two  types  have  not  been  particularly  popular 
in  recent  years,  and  I  believe  it  to  be  most  important  that  examination 
policy  and  practice — within  the  proper  limits  of  safety — encourage 
the  type  of  lending  which  society  needs. 

5.  That  efforts  be  made  to  encourage  the  establishment  of  local  or- 
ganizations, operating  on  a  State  or  regional  basis,  which  will  have 
the  best  possible  financial  and  business  sponsorship,  and  which  will 
concern  themselves  with — 

(a)  Showing  businessmen,  particularly  small  businessmen,  how  to 
prepare  financing  plans  and  proposals  in  such  a  way  that  these  plans 
or  proposals  will  be  realistic  and  of  a  character  to  interest  financing 
institutions;  that  is,  these  organizations  will  do  the  preliminary  spade 
work  in  setting  up  a  financing  proposition ;  and 

•(&)  Directing  businessmen  to  the  type  or  types  of  financing  institu- 
tion most  likely  to  be  interested  in  such  proposals ;  and 

(c)  Assisting  owners,  or  owner-management  groups,  who  wdsh  to 
sell  out,  in  discovering  strong  buyers  who  are  interested  in  operating 
rather  than  in  liquidating  properties. 

Le  me  speak  briefly  on  some  of  these  points. 

I  believe  that  it  would  not  be  possible  to  administer  effectively  an 
organization  such  as  is  contemplated  on  a  national  scale,  and  thus  I 
suggest  that  the  proper  form  of  organization  is  a  local  or  regional  basis. 

In  my  observation,  the  success  of  any  type  of  financial  institution 
is  very  largely  determined  by  the  character  of  its  sponsorship,  and  thus 
it  seems  to  me  essential  that  organizations  of  the  type  proj^osed  should 
have  the  best  banking  and  business  sponsorship  obtainable.  Further- 
more, in  order  that  local  confidence  be  obtained  and  knowledge  of  local 
conditions  be  utilized,  this  sponsorship  should  be  by  men  known  in 
their  local  communities  and  familiar  with  local  conditions.  In  pass- 
ing, I  should  like  to  point  out  that  the  men  who  might  be  expected  to 
have  the  greatest  immediate  interest  in  the  welfare  of  local  business 
firms  are  the  commercial  bankers,  security  dealers,  railway  and  utility- 
company  executives,  retailers  and  hotel  men  in  the  local  communities, 
and  that  sponsorship  of  the  type  desired  might  well  be  sought  from 
such  sources. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  531 

Furthermore,  it  lias  been  my  observation  that  many  small  or  new 
comi^anies,  seeking  financing;,  typically  have  considerable  difficulty  in 
interesting  sponsors  who  have  a  first-class  reputation  in  the  business 
and  financial  world.  As  a  result,  such  concerns  commonly  suffer  hard- 
ships, tangible  and  intangible,  that  larger  concerns  do  not  encounter. 
This  suggestion  is  designed  to  provide  small  and  new  firms  with  better 
connections  and  backing  than  they  are  now  generally  able  to  obtain. 

Finally,  I  wish  to  point  out  that  many  businessmen  who  run  small 
companies,  concerns  where  there  are  only  two  or  three  executives, 
usually  are  primarily  production  men  or  salesmen  rather  than  finan- 
cial people.  Consequently,  such  businessmen  often  are  not  as  famil- 
iar with  financial  matters  as  they  are  with  other  aspects  of  their 
business.  Thus  this  suggestion  is  aimed  at  providing  assistance  at 
the  point  where  the  small-  or  medium-sized  businessman  is  often  least 
well  equipped. 

6.  That  ways  and  means  be  explored  whereby  the  clearance  of  a 
prospectus  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  might  be 
made  less  onerous,  particularly  in  the  case  of  small  and  medium- 
sized  issues  of  securities.  Careful  attention,  I  believe,  should  be 
given  to  the  desirability  of  lifting  the  exemption  limit  from  $100,000 
to  $500,000  or  even  higher,  even  though  I  realize  that  the  opportuni- 
ties for  fraud  might  thereby  be  increased. 

In  this  connection  I  should  like  to  make  three  points.  First,  it  is 
generally  agreed,  I  believe,  that  the  difficulties  encountered  in  raising 
capital  funds  in  amounts  in  the  range  from  $25,000  to  $1,000,000  con- 
stitute one  of  the  major  bottlenecks  in  the  economic  system,  and  any 
measure  which  gives  promise  of  easing  this  bottleneck  deserves  to  be 
most  carefully  considered. 

In  the  second  place,  companies  which  wish  to  raise  capital  in 
amounts  of  $25,000  to  $1,000,000  are  typically  companies  run  by  one 
to  four  men — at  most,  six  men  in  the  case  of  the  larger  companies. 
For  a  three-  or  four-man  company,  compliance  with  the  law  is  an 
entirely  different  problem  from  what  it  is  in  a  company  with  a  la^er 
executive  force,  whether  we  talk  about  security  regulation,  taxation, 
price  control,  or  any  other  sphere  of  Government  regulation.  The 
burden  of  compliance  is  disproportionately  heavier — often  much 
heavier — in  the  case  of  a  three-  or  four-man  company  than  it  is  in 
the  case  of  a  larger  concern. 

In  the  third  place,  the  record  of  securities  issued  and  deals  done 
in  compliance  with  the  law  tells  only  half  the  story.  It  does  not  and 
cannot  tell  the  story  of  deals  done — not  in  evasion — but  in  avoidance 
of  the  law,  or  the  story  of  prospective  deals  that  were  abandoned 
because  it  was  believed  compliance  would  constitute  more  of  a  drain 
on  executive  time  and  energy  than  the  company  could  stand. 

Some  years  ago,  sir,  I  made  a  small  collection  of  security  deals 
done  in  what  I  considered  to  be  laborious  and  tortuous  ways,  to  come 
witliin  the  limits  of  this  $100,000  exemption. 

There  are  numerous  ways  to  split  a  piece  of  financing :  Between  2 
fiscal  years,  or  2  calendar  years,  $100,000  in  1  year  and  $100,000  in 
another,  although  this  seems  to  be  palpably  bad  practice;  to  issue 
$100,000  or  less  on  an  interstate  basis  and  the  balance  of  needed 
money  on  an  intrastate  basis,  thereby  getting  an  exemption ;  to  issue 
on  ari  interstate  basis  up  to  $100,000,  the  balance  of  the  money  to  be 


532  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

obtained  through  so-called  private  placement  with  an  insurance  com- 
pany or  group  of  insurance  companies. 

I  could  cite  examples  of  the  effect  which  the  tax  laws  have  on  the 
pressure  toward  debt  financing  rather  than  equity.  I  know  you  are 
familiar  with  those.  I  think  this  matter  of  the  influence  which  these 
two  kinds  of  regulation  have  had  on  the  way  in  which  money  has  been 
raised,  and  the  forms  of  capital  structure  which  result  therefrom,  is 
most  serious. 

lam  also  aware  that  it  is  extremely  hard  to  find  records  of  proposed 
financing  which  was  abandoned  because  of  the  difficulties,  real  or 
imagined,  of  clearing  a  prospectus.  I  know  of  a  few  myself.  But 
typically,  security  dealers  and  businessmen  do  not  wish  to  talk  very 
much  about  those  things  and  it  is,  I  think  quite  hard  to  get  any  im- 
pressive record,  although  I  believe  there  are  a  good  many  cases  which 
exist. 

7.  That  in  studying  the  financial  problems  of  individual  business 
firms  during  the  transition  period  these  problems  should  not  be  ap- 
praised independently  of  the  removal  of  the. controls  on  the  flow  of 
materials  through  the  economy. 

It  is  clear,  I  think,  that  if,  as  war  work  declines,  individual  com- 
panies are  not  able  to  return  to  civilian  production  because  they  are 
unable  to  obtain  raw  materials  to  chew  up,  no  amount  of  financial 
assistance,  whether  public  or  private,  will  solve  their  problems. 

I  have  made  no  suggestions  about  taxation,  since  I  have  no  special 
competence  in  that  field.  But  I  think  it  is  clear  that  the  present 
structure  bears  extremely  heavily  upon  owners  and  substantially  con- 
tributes to  making  ownership  unattractive  in  the  eyes  of  many  persons. 
Reform  and  simplification  of  the  tax  system  would  certainly  make  the 
position  of  owners  much  easier,  even  if  the  financial  burden  imposed 
on  them  were  not  reduced  to  any  great  extent. 

The  Chairman.  Are  there  any  questions? 

Mr.  FoLsoM.  I  thought  you  might  indicate  very  briefly  some  of  your 
background  for  these  suggestions — the  study  you  have  made  of  small 
business  in  New  England. 

Dr.  Abbott.  These  suggestions  arise,  sir,  you  might  say,  from  three 
lines  of  inquiry.  For  the  last  12  months  or  more  I  have  been  doing 
a  considerable  amount  of  research  work  for  the  Harvard  Graduate 
School  of  Business  Administration  in  this  particular  field,  and  I  have 
published  four  short  reports  on  the  financial  problems  of  business 
during  the  war  and  in  the  immediate  post-war  period.  I  have  also 
been  on  the  research  staff  of  the  Committee  for  Economic  Development 
and  I  have  filed  with  the  committee  a  manuscript  dealing  with  that 
subject. 

Thirdly,  since  the  first  of  the  year  I  have  been  chairman  of  the  New 
England  Council  Committee  on  the  financing  and  ownership  of  New 
England  business  enterprise,  and  that  work  has  brought  me  into  con- 
tact with  a  good  many  small  businessmen.  Most  New  England  busi- 
nessmen are  small  businessmen  and  I  have  come  in  contact  with  a  good 
many  bankers  and  security  dealers  and  businessmen  in  the  New  Eng- 
land area. 

The  suggestions  which  I  have  just  laid  before  you  are  a  result  of 
conclusions  which  I  have  come  to  in  connection  with  my  work  in  these 
three  areas. 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING  533 

Mr.  FoLsoM.  Do  you  think  that  the  Government  should  set  up  any 
machineiy  for  furnishing  capital  to  these  small  companies,  or  do  you 
think  it  ought  to  be  left  entirely  to  the  private  banking  and  investment 
system  ? 

Dr.  Abbott.  Well,  sir,  I  am  quite  dubious  about  the  desirability  of 
the  Government  coming  into  this  field  for  a  number  of  reasons. 

During  the  last  10  yeixrs  we  have  had  quite  a  good  deal  of  experience 
with  Government  lending  in  the  field  of  business.  If  we  set  aside 
the  salvage  operations,  which  I  think  fall  into  a  special  category 
undertaken  by  the  Reconstruction  Finance  Corporation,  the  Govern- 
ment has  never  been  able  to  place  enough  money  in  the  field  of  business 
lending  to  really  make  unj  difference.  I  think  if  you  examine  the 
figures  you  will  see  that  the  total  amount  of  business  loans  made  under 
section  13  (b)  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Act,  by  the  Reconstruction 
Finance  Corporation  and  even  by  the  Smaller  War  Plants  Corpora- 
tion is  an  almost  insignificant  fraction  of  the  total  amount  of  business 
lending  made  by  private  institutions.  I  see  no  reason  to  suppose  that 
in  tlie  future  a  Government  lending  organization  would  have  any 
greater  degree  of  success  than  we  have  had  during  the  last  10  years. 

In  the  second  place,  I  know  a  considerable  number  of  businessmen, 
more  especially  small  businessmen,  who  are  quite  willing  to  admit 
chat  thev  are  undercapitalized,  that  they  need  more  money,  that  they 
would  get  along  better  if  they  had  more  capital  and  that  probably 
tliey  would  make  a  greater  return,  but  they  are  unwilling  to  borrow 
from  any  of  the  existing  Government  lending  agencies.  I  see  no 
reason  to  suppose  that  those  men  would  change  their  minds  simply 
if  there  was  a  new  agency  created. 

In  the  third  place,  I  am  quite  skeptical,  in  view  of  our  experience  of 
the  last  10  years,  whether  it  would  be  politically  feasible  for  any 
Government  lending  agency  to  lend  or  to  supply  equity  capital  on 
terms  tliat  would  be  acceptable  to  many  of  the  small  businessmen.  I 
feel  that  if  men  will  not  borrow  they  would  be  even  more  hesitant  about 
taking  a  Government  agency  into  partnership  with  them. 

]\rr.  FoLSoM.  You  do  not  think  the  Government  should  get  into  it. 
What  do  you  think  is  the  prospect  of  local  groups  being  formed  in 
these  local  communities  to  help  provide  equity  capital  to  these  small 
concerns  that  want  to  expand? 

Dr.  Abbott.  I  think  there  are  a  great  many  persons,  certainly  in  the 
local  community  I  know  about,  who  would  be  very  much  interested  in 
undertakings  such  as  I  have  outlined,  more  specifically  if  they  felt 
they  Avere  having  encouragement  in  their  efforts  from  the  Federal 
Government  in  some  respect. 

Mr.  FoLSOM.  What  definite  encouragement?  It  does  not  seem  to 
me  it  could  really  cover  the  whole  situation  if  we  only  let  up  on  the 
S.  E.  C.  regulations.  Many  small  concerns  come  below  $100,000  lim- 
itation. 

Dr.  Abbott.  Yes ;  that  would  be  so. 

Mr.  FoLSOM.  You  are  not  worried  about  the  S.  E.  C.  in  that  respect? 

Dr.  Abbott.  I  think  one  of  the  great  difficulties  with  the  very  small 
issues  is  the  fact  that  practically  no  market  exists  for  outstanding 
issues  of  small  concerns. 

Mr.  FoLsoM.  There  is  not  much  Congress  can  do  about  that,  is  there? 

Dr.  Abbott.  Not  in  the  way  of  legislation,  I  think.  But  I  think 
an  expression  of  intent  or  desire  might  have  a  very  considerable  effect 


534  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

in  local  areas.  I  think  it  would  be  beneficial  if  local  businessmen 
and  bunkers  were  given  some  kind  of  an  indication  that  Congress 
wished  them  to  move  in  this  general  direction.  I  am  not  talking 
about  legislation,  I  am  talking  about  a  little  encouragement. 

Mr.  FoLsoM.  That  would  take  the  form  of  changing  tax  laws  more 
than  anything  else,  wouldn't  it? 

Dr.  Abbott.  Tax  laws  will  be  a  very  considerable  help  but  I  think 
other  things  can  be  done  in  addition.  I  said  in  my  prepared  state- 
ment this  is  not  a  program  which  I  have  attempted  to  lay  out,  it  is 
merely  a  number  of  suggestions. 

Dr.  Kaplan.  I  wonder,  Congresman  Colmer,  whether  Dr.  Abbott 
could  sum  up  this  question  which  seems  to  have  been  left  in  this  form, 

■  that  small  business  is  in  need  of  relief  but  it  does  not  want  the  Gov- 
ernment to  do  anything  about  it.  Well,  what  is  the  issue:  Wliere 
does  something  have  to  be  done  in  which  the  Federal  Government 
can  participate  other  than  a  pious  wish  that  small  business  get  along? 
After  all,  there  are  some  very  serious  questions  as  to  whether  the 
Smaller  War  Plants  Corporation,  for  example,  should  have  its  power 
extended  or  its  powers  limited  or  how  far  it  is  going  into  the  buying 
and  selling  of  business  or  into  the  expansion  of  business.  I  think  an 
expression  from  business  itself  is  just  as  important  as  any  expression 
from  Congress. 

What  would  you  consider  if  their  expression,  that  is  from  business, 
would  be,  what  it  wants  or  what  it  needs  in  the  way  of  help  ? 

Mr.  Abbott.  I  think  you  have  two  questions  there,  sir,  if  I  may 
answer  them  one  by  one. 

In  the  first  place,  I  believe  this  matter  of  the  future  welfare  of  small 
-and  medium-sized  business  which  we  are  discussing  here  this  morning 
is  a  matter  of  extreme  importance.  I  do  not  believe  that  the  present 
situation  can  be  alleviated  by  any  one  single  mechanism  or  statute.  I 
think  the  various  problems  must  be  broken  down  and  treated  piece- 
meal through  a  series  of  remedial  measures,  of  which  taxes  would  be 
one  and  the  improvement  in  the  market  for  local  securities  would  be 
another,  a  change  in  the  regulations  for  S.  E.  C.  prospectuses  would 
be  a  third,  and  I  have  so  indicated. 

What  I  have  said  is  by  no  means  a  complete  list  of  the  things  which 
I  think  should  be  done  to  correct  certain  of  the  existing  difficulties. 
It  seems  to  me  it  is  a  matter  which  has  to  be  w^orked  on  from  various 
angles,  with  this  step  here  and  that  step  there. 

Your  second  question  is.  What  kind  of  an  expression  of  opinion 
can  business  give?  I  do  not  quite  know  how  to  answer  that.  There 
are  many  business  associations — the  Smaller  Businessmen's  Associa- 
tion, the  National  Association  of  jNIanufacturers,  the  chamber  of 
commerce,  and  trade  associations.  You  might  ask,  I  suppose,  each 
such  association  for  a  program.  How  valuable  the  answers  would 
be,  I  do  not  know.  Nor  do  I  quite  know  how  you  would  get  business 
to  speak  as  a  unit,  because  business  is  made  up  of  many  diverse  inter- 
■ests,  as  you  know. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  I  regret  I  was  not  able  to  hear  all  your  statement, 
.but  the  part  I  have  heard  and  the  questions  that  have  been  asked  have 
created  some  thought  in  my  mind. 

■  You  do  not  seem  to  think  that  there  is  any  legislation  needed  but 
that  it  could  be  accomplished  by  an  expression  of  good  will,  I  would 
take  it,  from  the  Government  or  from  businessmen. 


POST-WAR   ECONOAIIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  535 

From  a  practical  standpoint,  I  do  not  see  where  that  will  raise 
capital.  If  you  got  it  from  a  local  source,  it  would  probably  have  to 
be  the  local' bank.  The  local  bank  is  interested  in  security  for  tne 
loan  that  it  makes.  During  the  war  the  effort  of  small  businessmen, 
as  well  as  large,  has  been  greatly  facilitated  by  the  guaranties  that 
the  Government  has  given  to  banks  in  making  loans  of  that  kind  for 
that  purpose.  It  would  seem  to  me  that  you  would  have  to  have  some- 
thing more  substantial  than  a  mere  expression  of  good  will,  either 
from  the  Government  or  business,  before  the  capital  would  be 
advanced. 

What  have  you  to  say  about  that? 

Dr.  Abbott.  Sir.  if  I  might  make  a  distinction  between  credit  and 
capital,  meaning  by  capital  long-term  financing 

Mr.  WoLVERTON  (interposing).  I  am  speaking  of  loans  that  would 
cover  both  phases  that  you  now  mention. 

Dr.  Abbott.  Well,  sir,  if  I  might  speak  first  to  the  point  of  long- 
term  financing,  meaning  thereby  stock  or  bond  financing,  of  course,  the 
banks  cannot  own  stocks.  The  proper  people  to  own  stocks  of  small 
concerns,  I  believe,  are  the  individual  citizens  in  local  communities 
where  those  concerns  exist  and  there  is  admittedly  in  the  country 
at  the  present  time  a  very  large  amount  of  liquid  fimds  in  the  form 
of  currency  and  demand  deposits  not  invested. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  That  is  all  true.  They  are  not  going  to  ,i'elease 
that  money  without  some  assurance  that  the  loan  will  be  repaid. 

Dr.  Abbott.  I  was  speaking  to  the  point  of  equity  financing,  sir. 
I  think  that  is  the  proper  place  from  which  equity  financing  should 
come. 

Now,  as  to  loans  and  bonds,  by  and  large,  I  think  I  am  correct  in 
saying  that  under  the  present  system  of  banking  examination  it  is 
extremely  hard  for  any  bank  to  own  the  bonds  of  a  small  local  concern 
or  even  a  large  local  concern,  primarily  because  of  the  use  which  the 
bank  examiners  make  of  bond  ratings  as  issued  by  the  individual 
investigation  services. 

I  think  the  present  situation  is  that  a  bank  in  order  to  buy  a  bond 
must  find  that  it  is  rated,  as  I  recall,  better  than  B.  A.  A.,  by  two 
of  the  tliree  services,  and  I  would  point  out  to  you  that  these 
services  are  private  services. 

Now,  these  private  services  are  unable,  since  it  is  not  profitable  for 
them,  even  to  issue  ratings  to  small  issues.  I  do  not  know  what  the 
minimum  is,  but  I  have  a  feeling  it  is  around  half  a  million  or  a  little 
less.    They  do  not  have  enough  demand  for  anything  below  that. 

Under  those  circumstances  a  bank  simply  cannot  buy  a  bond  of  a 
small  local  concern  if  the  bond  issue  has  no  rating.  At  least,  that  is 
my  strong  impression  from  talking  to  many  bankers. 

In  the  State  of  Maine  at  the  present  time  I  am  credibly  informed 
that  no  Maine  bank  can  own  any  bonds  of  any  railroad  in  Maine.  Now, 
there  are  probably  some  bonds  of  the  Maine  railroads  which  banks 
should  not  own,  but  if  the  Maine  banks  cannot  buy  Maine  railroad 
bonds  I  do  not  know  whom  we  can  expect  to  buy  those  bonds. 

In  the  case  of  credit  loans,  I  think  two  things  are  involved,  sir.  I 
think,  first,  that  there  is  plenty  of  lending  power  in  the  banking  sys- 
tem if  the  bankers  wish  to  make  use  of  it. 


536  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  If  they  wish  to  make  use  of  it?  A  banker  al- 
ways wishes  to  make  use  of  it.  The  only  difficulty  comes  in  in  making 
use  of  it  so  that  he  can  be  assured  it  will  be  a  safe  investment  for  the 
bank. 

Dr.  Abbott.  I  am  not  sure  that  I  entirely  agree  with  you  that 
bankers  are  always  eager  and  ingenious  in  making  use  of  their  lending 
power. 

Mr.  WoLVEKTON.  Maybe  my  limited  experience  in  the  banking  jBeld 
does  not  enable  me  to  express  an  opinion  as  positively  as  I  have,  but 
such  experience  as  I  have  would  certainly  encourage  me  to  make  the 
statement  that  I  have,  and  forcibly,  as  I  have. 

Dr.  ArmoTT.  My  impression,  if  I  might  go  on,  is  that  we  have  an 
adequate  lending  power.  We  have  a  very  wide  range  of  different 
kinds  of  financial  instruments  and  arrangements  and  it  is  my  feeling 
that,  if  a  loan  officer  is  diligent  and  ingenious,  he  can  usually  find  a 
way  to  do  the  deal. 

Mr.  WoRLEY.  Without  assistance  from  the  Government? 

Dr.  Abrott.  That  is  right,  sir. 

The  Chairman.  We  are  very  grateful,  Dr.  Abbott,  for  your  state- 
ment. I  am  sorry,  but  due  to  the  fact  the  House  is  in  session,  we 
are  all  anxious  to  get  away. 

Thank  you  very  much. 

The  committee  will  meet  again  on  June  13, 1944. 

(Whereupon,  at  11:40  a.  m.,  the  committee  adjourned  until  June 
13, 1944.) 


POST-WAE  ECONOMIC  POLICY  AND  PLANNING 


TUESDAY,  JUNE   13,   1944 

House  of  Representatives, 
Special  Committee  on  Post-War 

Economic  Policy  and  Planning, 

Washington^  D.  C. 

The  special  committee  met  at  10 :  30  a,  m,  in  room  1304,  New  House 
Office  Building,  Hon.  William  M.  Colmer  (chairman)  presiding. 

Present:  Representatives  Colmer  (chairman).  Cooper,  Zimmerman, 
Voorhis,  Ljaich,  O'Brien,  Fogarty,  Worley,  Fish,  Gifford,  Reece, 
Welch,  Wolverton,  and  Dewey. 

Also  present :  Marion  B.  Folsom,  director  of  staff,  and  Dr.  Kaplan, 
consultant,  of  the  committee. 

The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

We  have  with  us  this  morning  Maury  Maverick,  who  needs  no  in- 
troduction to  this  committee.  He  is  a  former  jSIember  of  the  House, 
presently  serving  as  Chairman  of  the  Smaller  War  Plants  Corpora- 
tion. Mr.  Maverick  is  particularly  interested  in  the  problems  of  the 
small  businessman.     We  are  all  interested  in  that. 

Mr.  Maverick,  we  are  glad  to  have  you  here  this  morning.  Our 
custom  in  this  committee  is  to  permit  the  witness  to  make  a  statement 
and  then  we  interrogate  him.  However,  the  time  is  yours  and  we 
hope  you  feel  free  to  conduct  yourself  as  you  desire  and  we  know  you 
will  do  that  anyhow. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  MAURY  MAVERICK,  VICE  CHAIRMAN,  WAR 
PRODUCTION  BOARD,  CHAIRMAN,  SMALLER  WAR  PLANTS 
CORPORATION 

Mr.  Maverick.  You  gentlemen  compose  one  of  the  most  important 
committees  in  the  entire  Congress.  Your  committee  represents  a  land- 
mark in  democratic  legislation.  Upon  you  depends  the  formulation 
of  policy  to  guide  the  Nation  during  reconversion.  In  looking  over 
the  list  of  members  of  the  committee,  I  find  many  old  friends — and 
new  friends.  And  it  is  reason  for  encouragement  to  note  that  this 
vital  committee  includes  so  many  leaders  of  both  parties ;  for  indeed, 
post-war  planning  is  a  nonpartisan  responsibility. 

We  must  plan  now  for  what  is  to  come  with  the  end  of  the  war. 

AVe  must  plan  to  see  that  the  soldiers  who  return  will  have  a  fair 
chance. 

We  must  realize  that  if  we  want  a  free  enterprise  system  and  an 
un])lanned  economy  we  must  plan  for  them. 

Thus,  in  the  very  midst  of  this  invasion,  and  while  we  shall  give  it 
every  support,  at  the  same  time  we  will  prepare  for  the  future. 

537 


538  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    i-OLlCY   AND   PLANNING 

TESTIMONY  PRINCIPALLY  DEVOTED  TO  SMALL  BUSINESS  AND  FREE  ENTERPRISE  ; 
DIVIDED  IN  SEVERAL  PARTS 

Mr.  Chairman,  my  testimony  will  be  devoted  principally  to  small 
business,  or,  I  might  say,  free  enterprise.  Small  business  can  exist 
only  M^here  free  enterprise  is  guaranteed.  And  this  is  not  an  attack 
on  big  business.  Any  honestly  conducted  business,  however  big,  which 
does  not  indulge  in  unfair  discrimination,  or  any  unfair  practice,  and 
does  not  violate  the  Sherman  Antitrust  Act  is  also  entitled  to  encour- 
agement and  good  will  from  the  Government  of  the  United  States. 

Naturally,  however,  I  shall  emphasize  little  business,  since  I  am 
Chairman  of  the  Smaller  War  Plants  Corporation  and  charged  by 
Congress  with  the  duty  of  aiding  small  business. 

DISCUSSION  DIVIDED  INTO  SIX  PARTS 

I  will  discuss  the  following  points : 

I.  Contract  terminations. 
II.  Disposal  of  surplus  property. 

III.  Resumption  of  civilian  activities. 

IV.  Financial  problems. 

V.  The  taxation  of  little  business. 
VI.  Patents  and  technological  information. 

By  following  this  outline  we  can  develop  an  orderly  and  relevant 
presentation  of  the  problems  of  small  business.    I  proceed : 


CONTRACT  TERMINATION 

The  most  immediate  problem  confronting  American  business,  large 
and  small,  is  contract  terminations. 

SMALL  BUSINESS  NEEDS   SPEEDY.   FINAL   SETTT.EMENTS   AND   IINANCIAL   AID  IN 
RECONVERSION  PERIOD 

It  is  not  difficult  to  state  the  needs  of  small  business  in  this  field. 
When  contracts  are  terminated  small  business  needs  speedy,  final  and 
fair  settlement  of  its  claims.  It  needs  prompt  removal  of  war  materials 
and  machinery  from  its  factories.  It  needs,  in  many  instances,  some 
form  of  financing  during  the  period  between  the  termination  of  the 
war  contract  and  the  settlement  of  the  claim. 

The  contract  termination  bill  has  not  been  adopted  yet,  but  it  has 
passed  the  Senate,  and  substantially  similar  versions  have  been  ap- 
proved by  your  committee,  the  House  Judiciary  Committee,  and  it  has 
been  reported  out  by  the  House  Rules  Committee. 

In  at  least  two  respects  I  fear  that  this  bill  does  not  adequately  safe- 
guard the  interests  of  small  business.  It  does  not  protect  subcontractors 
whose  primes  go  broke ;  at  least,  the  protection  is  not  mandatory.  And 
in  the  event  of  mass  termination  of  war  contracts  it  does  not  provide 
adequate  interim  financing  for  small  subcontractors. 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  539 

SMALL  BUSINESS  NOT  PROPERLY  PROTECTED  IN  SUBCOMMITTEE 

Many  small  businessmen  have  felt  compelled  for  patriotic  reasons  or 
because  no  other  work  was  available  to  undertake  subcontracts  for  con- 
cerns other  than  those  with  whom  they  were  accustomed  to  do  business. 
In  certain  instances  the  credit  standing  of  these  prime  concerns  was  not 
good.  It  is  a  foregone  conclusion  that  some  of  them  will  go  broke 
when  their  contracts  are  terminated. 

To  remedy  this  situation,  I  advocate  enactment  of  legislation  by 
Congress  directing  the  purchase  by  the  Smaller  War  Plants  Corpora- 
tion of  the  claims  of  subcontractors  whose  prime  contractors  or  higher 
tier  subcontractors  become  bankrupt  and  the  payment  of  a  full  and 
fair  compensation  therefor. 

I  am  convinced  that  only  by  such  purchases  will  complete  justice  be 
done.  The  cost  to  the  Government  will  not  be  large,  and  the  benefit 
to  small  businesses  will  be  enormous.  An  interesting  byproduct  will 
be  the  assistance  it  will  give  the  procurement  agencies  in  placing  new 
war  contracts.  Once  relieved  of  this  fear  of  loss  by  failure  of  the 
primes,  businessmen  will  be  much  more  willing  to  participate  in  war 
jjroduction.     It  will  bring  national  confidence. 

The  problem  of  furnishing  war  contractors  with  funds  to  replace 
the  money  tied  up  in  inventories  and  accounts  receivable  during  the 
period  after  termination  of  their  war  contracts,  and  prior  to  the 
settlement  of  their  claims,  is  a  very  difficult  one. 

The  contract  termination  bill  seeks  to  solve  this  problem  two  ways. 
One,  is  by  authorizing  substantial  partial  payments  (to  be  treated  as 
loans  in  the  event  they  turn  out  to  be  excessive.)  And  two,  by  author- 
izing the  services  to  guarantee  bank  loans  based  on  termination  claims 
in  a  manner  similar  to  the  guaranteed  V-loans  made  for  war  pro- 
duction. 

THERE  EXISTS  A  MILLION  TO  TWO  MILLION  WAR  CONTRACTS 

There  are  over  a  million,  and  some  say  2,000,000,  war  contracts 
in  existence  today.  Obviously,  if  a  large  number  of  these  contracts 
are  canceled,  there  will  be  an  enormous  number  of  individual  cases 
where  financial  assistance  will  be  absolutely  essential.  I  am  not  sat- 
isfied that  this  need  can  be  met  by  a  system  which  relies  on  individual 
scrutiny  and  guarantee  of  loans.  I  can't  see  how  the  little  fellow  is 
going  to  get  aboard  this  band  wagon  when  the  rush  starts. 

QO^^ERNMENT      INSURANCE,      LIKE      FEDERAL      HOUSING      ADMINISTRATION,      COULD      BE 
ESTABLISHED   FOR  LITTLE  BUSINESS  LOANS 

To  deal  with  this  possible  emergency,  I  advocate  establishment  of 
a  system  of  Government  credit  insurance  which  I  will  discuss  in  greater 
detail  at  a  later  point. 

II 

DISPOSAL  OF  SIRPLUS  PROPERTY 

The  surplus  property  problem  is  also  of  most  urgent  and  grave 
importance.  Because  of  its  vastness,  it  appears  only  natural  that  at 
the  present  time  accurate  information  hasn't  been  compiled  as  to  the 

99579— 44— pt.  3 4 


540  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC   POLICY  AND   PLANNING 

amounts  or  kinds  of  surplus  property  that  are  available  or  will  be 
available  at  the  end  of  the  war.  But  there  is  reason  to  believe  that 
huge  quantities  of  such  property  will  be  available. 

The  methods  of  disposal  will  profoundly  affect  the  life  or  death  of 
thousands  of  little  businesses.  Indeed,  it  will  affect  our  entire  econ- 
omy ;  our  way  of  life. 

LITTLES   MUST  BE  PROTECTED,   OB  THE  BIGS  AND   SPECTILATOBS   WILX.   MUSCLE  IN    ANDj 

GET  IT  ALL 

Small  business  must  be  protected  in  this  as  in  other  fields.  Other- 
wise, it  is  a  foregone  conclusion  that  the  bigs  will  get  whatever  benefits 
there  may  be.  As  usual,  the  little  fellows  will  be  left  holding  little 
empty  peanut  bags. 

There  are  a  few  general  provisions  which  should  be  made  a  part  of 
any  legislation  ultimately  adopted  to  deal  with  the  disposal  problem. 
I  suggest  the  following  five  principles  ? 

1.  Any  bill  dealing  with  the  subject  should  require  that  all  surplus 
property  be  disposed  of  in  lots  small  enough  to  assure  the  participation 
of  small  business  in  all  purchases.  This  should  be  specifically  required 
in  clear  and  emphatic  terms. 

2.  The  widest  possible  advertisement  of  all  sales  should  be  required. 
Rules  and  regulations  governing  such  advertisements  should  provide 
ample  notice  to  small  business. 

3.  Liberal  credit  terms  and  leasing  provisions  should  be  used  in 
order  that  small  producers  may  participate  in  all  purchases. 

4.  Smaller  War  Plants  Corj^oration  should  receive  at  least  15  days' 
advance  notice  of  all  proposed  sales  and  the  terms  and  conditions 
thereof.  It  should  have  time  to  pass  this  information  on  to  small 
concerns  which  may  be  interested.  At  the  same  time  it  should  have 
the  opportunity  to  object  if  the  terms  and  conditions  are  not  fair  to 
small  business. 

5.  Subject  to  the  over-all  control  of  a  surplus-property  administra- 
tion, Smaller  War  Plants  Corporation  should  be  authorized  to  acquire 
and  distribute  surplus  property  among  the  small  business  concerns  of 
the  country. 

As  time  goes  on  we  will  find  specific  situations  in  which  the  interests 
of  little  business  are  not  being  properly  protected.  I  hope  that  this 
committee  will  continue  to  function  so  that  such  matters  can  be  called 
to  its  attention  from  time  to  time  and  appropriate  legislation  suggesed. 

Ill 

EESUMPTION  or  CIVILIAN  ACTIVITIES 

At  some  time  civilian  production  must  be  resumed  in  this  country. 
The  only  considerations  involved  are  when  and  how.  However,  these 
have  not  been  discussed  sufficiently  because  the  military  authorities 
have  believed  it  might  in  some  way  weaken  the  invasion. 

In  some  spots  pools  of  idle  labor  exist,  and  for  certain  types  of 
manufacture  materials  are  available. 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  541 

POSITTVB    STEPS    SHOXXU)    BE    TAKEN    TO    BRING    TOGETTHES    AVAILABLE    MANPOWER    AND 
MATERIALS  FOR  CIVILIAN  PRODUCTION 

Positive  steps  should  be  taken  to  put  these  materials  and  manpower 
together,  and  i)roduce  some  things  to  meet  civilian  requirements. 
Hundreds  of  small  plants  exist  that  can  do  this,  and  without  detri- 
ment to  the  war  effort. 

I  am  bound  to  report  that  all  suggestions  by  this  corporation  or  by 
me,  made  on  behalf  of  small  business  and  for  the  use  of  this  surplus 
labor  and  materials,  have  been  turned  down. 

PLAN  FOR  RESUMPTION  DOES  NOT  EXIST 

So  far  as  any  long-range  plan  or  policy  for  releasing  war  controls 
and  permitting  resumption  of  the  manufacture  of  civilian  goods,  it 
simply  does  not  exist.  Nor  can  I  see  any  indication  that  such  a  policy 
will  be  developed  and  adopted  by  the  war  agencies  until  the  emergency 
of  reconversion  actiually  hits  us.  In  such  a  situation,  as  usual,  small 
business  will  suffer.  Of  course,  all  business  will  suffer.  Little  busi- 
ness always  suffers  most  when  there  are  no  plans  and  no  rules. 

At  this  point,  I  want  to  include  in  the  record  an  editorial  appear- 
ing in  the  Baltimore  Sun,  June  6,  1944.  I  offer  it  not  in  criticism  of 
Congi-ess  but  rather  to  point  out  again  that  the  Nation  is  looking  to 
Congress  for  leadership  in  the  matter  of  reconversion. 

Stalled  Pl-vks  foe  a  Reconversion  Program 

Several  weeks  ago  Messrs  Bernard  M.  Baruch  and  John  M.  Hancock,  authors 
of  the  famous  reconversion  report,  dissolved  their  advisory  unit  within  the 
Office  of  War  Mobilization  on  war  and  post-war  economic  adjustments.  There 
may  be  nothing  particularly  significant  in  this.  Perhaps,  as  Mr.  Baruch  has 
suggested,  they  felt  that  the  unit  had  completed  its  work.  But  it  is  now  known, 
that  at  the  same  tiu:j8  they  presented  Office  of  War  Mobilization  Director  James 
F.  Byrnes  a  letter  vigorously  criticizing  Congress  and  certain  executive  agencies, 
notably  the  War  Production  Board,  for  continued  delay  in  adopting  effective 
reconversion  plans. 

On  the  face  of  the  record,  as  available  to  the  lay  observer,  such  criticism  is 
well  justified. 

The  Baruch-Hancock  report  was  submitted  back  in  mid-February.  Among 
the  most  urgent  recommendations  was  one  for  "the  immediate  preparation"  of 
an  "X-day  reconversion  plan,"  a  program  to  be  put  into  effect  on  the  day  of 
German  collapse.  The  sooner  this  could  be  prepared,  the  better,  for  essentially 
the  same  procedure  could  be  followed  in  applying  any  "cut-backs"  in  production 
possible  before  that  day.  It  is  apparent  now  that  no  such  plan  has  been  pre- 
pared. In  fact,  it  was  not  until  3  months  later,  when  the  Baruch-Hancock 
letter  was  written,  that  War  Production  Board  Chairman  Donald  M.  Nelson 
finally  assigned  the  task  to  a  special  group  of  his  associates.  And  meanwhile 
the  Brewster  stay-in  strike  has  shown  the  danger  of  further  delay. 

If  an  X-day — an  advance  reconversion — plan  had  been  ready,  cancelation  of  the 
Brewster  aircraft  contract  could  have  been  accompanied  by  an  orderly  program 
for  redistribution  of  the  Brewster  workers  to  other  war  plants  in  the  same  gen- 
eral area  still  suffering  from  labor  shortages.  Instead,  when  the  workers  staged 
their  demionstration,  a  frantic  .scrambled  was  begiin  to  find  what  the  military 
procurement  agencies  said  they  did  not  need — and  perhaps  ought  not  to  be 
found — new  contracts  for  that  particular  company.  The  War  Production  Board 
and  the  War  Manpower  Commission  simply  were  not  ready  to  follow  up  the 
cancelation  in  efficient  manner. 

Congress,  for  its  part,  has  done  little  to  aid  the  executive  agencies  in  this 
matter.     The  Baruch-Hancock  report  urged  repeatedly  that  Congress  has  a  re- 


542  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

sponsibility  to  lay  down  policies  for  and  give  legislative  status  to  the  oflScials 
who  must  handle  reconversion  problems.  The  Senate  Post-War  Planning  Com- 
mittee itself  noted  even  earlier  than  the  executive  agencies  could  scarcely  make 
final  plans  until  they  had  a  "pattern  of  legislation" ;  that  it  was  "imperatively 
necessary"  to  establish  such  a  pattern  "at  the  earliest  possible  moment."  Yet 
to  date  not  a  single  measure  in  the  field  has  been  enacted. 

Even  the  contract-termination  bill,  rated  the  most  urgent  and  lifted  out  of 
a  more  comprehensive  bill  for  speedy  action,  has  been  passed  only  by  the 
Senate  and  still  remains  in  House  committee.  No  other  current  reconversion 
bill  has  been  brought  to  the  floor  of  either  house. 

The  time  grows  shorter  with  each  passing  day.  Mr.  Nelson  has  admitted 
that  August  "might  be  the  best  guess"  for  the  "turning  point,"  the  shift  of 
emphasis  once  again  toward  increasing  civilian  production.  Now  that  the 
assault  on  north  Europe  is  imder  way,  the  prospect  of  X-day,  though  un- 
predictable, is  definitely  on  the  horizon.  Mr.  Byrnes  should  have  much  to  say 
when  he  appears  next  Monday  before  the  Senate  Post-War  Planning  Committee. 

FIVE  PKINCrPLES   OF  THE  RECONVERSION   OF  LPTTLE   BUSINESS 

Now  I  suggest  the  following  as  basic  principles  in  the  resumption 
of  civilian  production  of  little  business : 

1.  Because  of  the  emergency  created  at  the  beginning  of  the  war, 
small  business  suffered  unduly.  We  must  focus  our  attention  on 
its  problems  at  this  time  to  make  sure  that  its  needs  are  not  again 
forgotten. 

2.  In  general  small  business  can  be  permitted  to  resume  civilian 
production  without  the  heavy  drain  on  materials  and  labor  which 
large  business  would  impose.  Small  business  is  therefore  the  logical 
candidate  for  prior  reconversion. 

3.  Small  business  is  more  flexible  than  big  business.  Moreover,  if 
necessary,  it  can  promptly  return  to  war  production  with  a  minimum 
of  delay. 

4.  Allotments  of  material  for  civilian  production  to  small  pro- 
ducers must  be  made  large  enough  to  ensure  profitable  operations. 
A  uniform  quota  using  some  arbitrary  percentage  of  pre-war  pro- 
duction can  never  be  adequate  or  fair.  There  is  no  point  in  per- 
mitting a  man  to  open  his  business  and  operate  it  a  short  period 
if  bankruptcy  is  to  be  his  reward. 

5.  Quotas  should  not  be  based  on  percentages  of  pre-war  busi- 
ness. Such  quotas — known  as  grandfather  clauses — are  a  first  step 
toward  forming  American  business  into  cartels  and  monopolies.  All 
cartels  seek  to  maintain  their  preferred  position  by  use  of  quotas. 
Let  us  fight  vigorously  against  any  procedure  which  tends  to  en- 
courage cartels  and  stifle  free  enterprise  in  America.  Furthermore, 
such  quotas  eliminate  new  business,  and  new  business  is  an  integral 
part  of  American  economy  and  must  be  protected. 

IV 

FINANCIAL  PROBLEMS 

Where  financial  matters  are  concerned,  I  would  like  to  offer  the  fol- 
lowing as  a  basic  American  economic  philosophy. 

Small  business  is  entitled  to  the  same  financial  facilities  and  the 
same  financial  service  as  big  business.  It  is  the  duty  of  government       I 
to  see  that  such  facilities  and  service  are  provided  by  stimulating       * 
private  financial  institutions  if  possible  and  by  direct  governmental 
action  if  necessary. 


I 


POST-WAR  ECJONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  543 

SMALL    BUSINESS    DOES    NOT^    NOW    ENJOY    EQTTAI,    FINANCIAL    PRIVILEGES    WITH    BIQ 

BUSINESS 

However,  small  business  does  not  have  such  facilities  and  services  at 
the  present  time.  Nor  can  we  expect  our  financial  institutions  to 
furnish  such  facilities  and  services  under  present  circumstances. 

Or  banks  and  trust  companies  are  the  largest  single  sources  of  credit 
for  industrial  enterprises,  both  large  and  small.  The  credit  which 
they  supply,  however,  is  in  general  only  short-term  credit.  This  is 
right  and  proper,  since  their  assets  should  always  be  kept  in  liquid 
form  to  meet  the  possible  demands  of  their  depositors. 

But  even  in  this  short-term  field,  the  big  industries  get  considerably 
lower  rates  of  interest  along  with  other  advantageous  terms.  Often 
little  concerns  get  no  credit  at  all. 

Our  banks  and  trust  companies  do  not,  or  at  least  should  not,  fur- 
nish any  appreciable  amount  of  intermediate  or  long-term  credit, 
or  equity-capital  financing. 

FINANCIAL  FACHJTIES  ARE   ALMOST  ABSENT  FOB  LITTLE  BUSINESS 

The  fact  is,  and  it  is  a  matter  of  common  knowledge,  that  there  is 
almost  a  complete  absence  of  financial  facilities  for  small  business  in 
the  intermediate,  long-term,  and  equity-capital  fields,  except  as  these 
requirements  are  supplied  by  the  investment  market.  In  other  words, 
small  as  well  as  large  firms  must  generally  secure  funds  of  this  type 
by  making  a  public  issue  of  bonds  or  stock. 

A  myriad  of  troubles  beset  the  small  businessman  who  attempts  to 
secure  financing  in  this  manner.  His  name  and  financial  record  are 
not  such  as  to  attract  the  investing  public.  The  amount  of  money 
which  he  requires  is  too  small  to  justify  the  overhead  expense  involved 
in  qualifying  his  securities  before  Government  authorities  and  selling 
them  to  the  public.  It  frequently  happens  that  the  general  public's 
attitude  toward  the  securities  market  is  such  as  to  prevent  a  favorable 
reception  of  the  stock  or  bonds  which  he  has  to  offer. 

This  lack  of  intermediate,  long-term  and  equity-capital  financing 
facilities  has  been  with  us  for  a  long  time  and,  unless  steps  are  taken 
by  Congress,  such  tendencies  will  continue.  Furthermore,  it  will  be 
in  evidence  during  the  reconversion  period,  and  just  at  the  wrong 
time.    Then  small  businessmen  will  need  money  badly  and  in  a  hurry. 

Some  will  need  it  to  reconvert  their  plants  to  their  former  civilian 
lines.  Many  will  wish  to  exploit  technological  processes  developed 
during  the  war.  And  in  almost  all  instances  the  demand  will  be  for 
intermediate,  long-term  or  equity-capital  financing. 

In  this  we  must  plan  now — this  is  a  job  of  hurry  up  post-war  plan- 
ning. 

NATIONAL  INCOME  MUST  NOT  DROP  WITH  PEACE 

We  must  not  forget  another  factor.  We  all  believe  that  the  national 
income  should  be  raised  from  the  pre-war  level  of  $80,000,000,000  to 
somewhere  near  the  present  $150,000,000,000  level.  This  cannot  be 
done  without  an  enormous  capital  investment.  Business  must  have 
available  capital  if  it  is  to  have  the  tools  with  which  to  produce  its 
share  of  this  income. 


544  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

WE  MUST  BE  BOLD  AFTER  WAR,  OR  WE  WILL  LOSE  CfUT  AS  A  NATION 

I  have  no  miracle-workino;  plan  to  offer  which  will  suddenly  solve 
all  the  varied  financial  problems  of  small  business.  I  suspect  that 
all  previous  financial  techniques  must  be  used — but  many  new  ones 
invented.  We  must  be  bold.  If  we  are  not  bold,  the  country  may 
suffer  seriously  enoug^h  to  greatly  alter  our  form  of  government. 

Two  ways  occur  to  me,  which  could  be  used  to  help  in  this  situation 
and  might  go  far  in  the  right  direction. 

The  first  of  these  methods  would  be  a  credit  insurance  plan  similar 
to  that  in  use  by  the  F.  H.  A.  but  adapted  to  the  needs  of  small  business. 

The  second  would  be  a  small  business  financial  corporation  similar 
to  that  recently  presented  to  the  Canadian  Parliament  by  the  Minister 
of  Finance. 

As  to  the  first  point,  I  have  mentioned  credit  insurance  before  as 
a  possible  means  of  assisting  small  business  and  the  small  banks  of  the 
country  through  the  difficult  contract  termination  period. 

By  credit  insurance  I  mean  a  system  where  qualified  banks  can 
automatically  insure  all  or  a  percentage  of  all  of  their  loans  of  a  given 
type  and  size  with  a  Government  or  other  insuring  organization. 
Such  a  system  operates  on  the  principle  of  spreading  the  risk  and 
paying  losses  from  resources  built  up  out  of  small  premiums.  It  does 
away  with  the  necessity  for  individual  examination  of  loans  by  the 
insuring  organization. 

While  such  insurance  would  be  peculiarly  adapted  to  the  mass  pro- 
duction of  loans  which  may  be  necessary  in  the  termination  period, 
the  success  of  the  F.  H.  A.  in  using  such  insurance  to  strengthen 
all  types  of  mortgage  loans  inevitably  points  to  the  fact  that  it  can 
be  used  extensively  and  successfully  in  the  small  business  fields. 

INSURANCE  SYSTEM  DESIRABLE  FOR  LITTLE  BUSINESS 

In  this  financial  field  I  do  not  believe  we  can  or  should  distinguish 
between  small  manufacturing  concerns  and  other  types  of  small  busi- 
ness. Consequently,  we  are  dealing  with  a  vast  number  of  small 
businesses.  In  view  of  this  fact,  and  the  small  size  of  the  average 
loan,  it  would  be  difficult  and  certainly  undesirable  for  a  Government 
organization  to  undertake  to  make  all  the  necessary  individual  loans 
and  guaranties. 

The  15,000  banks  of  America,  with  their  300,000  employees,  are  the 
proper  organizations  to  finance  small  business.  Government  should 
not  attempt  to  set  up  financial  offices  in  competition  with  them.  Use 
of  private  banks  will  eliminate  the  vast  number  of  details  which  are 
inevitable  in  dealing  with  any  Government  organization  and  will 
make  it  possible  for  small  businessmen  to  fill  their  credit  needs  in 
their  own  communities.     This  will  save  them  time  and  money. 

Credit  insurance  may  very  well  be  one  of  the  methods  for  accom- 
plishing this  desirable  result.  On  the  one  hand,  it  lends  itself  to 
mass  production  and  decentralized  operation,  and,  on  the  other,  it 
tends  to  stimulate  private  transactions  rather  than  to  compete  with 
them. 


I 

.1, 

I 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  545 

THE  CANADIAN  IDEA  IS   WORTHY  OF  STUDY 

The  Industrial  Development  Bank  proposed  by  the  Canadian 
Minister  of  Finance  is  an  interesting  idea.  This  bank  is  to  be  Gov- 
ernment owned  and  operated.  It  is  given  broad  power  to  make  or 
guarantee  loans  and  to  acquire  stocks,  bonds,  or  debentures,  either  by 
underwriting  or  purchasing  direct  from  the  issuing  corporation.  In 
its  present  version  its  scope  is  limited  to  industrial  concerns  which 
seems  to  narrow.  And  it  draws  no  distinction  between  large  and 
small  business,  although  the  Government  has  stated  that  it  expects 
it  will  be  used  largely  to  finance  new  and  existing  small  business. 

An  interesting  side  light  is  the  provision  that  the  bank  must  operate 
"on  the  assumption  that  there  will  be  on  the  average  a  relatively  high 
level  of  economic  activity."  The  Canadians  have  decided  to  be  bold; 
they  have  faith  in  their  future ;  and  they  intend  to  decide  whether  or 
not  a  borrower  is  credit  worthy  against  such  a  background. 

It  seems  to  me  that  a  plan  similar  to  the  one  proposed  by  the 
Canadian  Government  could  be  developed  and  adapted  to  the  needs 
of  small  business  in  this  country. 

I  wish  to  emphasize  I  do  not  advocate  and  would  not  advocate  any 
organization  which  would  compete  in  any  way  with  existing  banks, 
investment  houses,  or  other  financial  institutions.  It  should  be  the 
purpose  of  such  an  agency  to  fill  gaps  and  to  strengthen  existing 
institutions  rather  than  to  weaken  them. 


THE  TAXATION  OF  SMALL  BUSINESS 

This  is  surely  a  fact:  Small  business  must  have  a  chance  to  get 
started  by  reasonable  tax  relief.  Moreover,  if  new  businesses  are  not 
started,  the  old  ones  merely  get  bigger,  or  even  stand  still;  result,  low 
production  and  financial  stagnation.  The  final  or  end  result  might 
also  mean  the  break-down  of  the  free  enterprise  system  and  the  de- 
velopment of  cartels  and  monopolies,  leading  into  a  type  of  socialism 
and  communism. 

Thus  we  must  have  inducement  taxation  for  the  new  free  enterpriser. 

In  formulating  this  new  tax  policy  and  framing  the  tax  laws  we 
must  also  be  mindful  not  only  of  the  part  new  enterprises  play  in  our 
economic  life  but  also  of  the  vital  importance  of  an  environment 
favorable  for  business  expansion.  A  tax  policy  adopted  without  any 
consideration  of  the  role  of  small  business  will  inevitably  increase  the 
degree  of  concentration  in  American  industry.  Conversely,  a  tax 
policy  which  takes  into  account  the  importance  of  new  and  expanding 
firms  can  contribute  greatly  to  the  preservation  of  a  well-balanced 
economy,  one  in  which  the  distribution  of  firms  by  size  classes  ap- 
proaches the  ideal. 

The  greatest  possibilities  of  improving  the  tax  position  of  small 
business  is  by  the  Federal  Government.  Wliile  some  of  the  sugges- 
tions 'I  shall  make  would  be  of  value  for  businesses  of  all  size  classes, 
all  of  them  would  be  particularly  valuable  for  small  business. 


546  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

SPECIFIC  EXEMPTION  OF   $10,000   SHOULD  BE  RAISED  TO  $50,000 

First,  I  believe  that  the  specific  exemption  under  tlie  excess-profits 
tax  sliould  be  increased  well  beyond  the  $10,000  provided  by  the  Reve- 
nue Act  of  1943.  This  exemption  might  well  be  increased  to  some- 
thing like  $50,000,  effective  not  later  than  the  first  taxable  year  begin- 
ning after  the  end  of  the  war.  If  it  is  so  desired,  this  exemption 
could  be  restricted  to  corporations  with  excess  profits  net  income — be- 
fore the  exemption — of  not  over  $50,000. 

Regardless  of  the  precise  form  which  this  exemption  might  take, 
businesses  of  small  and  moderate  size  would  be  the  principal  benefi- 
ciaries. Obviously,  the  larger  exemption  would  be  regarded  with 
favor  by  those  contemplating  the  establishment  of  small  business  cor- 
porations immediately  after  the  war. 

The  recommendation  just  made  implies  that  I  do  not  believe  the 
excess-profits  tax  will  be  repealed,  effectively  immediately  after  the 
war.  While  it  is  widely  believed  that  the  excess-profits  tax  should  be 
repealed  at  the  earliest  practicable  date,  because  of  the  present  provi- 
sions covering  carry -backs  of  unused  excess-profits  credits,  it  would  not 
appear  to  be  in  the  interest  of  business  and  the  Government  to  have 
the  excess-profits  tax  repealed  immediately  upon  the  cessation  of  hos- 
tilities. This  is  particularly  true  of  those  corporations  which  it  may 
be  reasonably  expected  will  incur  losses — or  earn  only  nominal  profits — 
in  the  first  post-war  year.  In  the  second  or  third  post-war  year,  it 
might  be  possible  to  abandon  this  tax  completely.  Future  events,  how- 
ever, will  determine  such  action. 

CARRY-OVERS  OR  CARRY-BACKS  OF  OPERATING  LOSSES  OUGHT  TO  BE  PERMITTED 

If  equity  capital  is  to  flow  freely  into  business  channels,  and  is  to 
become  available  to  small  business  on  terms  not  markedly  more  oner- 
ous than  in  the  case  of  large  business,  specific  investment  incentives  in 
the  form  of  preferred  rates  on  dividend  income  of  new  equities  might 
be  granted. 

If  the  small-time  capitalist  is  to  regain  a  place  in  the  economy,  we 
must  not  again  try  to  operate  the  tax  system  on  a  "heads  I  win,  tails 
you  lose"  basis.  We  must  not  overtax  dividend  income,  and  we  must 
allow  liberal  treatment — carry-overs  or  carry-backs — of  operating 
losses.  Liberal  depreciation  allowances  on  new  plant  and  equipment 
are  also  essential. 

As  the  tax  laws  now  stand,  the  exactions  imposed  by  the  Federal 
and  other  governments  appear  to  be  a  barrier  to  those  who  are 
contemplating  the  establishment  of  new  enterprises.  Therefore, 
everything  possible  should  be  done  to  minimize  the  forbidding  appear- 
ance of  the  Federal  tax  structure  and  to  encourage  the  establishment 
of  new  companies. 

As  is  well  known,  the  number  of  business  units  has  declined  sharply 
during  the  war  period.  An  appropriate  tax  policy  can  do  a  great  deal 
to  hasten  the  return  of  our  business  population  to  a  more  normal  level, 
while  at  the  same  time  bringing  about  a  desirable  distribution  of  that 
population  by  size  classes. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  547 

NEW  CORPORATIONS  SHOULD  GET  SPECIAL  TREATMENT  FOR  A  FEW  YEAES 

A  specific  suggestion  that  has  been  offered  is  that  new  corporations 
should  be  granted  special  treatment  under  the  Federal  corporation 
income  tax  for  a  period  of  years.  One  proposal  is  that  new  manufac- 
turing corporations  might  be  exempted  for  the  period  of  3  yesLVs  from 
whatever  special  tax  is  imposed  on  corporations  after  the  war;  for 
the  fourth  and  fifth  years  one-half  the  regular  rate  has  been  sug- 
gested. 

In  concluding  my  remarks  on  taxation,  I  should  like  to  emphasize 
that  the  taxation  of  small  business  cannot  be  viewed  as  something 
aside  and  apart  from  other  aspects  of  the  small  business  problem. 
The  one  great  draw-back  to  the  expansion  of  the  small  enterprise  has 
been  its  inability  to  obtain  the  necessary  equity  capital.  In  the  future, 
as  in  the  past,  small  business  will  look  to  earnings  for  a  substantial 
part  of  the  capital  that  is  essential  to  growth.  Until  such  time  as  our 
financial  mechanism  is  improved  to  a  point  where  the  small  business- 
is  not  at  a  serious  disadvantage  in  obtaining  equity  and  long-term 
loan  capital,  the  tax  laws  cannot  be  regarded  as  a  completely  separate 
and  independent  factor  in  the  environment  in  which  small  business 
operates. 

VI 

PATENTS  AND  TECHNOLOGICAL  INFORMATION 


The  difficulties  of  small  business  in  this  field  are  legion.  Certain  of 
our  small  businesses  are  placed  under  their  greatest  handicaps  by  the 
operation  of  our  patent  system. 

To  the  average  small  businessman,  patents  often  mean  just  one 
thing — litigation,  and  of  the  most  expensive  and  time-consuming 
type. 

IF    A   SMALL  BUSINESSMAN    GETS   A   PATENT   OB  INFRINGES   ON   ONE,    HE   GETS   TIED  UP 

IN  A  LAWSUIT 

Patents  mean  litigation  whether  the  small  businessman  acquires 
one  or  has  inadvertently  done  anything  which  might  be  classified  as  an- 
infringement.  Furthermore,  he  may  involve  his  distributors  in  liti- 
gation. 

The  so-called  umbrella  type  patent,  which  covers  an  entire  field 
activity,  and  the  so-called  bottleneck  type  patent,  which  can  block 
an  entire  field  of  activity,  can  usually  prevent  all  but  the  very  largest 
manufacturers  from  entering  a  given  field  because  enormous  expense' 
is  involved  in  designing  machinery  and  products  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  avoid  possible  infringements. 

PATENTS  POOLS   COMBINE   TO   STARVE  OUT   LITTLE  BUSINESS 

Perhaps  the  worst  feature  of  the  present  patent  system  from  the 
fc'inall  business  viewpoint  is  the  patent  pools  maintained  and  operated 
by  most  of  our  truly  large  concerns.  These  patent  pools  depend 
for  their  strength,  not  on  the  essential  validity  of  any  one  patent^ 


548  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

but  on  the  combined  effect  of  a  large  number  of  patents,  any  one 
of  which  ma}'^  turn  out  to  be  worthless.  The  possession  of  these  large 
numbers  of  patents  plus  the  financial  resources  with  which  to  back 
them  up  through  endless  litigation  is  usually  sufficient  to  expell  all 
small  businessmen  from  any  particularly  lucrative  field. 

If  the  post-war  plans  you  are  developing  are  to  be  adequate  for 
small  business  they  must  contain  some  program  for  remedying  these 
patent  abuses.  Only  if  this  is  done  can  small  business  compete  with 
big  business  on  anything  like  even  terms. 

I  suggest  for  your  consideration  the  bill  prepared  by  the  Antitrust 
Division  of  the  Department  of  Justice.  It  suggests  that  patent  com- 
binations be  subject  to  the  antitrust  laws  in  the  same  manner  as  other 
combinations.  I  believe  this  proposal  has  merit.  Certainly  it  should 
be  given  very  careful  consideration. 

TECHNOLOGICAL  INFORMATION  ESSENTIAL  TO  SMALL  BUSINESS 

In  modern  business  technological  information  is  essential.  Up 
to  this  time  it  has  been  largely  impossible  for  small  business  to  secure 
such  information  on  any  basis  which  would  enable  it  to  compete  with 
large  business. 

From  a  manufacturing  standpoint  the  important  technological  in- 
formation is  largely  developed  by  and  is  in  the  possession  of  the  large 
private  commercial  laboratories  and  research  organizations. 

The  injustice  arises  from  the  fact  that  it  costs  the  large  business 
only  a  small  fraction  of  its  total  income  to  maintain  these  laboratories, 
gigantic  though  many  of  them  are.  But  a  small  business  which  un- 
dertakes to  maintain  even  a  moderate  laboratory  rapidly  discovers 
that  a  large  percentage  of  its  income  is  going  into  this  service. 

THE   KILGORE   BILL   SHOULD   BE   STUDIED 

Some  2  years  ago  Senator  Kilgore  presented  a  bill  with  which  you 
are  familiar.  This  proposed  to  establish  a  Government  technological 
and  scientific  office  which,  as  I  understand  it,  was  to  operate  along 
much  the  same  lines  as  the  laboratories  and  research  dej^artments 
maintained  by  our  large  corporations.  Its  findings  would  be  available 
to  all  business  in  the  country.  It  was  the  hope  that  this  scientific 
service  would  prevent  the  withholding  of  information  for  monopo- 
listic purposes  and  would  enable  all  business  to  participate  in 
technological  advances. 

This  bill  should  be  carefully  considered.  I  do  not  say  that  it  is 
the  final  solution,  but  the  principle  is  absolutely  sound.  You  gentle- 
men can  determine  the  exact  shape  or  form  the  proposal  should  take. 

NEW  PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESSES  GROWING  OUT  OF  WAR  AND  DEYELOPED  IN  GOVERNMENT- 
FINANCED  PLANTS   SHOULD   BE  FOR  ALL  BUSINESS 

The  war  has  brought  forth  probably  the  greatest  release  of  creative 
energy  within  the  field  of  technology  in  all  history. 

The  engineers  and  scientists  of  this  country  are  already  exploring 
the  ways  in  which  their  new  and  improved  products  and  processes  can 
be  adapted  to  peacetime  uses. 

But  here  is  a  point  of  crucial  importance  to  small  business.  This 
tremendous  array  of  technological  improvements,  although  paid  for 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING  549 

largely  by  the  people  through  their  Government,  will,  unless  some- 
thing is  done,  probably  become  the  private  property  of  big  business. 
Although  most  of  these  improvements  have  been  created  at  Govern- 
ment expense  and  under  Government  direction,  their  actual  develop- 
ment has  physically  taken  place  in  the  laboratories  and  plants  of  large 
corporations.  The  corporations  have  already  started  to  obtain  patents 
on  the  more  valuable  of  these  developments.  It  can  be  expected  that, 
before  long,  most  of  tlie  more  desirable  of  these  developments  will  have 
been  patented  by  the  large  corporations. 

IF    BIG    BUSINESS    GETS    A    STRANGLEHOLD    ON    THESE    NEW    IDEAS,    SMALL 
BUSINESS  WILL  BE  PUSHED  INTO  BACKWARD  HANDICRAIT  AGE 

This,  obviously,  will  shut  the  door  in  the  face  of  small  business, 
insofar  as  obtaining  access  to  these  Government-financed  developments 
is  concerned.  Should  this  be  allowed  to  happen?  Should  tech- 
nological improvements  of  gi-eat  usefulness  and  value,  paid  for  directly 
by  the  people,  be  denied  to  small  business  and  become  the  private 
property  of  big  business? 

The  answer,  to  my  way  of  thinking,  is  obvious.  All  technological 
improvements  paid  for  by  the  people  should  be  the  common  property 
of  the  people.  To  put  such  a  policy  into  effect,  legislation  is  required 
which  will  make  it  impossible  for  any  private  firm  to  obtain  patents 
on  technological  improvements  or  adaptations  thereof,  developed 
within  the  physical  properties  of  such  concern,  but  at  Government 
expense  during  wartime. 

Unless  such  legislation  is  enacted,  small  business  will  be  placed  at  a 
hopeless  competitive  disadvantage  after  the  war.  Society  will  suffer 
because  the  big  corporations  will  be  able  to  charge  high  monopolistic 
j)rices. 

THE  UTTLE  PEOPLE  SHOUXD  HAVE  THE  RESEARCH  AVAILABLE 

But,  in  any  event,  I  offer  you  this  point:  Science,  know-how,  re- 
search, must  be  available  to  the  little  businessman.  The  reason  is  we 
live  in  a  new  scientific  industrial  world,  and  we  can't  have  them  in  a 
primitive  age  while  the  big  concerns  are  operating  scientifically  and 
on  a  modern  basis.  Big  business  itself  ought  to  favor  this,  so  that 
when  little  businesses  have  subcontracts  they  can  fill  them  with  scien- 
tific knowledge  and  know-how. 

In  an}^  event,  technical  advice  is  highly  important.  Congress  has 
given  all  this  and  much  more  to  the  farmers  for  over  50  years.  What 
Congress  does  for  farmers — who  are  little  businessmen  who  live  out 
in  the  country — they  should  do  for  the  little  businessmen  who  live 
in  town. 

WE  WANT  A  SYSTEM  OP  FEEE  ENTEBPBISE  WHERE  LITTLE  AND  BIG  BUSINESS  CAN  BOTH 

SUCCEED 

In  reconversion,  as  in  war,  we  need  both  large  and  small  business. 
Both  are  vital. 

As  Chairman  of  the  Smaller  War  Plants  Corporation,  my  interest 
is  in  seeing  that  small  business  has  the  opportunity  and  ability  to  com- 
pete. For  that  reason,  I  have  discussed  those  fields  in  which  small 
business  is  not  only  at  a  disadvantage  but  an  unfair  and  unjustifiable 
disadvantage. 


550  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

The  difficulties  can  be  corrected  and  to  the  benefit  of  both  large  and 
small  business.  For  large  business  grows  stronger  as  small  business 
succeeds. 

Aiid  so,  gentlemen,  although  I  have  spoken  primarily  of  small  busi- 
ness, I  have  in  mind  the  success  of  our  entire  free  enterprise,  capitalist 
society. 

Americans  have  made  up  their  minds  to  make  a  success  of  the  free 
enterprise  system.  They  have  in  view  no  other  system  of  government. 
Indeed,  Americans  believe  in  individual  freedom  and  liberty,  and  each 
man  wants  his  own  business,  or  interest  in  the  business,  or  his  own 
job.  He  may  want  to  change  his  business  or  change  his  job.  In  the 
civilization  that  is  to  come  after  the  war,  we  want  to  preserve  this  indi- 
vidual liberty  where  every  temperament  of  American  personality, 
every  member  of  a  race,  religion,  or  creed  will  have  his  place. 

American  people  are  dedicated  to  the  Constitution.  There  will  be 
conflicts,  but  they  will  be  conflicts  within  the  Constitution  and  as  a 
part  of  the  free  enterprise  systems. 

Upon  the  foregoing  I  have  presented  my  facts  today.  In  doing  so 
I  have  given  my  viewpoints  in  the  preservation  of  the  free-enterprise 
system,  and  of  little  business,  which  latter  or  both  constitute  the 
foundation  stone  of  our  American  economy  in  life. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Maverick,  for  a  very  interesting, 
illuminating  statement,  one  that  reflects  considerable  thought  in 
preparation. 

Time  will  not  permit  the  many  questions  that  some  of  us  would 
like  to  ask.  I  am  not  going  to  take  a  great  deal  of  time,  but  I  would 
like  to  ask  one  question  and  leave  the  rest  of  the  time  to  the  other 
members. 

You  stated  in  the  beginning  of  your  statement  that  "small  business 
needs  speedy,  final,  and  fair  settlement  of  its  claims"  in  its  deter- 
minations. 

You  are  familiar  with  the  bill  that  this  committee  has  endorsed, 
which  you  referred  to.  Do  you  think  that  bill  will  give  the  needed 
"speedy,  final,  and  fair  settlement  of  its  claims"? 

Mr.  Maverick.  It  forms  the  groundwork  of  speedy  termination, 
but  there  should  be  special  attention  given  to  interim  financing  be- 
cause there  are  something  like  165,000  subcontractors  and  all  of  them 
are  going  to  be  canceled  out.  Every  one  of  them  is  going  to  need 
money. 

Another  thing  regarding  that  bill  that  I  am  not  sure  is  complete, 
therein,  though  I  cannot  remember  the  words  exactly,  it  says  that 
if  the  claim  of  a  subcontractor  is  equitable,  the  Army  or  Navy  or 
military  agency  is  entitled  to  go  in  and  pay  it.  Congress  put  those 
words  in  because  everybody  is  afraid  of  this  business  of  double  pay- 
ment. I  think  we  ought  to  admit  that  when  a  prime  or  upper-tier 
contractor  goes  broke,  the  Government  of  the  United  States  will  pay 
a  subcontractor  over  again,  even  though  the  prime  contractor  has 
been  paid.     There  is  a  definite  reason  for  that. 

Before  this  war,  for  instance,  in  the  building  of  the  Boulder  Dam 
all  States  had  lien  laws  and  bonding  statutes  for  State  contractors. 
Provisions  designed  to  accomplish  the  same  results  should  be  adopted 
for  war  work.  The  individual  subcontractor  is  not  being  paid  twice, 
you  understand. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING  551 

'  The  Chairman.  In  other  words,  you  think  the  Government  should 
in  some  cases  perhaps  pay  twice  ? 

Mr.  ]\Iaverick.  Yes,  sir. 

Mr.  Zimmerman.  I  thought  we  provided  for  that  in  the  bill;  that 
is,  if  it  were  equitable. 

Mr.  Maverick.  There  are  some  qualifying  words,  to  the  effect  "if 
it  appears  equitable  or  desirable."  But  if  a  man  does  the  work  and 
it  is  honest  work,  there  ought  not  to  be  any  question  whatsoever  about 
it.  If  you  leave  it  to  Army  officers  all  over  the  country  they  may  be 
afraid  they  will  get  into  trouble  about  it  later  on,  and  they  may  hesi- 
tate in  doing  it.  This  does  not  involve  fraud,  you  understand.  It 
ought  to  be  clearly  stated  that  when  a  man  has  done  the  work  and  de- 
livered the  goods,  he  shall  be  paid. 

The  Chairman.  If  you  do  not  do  that,  you  are  going  to  have  thou- 
sands of  small  claims  against  the  Government,  aren't  you,  in  the  form 
of  relief  bills  in  the  House  ? 

Mr.  Maverick.  They  will  be  coming  in  the  shape  of  thousands  of  bills 
for  years  to  come,  when  my  unborn  grandson  gets  elected  as  a  Con- 
gressman. 

Mr.  VooRHis.  What  do  you  mean  by  double  payment  ? 

The  Chairman.  If  I  may  answer,  as  we  must  make  haste,  I  think 
what  Mr.  Maverick  means,  Mr.  Voorhis,  is  where  the  prime  contractor 
goes  broke  the  Government  will  pay  him  and  the  little  fellow  will  be 
left  out,  the  subcontractor.  The  thought  is  that  the  Government  still 
owes  him  something;  is  that  correct? 

Mr.  INIaverick.  That  is  correct. 

The  Chairman.  One  other  question  I  wanted  to  ask  you,  sir :  You 
are  familiar  with  the  May  bill,  Vinson  bill,  and  others  along  that 
line. 

A  sharp  question  has  arisen  about  whether  the  Comptroller  should 
be  brought  into  the  picture  where  he  has  never  been,  to  preaudit  these 
claims.     What  is  your  opinion  about  that  ? 

]Mr.  Ma\-erick.  I  think  I  can  give  you  an  absolute,  unbiased  answer 
insofar  as  I  am  concerned,  very  definitely  the  answer  is  "No." 

The  General  Accounting  Office  is  a  very  capable  Office;  the  Comp- 
troller. Mr.  Warren,  is  one  of  finest,  ablest,  and  most  intelligent  gen- 
tleman in  the  Capital.  Notwithstanding  that,  the  termination  of  con- 
tracts should  not  be  handled  any  different  from  any  other  Govern- 
ment obligation  any  more  than  they  should  make  a  preaudit  of  the 
Smaller  War  Plants  Corporation  or  any  other  governmental  agency. 
The  officers  of  our  Army  and  Navy  have  the  same  level  of  honesty 
and  integrity  as  other  officials  in  the  Government.  I  can  assure  you 
of  this,  that  the  Army  and  Nav;y  have  developed  through  a  period  of 
several  months'  study  a  very  high  level  of  efficiency  and  standards 
for  the  termination  of  contracts. 

If  there  is  a  preaudit  it  will  hold  things  up,  in  my  opinion,  and 
will  lessen  the  chance  for  quick  terminations. 

The  Chair:man.  I  am  glad  to  have  your  opinion  on  that. 

Mr.  Fish.  I  just  want  to  commend  you  for  your  very  clear  and  pre- 
cise and  able  statement,  and  particularly  for  presenting  it  in  type- 
written form.  It  can  be  easily  available  to  the  members  of  the  com- 
mittee and  they  can  take  it  home  and  read  it  if  they  care  to  consider 
certain  phases  of  it.     I  also  want  to  commend  you  for  the  statement 


552  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

you  made  about  preauditing.  It  will  be  a  big  controversy  in  the 
House  and  I  tliink  you  have  expressed  yourself  very  well. 

I  would  like  to  ask  a  rather  simple  question.  Just  how  does  it  op- 
erate now  if  a  small  business  firm  wants  to  borrow  $5,000  ?  Perhaps 
the  business  wants  some  new  machinery  that  is  available  and  wants  to 
go  ahead  with  some  new  business.  Does  that  firm  come  to  you,  to  the 
Smaller  War  Plants  Corporation? 

Mr.  Maverick.  Did  you  say  new  business? 

Mr.  Fish.  I  have  in  mind  something  that  has  been  bothering  me  a 
little.  Suppose  a  business,  a  small  business,  was  in  another  line  and 
that  line  has  more  or  less  gone  out  and  due  to  the  war  it  has  gone* 
into  another  line  of  business.  They  then  find  some  new  machinery 
they  could  buy  if  they  had  the  money,  they  would  want,  say,  $5,000, 
$6,000.  They  have  orders  of  $30,000  if  they  could  go  ahead  and  they 
want  the  money,  they  want  a  loan.  It  is  really  a  question  of  small 
business  entirely.     I  want  to  know  what  you  have  to  say  about  that. 

I  might  want  to  see  you  after  the  meeting  about  it. 

Mr.  Maverick.  The  law  is  we  have  a  right  to  make  loans  for  war 
production  or  essential  civilian  production. 

In  any  amount  under  $25,000  it  is  done  in  the  field.  In  the  case  of 
the  State  of  New  York,  we  have  a  regional  office  in  New  York  City 
and  a  district  office  in  Albany.  The  man  could  go  to  the  district 
office  in  Albany  and  within  a  very  short  period  make  a  loan  up  to 
$25,000,  or  he  could  lease  the  machinery,  if  it  was  something  needed  in 
the  war,  at  II/2  percent  per  month  on  the  value  of  the  machinery.  The 
reason  that  high  rate  is  put  on  there  is  because  there  will  be  prac- 
tically a  75  to  100  percent  loss  when  the  war  is  over  on  that  machinery. 

Mr.  Fish.  Suppose  this  arose,  that  they  were  in  some  line  of  business 
and  they  were  making  some  kind  of  war  goods  and  they  might  not  con- 
tinue to  make  that  after  the  war.  I  suppose  you  find  that  out  before 
making  these  loans.  I  do  not  understand  that  situation  at  all.  Perhaps 
I  had  better  not  take  the  time  of  the  committee  to  press  the  question 
any  further. 

Mr.  Maverick    I  can  answer  that  very  rapidly. 

The  answer  is  that  we  have  no  business  to  impose  "grandfather 
clause"  and  I  am  making  that  a  national  campaign. 

Mr.  Fish.  I  am  glad  of  it.  I  am  disturbed  as  to  that. question  and 
I  would  rather  not  take  the  time  of  the  committee  on  it. 

Mr.  Maverick,  We  are  for  the  free  enterprise  system  and  capitalist 
democracy  and,  if  so,  we  have  no  right  to  come  in  with  a  "granclf  ather 
clause"  and  say  that,  because  you  did  not  have  a  vested  interest  before 
Pearl  Harbor,  you  cannot  go  into  any  new  business. 

Mr.  Fish.  I  am  delighted  to  hear  that.  It  looked  to  me  as  though 
you  were  protecting  the  big  industries  instead  of  helping  small  busi- 
ness. I  did  not  know  your  attitude  and  I  was  going  to  come  to  see 
you  about  it. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Maverick,  if  you  will  pardon  me  a  minute,  I 
am  advised  that  there  is  a  record  vote  being  taken  in  the  House,  I 
assume  the  Members  feel  it  necessary  to  be  recorded  on  that,  I  would 
like  to  know  what  the  pleasure  of  the  committee  is, 

Mr.  Voorhis,  Mr,  Chairman,  I  have  a  number  of  questions  I  would 
like  to  ask  Mr,  Maverick.  Would  it  be  possible  for  him  to  come 
back? 


I 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  553 

Mr.  Maverick.  I  have  a  heavy  emotional  desire  on  account  of  my 
previous  membership  to  be  catechized,  cross-examined,  and  criticized — 
and  complimented,  if  possible — and  I  would  like  to  be  at  the  dis- 
posal of  this  committee  and  come  back,  if  you  care  to  hear  me. 

The  Chairman.  Thus  far  you  have  only  had  compliments,  Mr. 
Maverick. 

The  committee  will  stand  adjourned  until  tomorrow  morning  at 
10 :  30  o'clock. 

I  will  contact  Mr.  Maverick  as  to  any  further  appearance  he  may 
make  here. 

(Whereupon,  at  11:30  a.  m.,  the  committee  adjourned  until  Wed- 
nesday, June  14, 1944,  at  10 :  30  a.  m.) 


POST-WAK   ECONOMIC   POLICY  AND   PLANNING 


WEDNESDAY,   JUNE   14,    1944 

House  of  Representatives, 
Special  Committee  on  Post-war 
Economic  Policy  and  Planning, 

Washington,  D.  G. 

The  special  committee  met  at  10 :  30  a.  m.  in  room  1304,  New  House 
Office  Building,  Hon,  William  M.  Colmer  (chairman)  presiding. 

Present:  Representatives   Colmer    (chairman),   Cooper,  Vooji'his,  ■ 
Murdock,  Lynch,  O'Brien,  Worley,  Fish,  Reece,  Welch,  Wolverton, 
Hope,  and  Dewey. 

Also  present :  Marion  B.  Folsom,  director  of  staff,  and  Dr.  Kaplan, 
consultant,  of  the  committee. 

The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

We  have  with  us  this  morning  Mr.  D.  P.  Cameron,  appearing  in 
behalf  of  small  business.  Of  course,  down  where  Mr.  Cameron, 
comes  from — the  State  of  Mississippi — most  business  is  small  busi- 
ness. He  is  an  outstanding  businessman  down  there  among  small 
businessmen.  I  thought  it  would  be  well  for  the  committee  to  have 
some  testimony  from  just  an  ordinary  businessman  with  no  Govern- 
ment connections  so  that  we  might  get  the  "grass  roots"  point  of  view, 
so  to  speak, 

Mr.  Cameron,  you  have  a  prepared  statement,  I  believe.  You  may 
be  seated  and  proceed  with  your  statement. 

STATEMENT  OF  D.  P.  CAMERON,  PRESIDENT,  THE  MERCHANTS  CO. 

OF  MISSISSIPPI 

Mr,  Cameron,  The  gentleman  that  preceded  me  yesterday  said  he 
had  the  honor  to  have  been  a  Congressman  once.  I  have  never  had 
that  honor  other  than  to  vote  for  Congressmen  or  did  I  ever  have  any 
Government  connection. 

Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  Post-war  Planning  Committee,  I 
appear  before  your  committee  representing  the  little  businessmen  of 
our  country,  my  section  in  jiarticular.  I  am  not  here  as  a  Democrat  or 
Republican,  iior  as  a  Xew  Dealer  or  anti-New  Dealer — I  am  here  rep- 
resenting the  "grass  root"  American  citizens  who  are  vitally  interested 
in  the  post-war  plannings  of  your  committee. 

The  big  job  at  present,  of  course,  is  to  win  the  war.  and  we,  the  little 
businessmen  of  America,  have  nothing  but  praise  for  Congi-ess  and 
others  for  the  splendid  progress  already  made  along  this  line.  Nothing 
must  be  done  or  said  to  cause  you  or  others  to  let  up  one  iota,  but  you 
and  tlie  rest  of  the  home  front  must  also  immediately  begin  planning 
to  preserve  America  and  the  American  way  of  living  at  the  termina- 

99579— 44— pt.  3 5  555 


556  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

tion  of  the  war.  If  the  phms  are  constructive,  we  have  no  reason  to 
ch"ead  the  future,  and  we  will  be  able  to  look  our  boys  and  girls  in  the 
face  upon  their  return  from  the  fighting  fronts  and  truthfully  tell  them 
that  their  efforts  and  sacrifices  were  not  in  vain;  that  we,  the  home 
front,  have  kept  the  faith  in  their  absence. 

■  We  will  owe  them  a  great  debt,  and  this  debt  must  be  paid.  Upon 
their  return  only  a  very  few  will  feel  that  their  country  owes  them  any- 
thing other  than  a  job;  the  right  to  work  and  be  fairly  compensated, 
thereby  enabling  them  to  be  independent,  self-respecting  citizens  and 
to  rear  their  families  accordingly. 

I  have  talked  to  a  great  number  of  these  boys  and  girls  and  they  are 
not  interested  in  being  regimented  after  they  have  won  the  war.  (No 
doubt  they  have  had  enough  of  this  while  in  the  Army.)  They  state 
their  victory  in  winning  the  war  will  be  a  hollow  one  if  we,  the  home 
front,  fail  to  preserve  for  them  the  democracy  that  they  fought  for, 
and  in  instances  died  for. 

Congress  by  necessity  must  assume  the  leadership  in  this  under- 
taking and  bring  forth  constructive  legislation  that  will  be  fair  to  the 
majority  of  these  boys  and  girls.  Every  citizen,  be  he  big  or  little, 
must  assist. 

When  your  chairman  asked  if  I  would  appear  before  your  commit- 
tee, I  hesitated  in  accepting,  not  for  selfish  or  unpatriotic  reasons,  but 
because  I  felt — and  still  feel — there  are  others  far  better  qualified  to 
represent  the  little  businessman  than  I.  Representing  the  little  busi- 
nessmen of  America  is  no  small  assignment ;  99.6  percent  of  all  business 
in  America  has  a  capital  structure  of  $1,000,000  or  less,  and  therefore 
is  classified  as  "little  business";  only  four-tenths  of  1  percent  American 
business  has  a  capital  of  over  $1,000,000,  according  to  Bradstreet  sta- 
tistics. You  can  readily  see  from  the  numerical  standi:)oint  what  a 
large  percentage  of  American  business  is  carried  on  by  the  little' busi- 
nessman. America  was  settled  and  has  been  developed  by  this  type 
of  citizen.  It  has  been  the  little  businessman  who  has  led  in  the 
pionesring  of  every  foot  of  our  great  Nation.  If  America  is  preserved, 
it  will  be  the  little  businessman  who  will  preserve  it.  The  economic 
activities  of  America  are  based  upon  the  existence  of  this  tremendous 
number  of  small  enterprises. 

Small  business  constitutes  not  only  so  large  a  segment  of  our 
business  field,  but  also  makes  contributions  to  the  four-tenths  of  1 
percent  that  is  in  the  high  bracket  class,  because  small  business  in  the 
aggregate  is  the  determining  factor  in  the  life  of  large  business.  Small 
enterprise  with  its  initiative  and  experience  is  the  living  expression 
of  evei'v  open  competitive  economic  system  and  supports  and  serves 
the  bulk  of  our  population. 

It  was  big  business  that  prior  to  and  at  the  beginning  of  the  war 
placed  its  business  at  the  disposal  of  the  country  to  be  used  by  the 
country  to  furnish  the  fighting  equipment  and  material  for  our  armed 
forces.  This  was  correct,  because  it  had  facilities  and  organizations 
€quij)])ed  to  do  the  job.  America's  hat  is  off  to  big  business  for  the 
magnificent  manner  in  which  it  has  done  the  job.  Without  its  services, 
our  soldiers  would  have  been  helpless,  but  with  superior  fighting  equip- 
ment, they  are  doing  a  wonderful  job.  In  order  to  do  this  splendid 
job,  it  was  necessary  that  big  business  tremendously  increase  its  man- 
power.   Little  business  was  not  equipped,  nor  did  it  have  facilities  to 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  557 

make  this  tj'pe  of  contribution;  its  responsibility  was  to  furnisli  the 
manpower  to  do  the  fighting.  I  dare  say  if  you  were  to  check  the 
personnel  of  the  millions  of  fighting  men  and  women,  you  would  find 
the  majority  of  them  had  come  from  little  business  and  little  com- 
munities. Thousands  upon  thousands  of  little  businesses  lost  as  high 
as  50  percent  or  more  of  their  personnel  to  the  armed  forces,  and  in 
very  few  instances  did  they  complain.  Little  business  has  not  hoarded 
manjiower  while  its  country  was  at  war.  It  has  found  ways  and 
means  of  carrying  on  its  activities  under  high  pi-essure  with  less  man- 
power in  order  that  the  armed  forces  and  war  material  industries  might 
have  the  advantage  of  its  saving  in  manpower. 

It  is  natural  to  assume  that  these  fighting  boys  and  girls,  who  came 
from  little  business  and  small  connimnities,  are  thinking  of  the  day 
when  the  war  is  won  and  they  will  be  permitted  to  return  to  the 
connnunities  and  little  business  which  they  left  to  enter  the  service. 
With  these  facts  confronting  us,  it  is  easy  to  understand  why  the 
little  business  and  little  communities  are  so  vitally  interested  in  post- 
Vt  ar  planning. 

Your  committee,  if  I  correctly  understand,  is^very  much  interested 
in  formulating  a  program  which  will  enable  business  at  the  termina- 
tion ot  the  war  to  return  to  normalcy  and  above  all  to  absorb  the 
]-etnrn]ng  soldiers,  who  have  been  carrying  on  the  fight  on  the  battle 
fronts,  and  to  provide  jobs  to  those  released  from  war  industries  who 
want  to  work.  From  the  testimony  submitted  by  big  industries  before 
30ur  committee,  it  is  very  evident  that  these  large  war  industries 
cannot  possibly  maintain  their  present  personnel.  Any  employment 
in  these  industries  to  returning  soldiers  will  be  at  the  expense  of  some- 
one already  on  their  pay  rolls.  This  being  the  case,  it  is  doubly  im- 
portant that  the  returning  soldiers  from  small  business  and  small 
communities  are  not  allowed  to  drift  into  these  heavy  industrial  sec- 
tions which  at  the  termination  of  the  war  will  have  surplus  manpower 
in  their  communities. 

"With  this  in  mind,  I  appear  before  your  committee  representing 
little  business  to  offer  suggestions  as  to  what  we  feel  your  committee 
can  and  should  do  to  encourage  and  help  little  business  in  order  that 
it  might  be  able  to  furnish  employment  to  returning  soldiers  and  re- 
leased war  workers  and  continue  to  make  contributions  to  the  preser- 
vation and  development  of  America  and  free  enterprise. 

1.    EQUITABLE  TERMINATION  OF  WAR  CONTRACTS 

The  little  businesses  which  I  rej^resent  have  participated  only  in  a 
small  way  in  war  contracts ;  therefore  being  a  nonparticipant,  we  are 
not  in  position  to  widely  discuss  this  question.  If  I  understand  cor- 
rectly, your  committee  has  been  giving  this  important  matter  first 
consideration  and  has  had  before  it  some  of  the  outstanding  indus- 
trialists of  the  country  seeking  a  solution  of  this  all-important  prob- 
lem. The  press  has  inferred  that  the  committee  had  probably  gathered 
sufficient  data  to  enable  it  to  proceed  with  the  termination  of  these 
contracts  on  a  just  and  equitable  basis.  I  will  say  that  little  business 
is  vitally  concerned  indirecly;  any  bottleneck  created  in  the  termi- 
nation of  these  contracts  will  soon  be  reflected  throughout  the  width 
and  breadth  of  the  country.  I  have  read  the  testimony  of  Mr.  Wilson, 
president  of  General  Motors  Co.,  also  the  testimony  of  Mr.  Eric  A. 


558  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

Johnson,  president  of  the  United  States  Chamber  of  Commerce,  be- 
fore your  committee.  I  concur  in  their  views  100  percent — namely, 
need  of  immediate  action  on  legislation  for  a  prompt  and  equitable 
settlement  of  war  contracts. 

Congress  and  the  Government  should  deal  promptly  and  fairly  with 
the  institutions  that  have  so  admirably  acquitted  themselves  by  accept- 
ing these  contracts  and  fulfilling  them  in  a  manner  that  was  a  revela- 
tion to  the  world.  In  most  instances,  they  accepted  them  in  good 
faith  and  acted  promptly  to  execute  them,  as  it  were,  overnight  At 
the  termination,  the  Government  should  do  likewise.  In  simple 
words,  "practice  the  Golden  Rule."  The  Government  in  the  past,  as 
you  gentleme]!  know,  has  not  been  as  prompt  and  diligent  in  settling  its 
claims  with  the  public  as  it  has  compelled  the  public  to  do  in  settling 
with  the  Government.  This  creates  a  little  misgiving  in  the  public 
mind.  I  think  the  contracts  should  be  settled  promptly,  justly,  and 
equitably. 

If  there  should  be  subcontracts  involved,  which  are  usually  with 
little  concerns,  they  should  be  dealt  with  accordingly. 

A  very  large  percentage  of  successful  businessmen  are  honest. 
(This  is  a  prerequisite  to  their  success.)  I  will  admit  that  there  may 
be  some  contractors  whom  the  Government  will  have  to  audit,  but  this 
<;an  and  should  be  handled  at  a  later  date,  and  if  found  guilty,  make 
them  pay  dearly,  but  do  not  keep  the  entire  class  in  after  school  in 
order  to  punish  one  pupil  for  a  misdemenaor. 

Prompt  settlement  of  these  contracts  will  go  a  long  way  toward 
furnishing  the  working  capital  necessary  to  enable  contractors  to 
start  other  activities  and  create  employment;  a  delay  will  create  a 
bottleneck  and  cost  the  Government  many,  many  times  what  it  would 
lose  on  account  of  a  little  off-color  found  occasionally  among  con- 
tractors. 

2.    DISPOSITION    OF    SURPLUS    WAR    COMMODITIES    AND    GOVERNMENT-OWNED 

PLANTS 

Again,  I  say  that  I  am  sure  your  committee  has  had  before  it  those 
who  are  in  better  position  to  advise  on  these  matters  than  I.  Little 
business  has  invested  liberally  in  War  bonds  in  order  that  its  Govern- 
ment might  accumulate  war  commodities,  build  war  plants  and  so 
forth.  Naturally,  we  are  interested  when  it  comes  to  the  disposal 
of  these  things  to  see  that  the  Government,  as  far  as  possible,  protects 
the  people  in  their  disposal.  In  other  words,  not  dispose  of  them  in- 
discriminately regardless  of  their  value. 

Government-owned  plants  and  their  equipment,  I  presume,  repre- 
sent the  greatest  problem  when  it  comes  to  their  disposal.  Govern- 
ment-owned war  commodities,  I  presume,  cover  everything  from  ships 
to  a  can  of  tomatoes.  The  disposal  of  these  plants  and  commodities 
is  going  to  be  one  of  the  major  tasks  of  the  Government.  I  commend 
the  Government  for  placing  in  charge  of  this  program  a  man  of  Mr. 
Clayton's  ability.  Mr.  Clayton  is  an  international  merchant.  He  has 
proved  his  ability  in  handling  his  own  affairs  and  marketing  one  of 
the  Nation's  most  liazardous  commodities,  namely,  cotton. 

I  feel  that  the  American  public,  especially  the  little  businessman  of 
the  South,  has  implicit  confidence  in  his  ability  to  handle  this  tre- 
mendous assignment.     I  feel  that  it  would  be  unbecoming  of  one  of 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND    PLANNING  559 

my  limited  experience  to  offer  Mr.  Clayton  or  Congress  suggestions 
as  to  how  he  slioukl  handle  this  job.  I  think  he  should  be  given 
carte  blanche  and  instructed  to  proceed  with  the  job  along  the  lines 
that  will  be  fair  and  equitable  to  the  taxpayers  of  our  country. 

Mr.  Clayton  knows  that  to  dump  these  connnodities  on  the  market 
indiscriminately  Avoidd  thoroughly  demoralize  the  domestic  market. 
The  merchants  and  others  of  the  country  have  had  some  past  experi- 
ence following  AVorld  War  I  with  the  hasty  disposal  of  surplus  com- 
modities. They  have  a  feeling  that  some  of  these  commodities  were 
sold  at  absurd  prices  to  organizations  or  corporations  that  were  created 
solely  to  speculate  in  these  commodities.  I  hope  and  feel  sure  that 
Mr.  Clayton  and  his  associates  will  not  permit  this  to  recur,  and  so 
far  as  possible  dispose  of  them  through  regular  trade  channels. 

Due  publicity  should  be  given  to  the  items  owned  by  the  Govern- 
ment, their  location  and  minimum  quantity  in  which  they  will  be  dis- 
posed of.  With  this  procedure  the  large  and  the  small  will  have  an 
opportunity  to  participate  in  the  buying,  thereby  (1)  obtaining  a 
greater  value  for  the  items  disposed  of  and  (2)  getting  a  fair  distri- 
bution over  the  country  as  a  whole.  Whatever  method  of  advertising 
these  commodities  is  adopted,  should  be  given  full  publicity  to  the 
Nation  as  a  whole. 

Regarding  Government-owned  plants,  no  doubt  these  plants  could 
be  best  utilized  b}^  orderly  disposal ;  maj^be  some  sold  to  rehabilitate 
our  foreign  allies,  but  of  course  preference  always  to  domestic  oper- 
ators if  the}^  are  in  position  to  operate  them  for  the  good  of  our 
country  and  create  emplo3anent,  and  so  forth.  It  has  been  suggested 
by  some  of  the  small  businessmen  with  whom  I  have  come  in  contact, 
that  in  some  instances  it  might  be  wise  to  dispose  of  these  plants  to> 
industrialists  who  could  utilize  them  by  removing  them  from  heavy 
industrial  sections  and  rebuilding  them  in  communities  and  sections 
away  from  the  congested  areas  where  land  is  inexpensive  and  pro- 
ductive, and  enable  the  operator  to  make  a  contribution  to  the  wel- 
fare of  America  by  working  two  shifts,  each  30  hours  per  week,  one 
shift  3  days,  10  hours,  in  succession,  another  shift  three  10-hour  days 
m  succession,  and  to  compensate  his  employees  for  the  short  week  by 
furnishing  them  a  plot  of  land  and  a  home  thereon.  In  his  3  off  days 
the  worker  would  be  able  and  would  have  time  to  grow  a  good  manj'' 
of  the  products  consumed  by  his  family;  namely,  vegetables,  fruits, 
poultry,  dairy  products  and,  in  many  instances,  meat  products.  They 
suggested  that  this  would  in  the  long  run  be  advantageous  to  the 
worker,  because  he  would  be  able  to  produce  food  consumed  by  his 
family  with  this  t^^pe  of  set-up,  instead  of  buying  it  at  high  prices  in 
highly  industrial  sections.  It  would  create  a  healthier  and  happier 
family  environment  and  labor  situation. 

If  this  ])rogram  were  adopted  the  operator  of  the  plant  would  neces- 
sarily have  to  commit  himself  to  furnish  employment  and  these  other 
facilities  for  his  laborers  before  being  allowed  to  purchase  the  plants. 

3.    INSURE  THE  CONTINUATION   OF  FKEE  ENTERPRISE 
4.    MAINTENANCE  OF  THE  STANDARD  OF  THE  AMERICAN  WAY  OF  LIFE 

The  two  items  listed  above  are  inseparable  and  very  vital  to  little 
business.  The  preservation  of  free  enterprise  cannot  be  accomplished 
without  the  maintenance  of  the  standard  of  the  American  way  of  life. 


560  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

The  wonderful  record  made  in  the  past  under  the  free  enterprise 
system,  with  all  its  faults,  should  be  convincing  to  all  that  there  is  no 
other  economic  system  that  will  bring  to  our  people  and  our  country 
so  much  happiness  and  progress  and  at  the  same  time  preserve  free- 
dom. 

Small  business  is  vitally  interested  in  the  maintenance  of  the  stand- 
ard of  the  American  way  of  life.  We  believe  that  the  only  way  this 
American  way  of  life  can  be  maintained  and  caused  to  grow  by  the 
enlargement  of  the  ability,  capacity,  and  enterprise  of  our  people  is 
through  the  preservation  of  individual  free  enterprise.  If  planned 
economy,  Government  regimentation,  bureaucratic  government,  busi- 
ness and  Government  partnership  (all  stepping  stones  to  national 
socialism)  are  substituted  for  free  enterprise,  then  it  is  self-evident 
truth  that  we  shall  lose  constitutional  government — the  American 
way  of  life. 

Little  business  must  not  abandon  the  fundamental  truths  practiced 
by  our  forefathers  and  as  given  to  us  by  our  Declaration  of  Independ- 
ence and  our  Constitution.  We  believe  that  the  preservation  of  our 
democratic  institutions  depends  in  a  large  measure  on  our  ability  to 
maintain  and  strengthen  the  foundation  of  small  and  medium-sized 
enterprises. 

We  representatives  of  the  average-citizen  group  of  this  country, 
together  with  all  other  good  citizens,  are  not  the  only  people  who  are 
alarmed  at  the  present  trend  to  abolish  private  enterprise;  the  sys- 
tem that  gives  the  man  a  right  to  choose  his  own  means  of  earning 
a  living  for  himself  and  family.  We  have  observed  that  during  the 
present  year  those  advocating  a  new  order  have  been  coming  more 
and  more  in  the  open  with  details  of  their  revolutionary  theory  that 
would  demoralize  our  present  generation  and  destroy  all  the  hopes 
of  its  successors.  The  theorists  and  visionaries,  who  give  lip  service 
to  free  enterprise  but  who  preach  doctrines  of  economic  revolution, 
may  be  sincere  in  their  Utopian  philosophy,  but  the  principles  they 
advocate  can  lead  only  to  complete  regimented  economy.  If  and 
when  more  than  a  small  fraction  of  the  electorate  comes  to  depend  for 
their  livelihood  upon  the  temporary  masters  of  the  mechanism  of  the 
State — that  is,  upon  the  politicians — then  democracy  as  we  have  known 
it  in  the  past  is  at  an  end. 

Before  either  small  business  or  big  business  can  take  steps  to  insure 
the  continuation  of  the  free  enterprise,  the  only  system  under  which 
reasonably  full  employment  may  be  made  certain,  Congress  must  do 
those  things  necessary  to  insure  the  people  that  we  are  again  living 
under  a  government  of  laws  rather  than  a  government  of  men.  Free 
enterprise  and  individual  initiative  have  made  us  a  great  and  pow- 
erful nation — the  greatest  nation  on  earth,  a  nation  which  has  brought 
more  comfort,  happiness,  and  freedom  to  more  people  than  any  other 
nation  in  the  history  of  the  world.  We  have  recently  come  a  long  way 
from  the  principles  laid  down  for  our  freedom;  we,  the  little  busi- 
nessmen, think  there  are  some  in  this  country  that  are  hell-bent  on 
destroying  the  foundation  of  our  free  enterprise  upon  which  the 
American  successes  have  rested.  We  refer  to  the  power-grasping 
bureaus  and  world  planners. 

Therefore,  it  seems  to  the  little  business  group  that  the  first  thing 
necessary  for  Congress  to  do  in  connection  with  many  of  the  vital 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  561 

post-war  programs  is  to  see  that  our  Government  is  returned  to  the 
people  as  provided  for  under  our  Constitution.  After  this  has  been 
done,  our  present  tax  hiws  must  be  changed  so  as  to  encourage  "venture 
capitaL"  With  the  return  of  peace,  it  will  be  vital  to  the  Jife  of 
free  enterprise  that  capital  flow  into  new  enterprises  to  provide  em- 
ployment and  to  increase  the  national  income.  This  cannot  be  done 
under  our  present  tax  system.  Little  business,  of  necessity,  must  ob- 
tain its  "venture  capital"  from  its  neighbors.  Its  stock  is  not  sold 
to  strangers;  as  stated,  its  stock  is  sold  to  its  neighbors.  Under  our 
present  tax  system,  the  small  business  hesitates  to  ask  its  neighbors 
to  put  new  capital  into  its  business  for  the  purpose  of  expanding  it 
and  creating  employment  for  returned  soldiers  for  fear  that  it  will  be 
unable  under  the  tax  system  to  properly  compensate  them  for  their 
money. 

You  gentlemen  know  that  when  you  take  money  from  your  neighbor 
for  stock  or  what  not  and  do  not  repay  him,  you  are  in  bad  with  your 
neighbor.  Little  business  does  not  need  S.  E.  C.  to  supervise  its  stock 
transactions. 

Mr.  Reece.  I  intended  to  ask  Mr.  Maverick  when  he  was  before  the 
committee  yesterday,  but  our  session  was  so  brief  I  did  not  have  an 
opportunity  to  do  so,  if  he  had  made  a  study  of  the  Securities  Act 
with  a  view  of  seeing  if  he  had  any  recommendations  for  amendments 
to  the  act  which  might  make  it  easier  for  our  small  businesses  to  obtain 
capital  through  the  sale  of  securities,  and  I  am  glad  to  see  you  touch 
upon  tliat  subject  here  and  that  you  have  given  some  thought  to  the 
subject.  I  believe  that  is  one  of  the  subjects  which  is  of  great  im- 
portance to  small  business. 

Mr.  Cameron.  The  Truman  committee  recently  rapped  excessive 
Government  control,  saying  ''Experience  has  taught  us  that  our  coun- 
try will  flourish  best  when  least  hampered  by  Government  control," 
and  speaking  of  free  enterprise,  the  committee  said:  "Even  in  war- 
times it  was  the  flow  of  private  initiative  that  made  possible  the  suc- 
cess of  the  war  program."  Continuing,  the  committee  said:  "It  was 
the  job  of  the  Government  to  devise  the  rules  of  the  road,  but  not  to 
tell  the  driver  where  he  must  travel."  Those  are  the  sentiments  of 
little  business.  Nor  should  it  be  necessary  to  give  facts  and  figures 
showing  why  there  should  be  a  restoration  of  government  by  law,  as 
guaranteed  in  the  Constitution,  and  the  conduct  of  government  by 
thousands  of  bureaus,  agencies,  executive  orders,  and  a  few  individuals. 
The  number  of  civilian  employes  on  the  Federal  pay  rolls  of  all  of 
these  bureaus  and  agencies  exceeds  three  million,  with  an  annual  cost 
to  the  taxpayers  of  over  $8,000,000,000.  That  is  $150  per  year  for  each 
of  the  53,000,000  working  men  and  women  in  the  United  States. 

One  does  not  have  to  spend  much  time  among  the  employees  of 
many  of  these  bureaus  to  be  impressed  with  the  destroying  amount  of 
red  tape  and  waste.  This  red  tape  and  waste,  plus  meddling  and  di- 
rectives, have  caused  over  275,000  small  businessmen  to  fold  up  during 
the  past  3  years.  Yes,  the  bill  of  the  bureaucrats  is  plent}-  ;  it  is  being 
paid  in  cash,  debt,  and  liberty — and  the  greatest  of  these  is  liberty. 

Speaking  for  small  business,  may  we  most  respectfully  submit  the 
following  recommendations : 

(1)  Tliat  onr  Government  be  returned  to  the  people  as  provided  for 
under  the  Constitution.  This  will  require  courage  and  wisdom  on  the 
part  of  our  elected  representatives,  but  you  are  the  gentlemen  whom 


562  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

the  little  businessmen  elected  to  represent  them  in  Wushinoiton.  We 
didn't  elect  the  bureaus.  You  are  the  men  who  we  feel  have  the  cour- 
age and  wisdom  to  properly  represent  the  average  man.  You  must 
resolve  that  Bill  of  Eights  shall  not  be  destroyed  by  either  direct  at- 
tack or  by  blissfullv  ignoring  or  disdainfully  bypassing  it. 

(2)  That  the  rides  of  the  game,  which  are  necessaij  to  create 
the  proper  atmosphere  for  the  preservation  and  growth  of  free  enter- 
prise and  the  return  of  the  American  way  of  life,  shall  be  prepared 
by  the  legislative  branch  of  our  Government  with  the  help  of  public 
opinion,  that  these  rules  shall  be  enforced  by  the  executive  officers 
who  do  not  make  the  rules,  that  these  rules  should  not  be  changed 
or  altered  in  the  interest  of  pressure  groups  or  self -centered  groups, 
be  they  petitioners  or  groups  representing  either  labor  or  manage- 
ment ;  "that  our  Government  be  the  umpire  in  the  great  game  of  in- 
dividual free  enterprise;  and  that  as  a  fair  umpire  our  Government 
must  never  be  a  player  of  the  game. 

5.    NEW  MARKETS,  BOTH  FOREIGN  AND  DOMESTIC,  FOR  INCREASED  PRODUCTION 

Foreign  markets:  The  average  little  businessman  is  not  familiar 
with  or  competent  to  offer  suggestions  relative  to  foreign  markets 
and  the  possibilities  of  developing  same.  These  markets  come  with- 
in the  sphere  of  large  business,  bankers,  and,  in  many  instances,  the 
State  Department.  The  little  businessman  by  necessity  has  to  be  a 
trained  and  experienced  buyer.  For  the  benefit  of  our  Government 
officials,  who  at  times  assume  the  role  of  salesman  to  foreign  nations, 
we  believe,  as  buj^ers  for  small  business,  in  the  old  saying,  "Be  it  ^hat 
the  name,  I  fear  the  Grecians  even  when  they  offer  gifts."  The  little 
business  and  the  buyer  for  little  business  lose  respect  for  the  salesman 
and  the'compan}^  he  represents  when  they  are  approached  on  any  basis 
other  than  cold-blooded  business  transaction.  No  business  transac- 
tion can  survive  if  all  parties  thereto  do  not  profit  thereb}^ 

America,  if  it  expects  to  sell  its  products  to  other  nations,  must  be 
in  position  to  reciprocate  or  else  they  will  find  seller  nations  that 
will  reciprocate. 

Domestic  markets :  Our  business  institutions  in  the  past  have  pros- 
pered to  the  extent  of  their  ability  to  develop  products  with  merit, 
then  create  a  market  for  these  prochicts.  Our  past  growth  speaks  for 
itself  along  these  lines.  Business  institutions  will  continue  to  do 
this  in  the  future  if  they  are  assured  (1)  that  they  will  not  have  to 
compete  with  the  Government;  no  business  has  an  incentive  to  attempt 
to  develop  products  and  develop  new  markets  when  it  feels  that  in 
doing  so  it  is  competing  with  any  Government  agency  operating  busi- 
nesses as  competitors.  Government  agencies  invariably  are  tax- 
exempt;  the  capital  is  furnished  with  the  taxpayers'  money.  Private 
business  cannot  compete  with  such  agencies  when  the  biggest  item  in 
their  expense  budgets  is  taxes  and  when  they  are  directly  responsible 
to  the  stockholders  for  their  invested  capital.  (2)  Tax  programs 
will  have  to  be  adjusted  so  there  will  be  an  incentive  for  little  business 
to  expand.  There  has  been  a  good  deal  said  about  there  being  no 
more  "venture  money."  I  disagree  with  this  statement  100  percent; 
there  is  more  "venture  money"  in  America  today  than  in  the  history 
of  the  country,  but  management,  due  to  many  reasons,  will  not  venture 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  563 

to  accept  the  responsibility  of  using  such  money,  because  it  is  not 
certain  that  it  can  use  it  and  protect  it. 

(3)  There  are  so  many  Federal  agencies  and  bureaus  at  the  pres- 
ent time  that  a  major  portion  of  the  little  businessman's  time  is  con- 
sumed in  filing  Government  reports  and  interviewing  representatives 
of  Government  bureaus.  It  has  been  stated  that  a  little  combination 
grocerman  and  marketman  was  required  to  make  out  47  different 
reports  in  1  week's  time.  The  little  businessman  is  not  in  as  favor- 
able position  as  a  large  organization  who  can  set  up  special  clerical 
and  legal  departments  whose  sole  duty  it  is  to  handle  these  matters, 
because  his  business  is  not  large  enough  to  sustain  the  expense.  If 
Congress  will  correct  and  remove  these  handicaps,  the  morale  of  the 
little  businessman  of  the  country  will  go  up  100  percent;  he  will  take 
on  new  life  and  he  will  have  an  incentive  to  develop  new  products, 
create  new  markets,  and,  last  but  not  least,  furnish  increased  employ- 
ment for  deserving  people  who  are  anxious  to  work. 

Mr.  Chairman,  haven't  you  already  passed  on  the  problem  in  effect 
on  the  question  of  demobilization? 

The  Chairman.  No,  sir;  that  is  one  of  the  things  we  are  discussing. 
However,  if  you  want  to  leave  that  in  your  statement  and  not  read 
it,  that  is  up  to  you. 

Mr.  Cameron.  I  know  that  your  time  is  limited.  I  will  say  for 
the  benefit  of  Congress  that  I  would  hate  to  be  in  your  shoes  if  you 
do  not  set  up  a  satisfactory  program.  Every  mother  and  father  in 
this  country  will  beseech  you  for  special  favors  for  members  of  their 
families. 

Mr.  WoRLEY.  With  no  desire  to  pass  any  compliments,  I  think  you 
are  the  best  witness  we  have  had.  I  would  like  to  have  this  in  full. 
Suppose  you  continue  reading. 

PROBLEMS  OF  DEMOBILIZATION  AND  EFFECT  ON  UNEMPLOYMENT 

]\Ir.  Ca:meron.  I  presume  that  at  the  termination  of  the  war  there 
will  be  in  the  neighborhood  of  ten  or  eleven  million  men  and  women 
in  our  armed  forces.  The  demobilization  and  turning  back  into  reg- 
ular channels  of  this  great  number  of  people  presents  a  serious  prob- 
lem, a  ]3roblem  that  is  going  to  require  cool  judgment  and  an  impar- 
tial policy  in  handling. 

Naturally,  every  man  and  woman  in  the  armed  services  is  going 
to  feel  thai  the  minute  fighting  ceases  he  should  be  released.  This 
will  be  impossible  and  impractical.  Whatever  policy  is  adopted  re- 
garding releasing  discharged  soldiers  must  be  iron-clad  and  show  no 
favoritism.  If  a  policy  of  this  kind  is  not  adopted,  these  men  and 
their  families  will  try  to  use  whatever  prestige  and  influence  they 
may  have  upon  Government  officials  in  behalf  of  the  members  of  their 
families  in  the  service.  This  should  not  be  allowed  to  happen,  and 
to  prevent  it  from  ha])pening  regulations  should  be  set  up  that  would 
be  thoroughly  impartial  and,  after  set  up,  they  should  be  lived  up  to 
religiously. 

( (^)  I — when  I  say  "I",  I  mean  little  business —  feel  that  our  country 
v.ill  never  consent  again  to  allow  its  Army  and  Navy  to  become  a  mere 
skeleton;  in  other  words,  we  will  maintain  a  much  larger  standing 
Army  and  Nav}^  than  we  maintained  prior  to  Pearl  Harbor,  for  se- 
curity reasons  if  for  no  other  reason. 


564  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

(h)  I  presume  there  will  be  a  certain  percent  of  the  men  in  service 
that  would  be  inclined  to  continue  in  the  service  for  a  period.  Every 
service  man  should  be  given  an  opportunity  to  express  his  preference 
in  the  matter — whether  he  wants  to  continue  in  the  service  or  desires 
to  be  returned  to  civilian  life.  Naturally,  if  he  desires  to  stay  in  the 
service  and  is  needed,  he  should  be  kept  in  the  service. 

(o)  The  men  in  the  service  who  have  been  engaged  in  actual  combat 
during  the  war  should  be  given  first  preference  in  their  release.  Those 
who  have  not  been  engaged  in  actual  combat  and  have  not  exposed 
their  life  and  limbs  should  not  resent  a  program  of  this  kind. 

(d)  Thousands  of  teen-age  boys  went  from  school  and  college  into 
the  armed  services  before  they  had  completed  their  high  schooling  and 
college  education.  They  should  be  given  an  opportunity  to  return  to 
school  or  college  while  they  are  young.  These  are  boys  and  girls  that 
business  is  not  obligated  to  place  back  into  their  old  jobs. 

(e)  I  feel  that  from  the  balance  of  the  men,  those  who  are  married 
and  have  families  should  be  released  before  the  men  with  no  de- 
pendents. 

By  following  a  program  of  this  kind  you  would  be  fair  to  the  men 
in  the  service,  rewarding  all  in  accordance  with  their  service.  You 
would  not  create  any  unsurmountable  unemployment  problem  in  wash- 
ing out  and  replacing  the  fighting  forces  back  in  civilian  life  on  short 
notice. 

7.   REEMPLOYMENT  OF  DEMOBILIZED  SOLDIERS  AND  WAR  WORKERS 

The  average  little  businessman  is  going  to  turn  heaven  and  earth 
to  reemploy  those  who  left  his  service  voluntarily  or  who  were  drafted 
by  the  Government  in  the  armed  forces  and  fought  for  the  existence 
of  this  country.  As  stated  previously,  a  big  percentage  of  the  fighting 
forces  of  our  country  were  drawn  from  small  communities,  small 
business,  and  the  farms.  Small  business  assures  Congress  that  so  far 
as  humanly  possible  it  is  going  to  live  up  to  the  letter  as  well  as  the 
spirit  of  the  law.  namely,  take  care  of  them  and  give  them  their  old 
jobs  when  the  fighting  is  over. 

We  are  certain  that  it  will  be  best  for  the  country  and  best  for  the 
men  for  them  to  return  to  the  comnnniities  and  jobs  they  left,  if 
possible.  These  men  who  left  the  farms  will  return  to  the  farms  if 
we  are  able  to  market  our  farm  products  profitably.  Congress  and 
the  Nation  should  give  every  consideration  toward  maintaining  a  fair 
price  for  farm  products.  It  will  not  only  stimulate  employment  on 
the  farms  but  it  will  stimulate  employment  in  the  industries,  because 
farmers  are  big  consumers  of  manufactured  goods;  they  can  only 
consume  these  when  they  obtain  a  fair  price  for  the  products  they 
have  to  sell.  If  it  does  not  create  overproduction,  the  Government 
could  well  afford  to  reestablish  some  of  the  farmer-soldier  boys  on 
farms  of  their  own  that  would  be  sold  to  them  on  a  fair  basis  and 
easy  terms. 

Little  business,  as  a  rule,  kept  the  men  that  left  their  service  to 
go  into  the  armed  forces  in  mind  during  the  war.  They  have  not 
and  could  not  build  up  their  personnel  with  additional  help  while 
these  boys  were  away.  In  many  instances  they  replaced  them  with 
older  men  and  in  some  instances  with  women,  who  will  be  at  the  age 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  565 

and  ready  to  retire  or  return  to  their  own  duties  when  the  war  is 
won,  and  this  will  make  available  places  for  returning  soldiers. 

Little  business  will  be  willing  and  ready  to  expand  if  necessary 
to  take  care  of  them,  provided,  as  stated  previously,  we  are  assured 
by  the  Government,  that  it  will  be  possible  for  us  to  exist.  Little 
business  will  be  glad  to  take  some  of  the  teen-age  boys  who  do  not 
care  to  go  to  college  or  return  to  school  into  their  organizations 
and  educate  these  boys  with  practical  experience  for  useful  vocations. 
The  most  dependable  men  today  in  every  little  business  organiza- 
tion are  those  who  came  into  the  business  as  boys  and  grew  up 
with  the  business.  Some  of  the  recent  regulations  of  the  Govern- 
ment are  having  a  tendency  to  prohibit  this  policy  at  the  present 
time.  Service  organizations,  mercantile  establishments,  and  so  forth, 
by  necessity  have  to  train  their  own  personnel.  The  Government  has 
gone  far  afield  in  taking  young  men  and  teaching  them  trades  at 
the  expense  of  the  Government  but  have  made  no  provision  for 
teaching  young  men  a  vocation  in  service  organizations.  Service 
organizations,  as  a  rule,  are  invariably  small  business.  We  feel 
that  the  Government  has  not  given  us  a  fair  break  in  some  instances  by 
not  giving  us  opportunity  to  educate  and  train  young  beginners  for 
responsible  jobs  in  our  organizations.  We  are  not  asking  for  a 
subsidy,  we  are  asking  for  an  opportunity;  given  an  opportunity  we 
dare  say  that  the  young  man  who  comes  with  us  and  proves  himself 
will  never  regret  it.  Pardon  a  personal  reference,  but  there  is  not 
a  key  man  in  our  organization  who  did  not  years  ago  start  in  as  a 
mere  boy  and  learn  the  business  from  the  ground  up. 

8.    PUBLIC  WORKS   (FEDERAL,  STATE  AXD  LOCAL)   TO  THE  EXTENT  NECESSARY 
TO  ABSORB  THE  SLACK  IN  EMPLOYIVIENT  BY  PRIVATE  INDUSTRY 

I  would  like  to  state  that  the  State  governments  and  local  govern- 
ments are  in  a  better  financial  position  than  they  have  ever  been,  and 
they  should  assume,  as  far  as  possible,  a  large  proportion  in  this 
public-works  program. 

]\Ir.  WoLVERTON.  That  was  the  position  taken  by  Governors  Bricker 
and  Taft  last  night  in  the  forum  discussion  on  the  radio  with  Governor 
Neely  and  Senator  Kilgore. 

Mr.  WoRLEY,  I  am  glad  to  hear  those  men  took  that  position,  but 
the  question  is  whether  they  will  carry  it  out. 

Mr.  Lynch.  They  probably  will  not  have  the  opportunity  to  carry 
it  out. 

Mr.  WoLA-ERTON.  Hope  springs  eternal. 

Mr.  Cameron.  Public  works  have  ever  constituted  the  one  mighty 
source  of  means  for  attack  on  unemployment.  Such  works  are  al- 
wjivs  ready  for  immediate  launching,  into  all  necessary  or  consistent 
expansion  and  are  likewise  subject  to  desirable  contraction. 

Undoubtedly,  the  whole  peo):)le  feel  that  there  can  be  no  more 
logical,  fruitful,  or  beneficial  achievement  of  government,  whether  it 
be  Federal,  State,  or  local,  than  wisely  and  fairly  conceived  programs 
for  enduring  public  improvements,  honestly  and  efficiently  accom- 
plished. Such  performances,  on  the  part  of  the  Federal  Government, 
promote  the  entire  national  economy  and  permanently  enhance  the 
welfare  and  prosperity  of  the  public  in  general.     On  the  part  of  the 


566  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND    PLANNING 

subordinate  governments,  they  further  advance  and  improve  the  life 
of  the  commonwealth  and  the  municipalities. 

I  have  in  mind  only  highly  productive  public  works,  wherefrom 
the  people  will  get  the  worth  of  their  tax  money  in  what  they  need 
for  the  promotion  of  their  progress  and  happiness.  It  is  to  be  de- 
voutly hoped  that  never  again  shall  we  see  the  erstwhile  "boon-dog- 
gling.^'  I  feel  that  nevei'theless  it  would  be  both  futile  and  officious 
to  offer  here  any  specific  suggestions  concerning  programs  or  policies 
of  ])ublic  works.     Congress  can  well  attend  to  that. 

In  the  coming  days  when  the  safety  of  the  Nation  may  greatly 
depend  upon  the  wide  and  steady  employment  of  the  whole  people, 
it  cannot  seem  otherwise  than  that  Congress  should  resort  freely  and 
courageously  to  wise  public  works  to  absorb  any  dangerous  unemploy- 
ment which  private  enterprise  cannot  take  up. 

In  this  connection  it  would  be  superfluous  to  suggest  that  Congress 
encourage  the  States,  during  the  aftermath  of  the  war,  to  employ 
generously  the  joint  Federal  and  State  programs  for  highway  con- 
struction in  harmonj^  with  the  vital  purposes  of  all  Federal  public 
works,  and  as  far  as  Congress  may  do  so,  a]:)peal  to  the  States  and 
their  municipal  governments  to  provide  their  own  plans  and  pro- 
grams to  supplement  all  such  Federal  activities  in  accordance  with 
the  necessities. 

9.    FEDERAL   STATUTES   THAT   WILL   RETARD   AND    THAT   WILL   AID   POST-WAR 

CGNS'ERSION 

Ideas  suggested  are  in  connection  with  little  business,  and  laws  re- 
ferred to  are  by  their  popular  names : 
(1)  Income-tax  law. 

(<z)  There  is  no  present  shortage  of  cajiital  necessary  to  finance 
■small  business  which  will  be  necessary  in  the  post-war  period.  Such 
capital  is  available  to  worthy  people  willing  to  start  new  business — • 
but  it  must  often  come  from  friends  of  the  organizer  who  are  con- 
vinced and  believe  in  the  ability  and  honesty  of  the  person,  provided 
they  know  that  if  the  business  does  succeed,  they  will  get  a  reasonable 
dividend  on  the  investment  consistent  with  the  chance  taken.  Such 
friends  with  capital  will  be  willing  to  take  the  chance  of  loss  of  in- 
vestment, but  not  of  liability  beyond  this.  So,  corporate  form  is  nec- 
essary. Putting  the  money  in  a  new  enterprise  to  be  run  by  one  or  a 
few  individuals,  which  business  might  or  might  not  succeed,  then 
they  are  entitled  to  more  profit  if  it  does  succeed,  than  what  is  now 
declared  to  be  reasonable  for  excess  profits  taxes  under  the  present 
revenue  act. 

I  agree  with  Mr.  Maverick  $50,000  would  be  reasonable  for  a  little 
business. 

The  small  exemption  now  allowed  before  computing  excess  profits 
is  not  sufficient  because  if  most  small  businesses  succeed,  they  must 
liaA'e  enough  capital  to  operate  without  borrowing  money  for  capital 
purposes  and  be  strong  enough  to  meet  the  competition  of  big  business. 
So,  I  suggest  modification  of  excess  profits  taxes  in  such  a  way  as  to 
encourage  such  investments  in  new  businesses.  This  modification  is 
not  suggested  as  to  large  corporations,  whose  businesses  are  already 
established,  and  whose  capital  is  not  furnished  by  friends  willing  to 
take  the  chance  referred  to. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  567 

(6)  Capital-stock  taxes:  Capital-stock  and  other  taxes  applicable 
only  to  corporations  should  be  abolished  or  applied  only  to  big  busi- 
ness so  as  to  enable  small  business  to  operate  by  corporate  form.  If 
capital  stock  taxes  were  abolished  so  far  as  small  business  is  concerned,, 
there  would  be  no  loss  in  revenue  to  the  Government  because  the  in- 
crease in  small  business  and  normal  income  taxes  thereon  will  more 
than  offset  the  small  loss  in  revenue. 

{'2)  Reports  and  returns. 

Complicated  reports  and  returns  to  the  hundreds  of  bureaus  and 
agencies  created  by  the  Government :  These  agencies  are  so  numerous 
it  would  take  two  or  more  pages  to  list  them  by  iaiitials  only.  Small 
business  must  be  operated  by  one  or  only  a  few  keymen,  all  of  whose 
time,  energy,  and  talent  must  be  devoted  to  the  management  and 
operation  of  the  business,  and  if  they  must  spend  their  time  trying 
to  learn  and  obey  the  many  thousands  of  rules  and  regulations 
adopted  by  these  various  bureaus  and  agencies  and  then  supervise 
the  making  of  the  required  reports  and  returns,  no  time  will  be  left 
to  give  to  the  business  itself.  Small  business  cannot  employ  experts: 
to  look  after  these  matters.  Such  experts  are  not  available  and  even 
if  they  were,  the  cost  is  so  high  as  to  destroy  any  hope  of  profit.  Big 
business  may  afford  these  experts  but  little  business  cannot. 

(3)  Wage  stabilisation  lato. 

Capital  for  little  business  will  not  be  furnished  even  by  friends 
unless  the  operators  of  the  business  are  themselves  willing  to  take  a 
chance  on  its  success.  In  many  cases  all  they  can  put  in  the  business 
is  time  and  effort,  not  capital,  so  their  chance  must  be  taken  in  con- 
nection with  their  own  personal  efforts.  Results:  Salaries  must  be 
fixed  to  start  with  at  much  less  than  the  services  are  worth ;  if  the 
business  succeeds,  then  increased  according  to  the  success  of  the  busi- 
ness. "What  the  increase  should  be,  or  the  basis  on  which  it  will  be 
made,  cannot  be  determined  in  advance  nor  any  set  formula  fixed. 
But,  under  existing  laws  this  cannot  be  done  without  approval  of  some 
Government  agency,  which  one  depends  on  the  amount  involved, 
where  the  business  is  located  and  where  the  various  branches  of  the 
agencies  are  located — and  to  do  this  requires  the  employment  of  more 
auditors  and  lawyers  than  little  business  can  afford. 

What  is  said  here  applies  also  to  employees  when  employed  in  start- 
ing little  business  who  may  or  may  not  prove  their  worth.  No  stand- 
ard can  be  set  in  service  institutions  on  employees'  worth  until  they 
have  been  tried  and  their  merit  demonstraied.  It  is  not  the  same 
as  where  machinery  is  used  and  the  employee  takes  care  of  the  product 
that  goes  into  or  comes  from  the  machines.  The  wage  freeze  has  been 
very  unjust  to  deserving  white-collared  employees,  and  management  is 
powerless  to  reward  them  according  to  their  j)roven  merit. 

]\Ir.  Fish.  As  to  that  white  collar  question,  I  think  that  is  a  very  im- 
portant question,  and  it  may  come  up  toda}^  in  Congress.  Have  you 
any  particular  suggestions  as  to  what  we  can  really  do  to  help  them'^ 

.\lr.  Camekox.  All  I  can  say  to  you.  Congressman,  is  that  my  own 
organization  lias  carried  on  two  and  a  half  times  as  much  work  as  it 
did  in  1940  with  only  about  1-percent  increase  in  personnel.  That 
means  the  efficient  white-collar  employees  have  had  to  work,  and  work 
harder,  and  I  cannot  reward  them  because  wages  are  frozen. 

JNlr.  InsH.  You  cannot  give  them  any  wage  increase? 


568  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

Mr.  Cameron.  I  can  go  tlirough  the  red  tape  and  after  3  months  get 
a  little  extra  compensation.  I  do  not  believe  white-collar  employees 
under  $200  should  come  under  the  wage  freeze. 

Mr.  Fish.  I  am  offering  an  amendment  along  that  line,  at  least  I 
am  supporting  it,  limiting  it  to  $37.50;  that  is,  taking  the  ceiling  off 
up  to  $37.50  a  week,  so  that  faithful  and  efficient  employees  that  the 
employers  want  to  give  raises  can  get  them  without  going  through  all 
that  red  tape.    You  raised  the  limit  to  $200. 

Mr.  Cameron.  I  think  it  ought  to  be  $200. 

Mr.  Fish.  That  would  be  about  $150  a  month. 

Mr.  Cameron.  You  have  a  little  higher  bracket  there  that  is  carrying 
on  a  tremendous  amount  of  work  because  the  new  ones  are  very  in- 
efficient. 

Mr.  Fish.  I  am  surprised  someone  from  the  South  advocates  a 
higher  bracket.  I  could  understand  someone  like  Mr.  Lynch  from 
New  York  advocating  a  $200  ceiling,  but  I  am  surprised  at  someone 
from  the  South  advocating  that.  We  thought  you  were  paying  low 
wages  down  there.  We  thought  you  were  taking  all  our  business  away 
because  of  that.     I  can  see  you  have  real  statesmen  doAvn  there. 

Mr.  Cameron.  Thank  you,  but  we  do  not  object  to  what  wages  we 
pay  if  you  will  pay  us  for  our  products. 

(4)  Social-security  taxes,  'particularly  wnem'ployraent  compeTisation. 

This  deals,  of  course,  Avith  both  Federal  and  State  laws.  Any  fixed 
percentage  or  arbitrary  amount  to  be  paid  for  this  purpose  is  unjust, 
unfair  toward  little  business,  and  so  unjustly  increases  the  cost  of  doing 
business.  Most  employees  of  little  business  personally  know  the  man- 
agement and  the  management  knows  them.  The  emplojanent  begins 
because  of  this  mutual  acquaintance,  knowledge,  and  trust,  and  each 
has  a  personal  interest  in  the  other,  and  so  both  are  interested  in 
making  the  association  permanent  and  the  business  successful.  Result : 
Practically  no  turn-over  in  labor  and  no  unemployment  compensation 
paid.  But  in  large  business  the  contrary  is  true.  So  the  money  so 
paid  by  little  business  goes  to  employees  of  big  business,  and  the  money 
paid  by  little  business,  which  is  not  needed,  has  enabled  the  authorities 
to  accumulate  enormous  surpluses  in  these  funds. 

Recommendation :  A  reasonable  assessment  based  on  experience — a 
merit  system. 

Most  little  businesses  compensate  their  regular  employees  when  ill 
and  are  reluctant  to  lay  them  off  during  slack  periods.  They  receive 
no  reward  for  their  generosity  in  their  social-security  and  unemploy- 
ment-compensation taxes.  Our  company  paid  into  the  Federal  and 
State  treasuries  during  the  year  of  1943,  which  was  an  average  year, 
to  this  fund  upAvard  of  $13,000.  There  was  returned  to  our  employees 
less  than  $500.  We  feel  that  we  have  contributed  to  the  payment  of 
unemployment  compensation  to  others  who  were  not  as  generous  and 
as  fair  with  their  employees. 

{6)  Antitrust  laws. 

No  repeal  or  radical  change  in  our  existing  antitrust  laws  should  be 
made,  provided  a  reasonable  and  fair  policy  of  enforcement  is  followed. 
These  laAvs  are  essential  to  the  existence  and  success  of  little  business. 
Without  them  unfair  competition  and  trade  practices  on  the  part  of 
large  business  could  destroy  any  little  business,  no  matter  how  large 
or  small  the  competition  might  be. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  569 

I  admit  this  matter  involves  more  a  matter  of  enforcement  of  exist- 
ing laws,  or  the  lack  thereof,  than  it  does  changes  in  the  laws  them- 
selves. 

(6)  Ofjice  of  Price  Administration. 

Little  business  is  100  percent  against  inflation,  therefore  has  been  in 
accord  with  the  principles  of  O.  P.  A.  during  war.  We  have  very 
much  disapproved  of  their  regulation  methods.  In  many  instances 
they  have  been  very  unfair  to  little  business.  Little  business  feels  that 
it  has  not  had  the  voice  that  Congress  intended  for  it  to  have  in  formu- 
lating policies  in  conjunction  with  the  appointed  authorities.  Large 
business  has  invariably  promulgated  and  dominated  these  policies, 
and  the  little  man  feels  that  they  were  often  very  discriminatory  to 
his  business. 

No  two  sections  of  the  Nation  are  alike,  some  rural,  some  agricultural, 
some  industrial ;  therefore  the  national  3^ardstick  applied  to  all  busi- 
ness of  the  Nation,  regardless  of  the  type  of  service  rendered,  is  unfair. 
O.  P.  A.  has  been  rather  insistent  on  destroying  the  little  corner  grocer, 
eliminating  the  middleman  who  from  time  immemorial  has  rendered  a 
needed  service  to  certain  types  of  merchants  and  to  certain  sections, 
and  in  instances  O.  P.  A.  has  forced  the  little  merchant  to  post  in  his 
place  of  business  the  prices  offered  by  large  chain  stores  which  rend- 
ered no  service  in  comparison  with  his.  Little  business  resented  this, 
but  it  accepted  tlie  discrimination  because  its  country  was  at  Avar. 

INIr.  Reece.  We  had  a  very  good  example  of  that  called  to  our  atten- 
tion. 

A  man  had  organized  a  grocery  combination  store  out  in  a  com- 
munity where  there  were  some  100  families  living  who  had  petitioned 
him  to  do  so.  After  he  got  into  operation  the  Gasoline  Rationing 
Division  denied  him  any  gas  for  the  operation  of  his  pick-up  truck, 
which  meant  he  could  not  do  business  at  all. 

Those  sections  are  making  a  substantial  contribution  to  the  war 
■effort.  They  are  producing  crops,  they  are  producing  lumber  and  yet 
they  go  on  the  theory  they  should  stay  out  there  and  starve  and  v.-e 
get  no  concessions. 

Mr.  WoRLET.  With  all  these  faults,  ]Mr.  Cameron,  of  the  O.  P.  A., 
and  they  are  numerous,  is  it  better  to  continue  with  the  O.  P.  A.  or 
would  you  prefer  to  see  all  restrictions  lifted? 

Mr.  Cameron.  Within  6  months  after  the  termination  of  the  war, 
O.  P.  A.  should  positively  be  discontinued.  Does  that  answer  your 
question  ? 

Mr.  WoRi>EY.  Yes;  it  does. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  the  law  provides  that  the  O.  P.  xV.  should 
be  terminated. 

Mr.  Cameron.  I  have  never  seen  one  of  these  agencies  limited ;  they 
always  work  some  scheme  to  continue  the  job. 

I  have  no  objection  to  it,  I  am  against  inflation.  It  is  common  sense. 
A  man  dealing  in  commodities  like  I  am  dealing  in  is  scared  to  death 
of  it,  but  I  like  a  man  who  comes  to  tell  me  about  it  who  knows  what 
he  is  talking  about. 

The  Chairman.  Just  following  that  along,  if  I  understand  your 
position  on  the  O.  P.  A.  and  other  governmental  regimentation,  that 
is,  it  is  essential  dui'ing  the  war. 

Mr.  Cameron.  Absolutely. 


570  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

The  Chairman.  But  the  people  want  to  have  some  assurance  that  it 
will  terminate  at  the  end  of  the  war? 

JMr.  Cameron.  Yon  are  correct  100  percent.  At  the  present  time 
there  is  many  a  little  businessman  who  is  going  to  carry  on  until  the 
war  is  over.  ^  But  when  it  is  over,  if  he  has  to  go  tlirough  what  he  is 
going  through  now,  he  is  not  going  to  consider  expanding,  but,  in  fact, 
he  is  considering  retracting. 

Mr.  Rekce.  Do  you  think  that  is  true  in  a  measure  of  what  might  be 
termed  '"the  larger  business  men,"  too  ?  For  example,  I  heard  a  man 
say  the  other  day,  who  is  drawing  a  $100,000  salary,  which  only  netted 
him  in  view  of  the  income  bracket  he  was  in,  $4,000,  while  he  could  not 
atford  to  quit  while  the  war  was  going  on,  when  the  war  was  over  there 
would  be  no  incentive  to  continue. 

Mr.  Cameron.  I  think  that  is  probably  correct,  but  I  am  speaking 
for  little  business,  I  cannot  speak  for  the  $100,000  man. 

If  O.  P.  A.  is  not  discontinued,  little  business  will  have  no  desire  to 
further  expand  and  in  many  instances  will  discontinue  its  present 
operations. 

10.    war  BONDS 

The  Government  has  sold  many,  many  billions  of  dollars  worth  of 
bonds  in  order  to  finance  the  prosecution  of  the  war.  These  bonds 
have  been  bought  and  are  now  owned  by  every  t}'pe  of  business,  large 
and  small,  and  last  but  not  least,  by  the  banks  of  our  Nation,  both 
large  and  small,  who  are  very  large  owners  of  the  same.  To  all  in- 
tents and  purposes,  Government  request  of  banks  to  purchase  bonds 
is  tantamount  to  demand.  No  one  criticizes  the  Government  for  sell- 
ing the  bonds,  or  demanding  their  purchase,  if  necessary,  but  the  Gov- 
ernment must  keep  faith  with  the  public  and  institutions  who  have 
bought  them,  by  sustaining  their  value  after  the  war.  Shortly  after 
Yvorld  War  I,  War  bonds  sold  as  low  as  80  cents  on  the  dollar;  if  this 
is  allowed  to  happen  again,  it  will  bankrupt  the  entire  Nation. 

The  Government  in  order  to  protect  itself  must  find  ways  and  means 
to  protect  the  market  value  of  its  security,  namely.  War  bonds. 

The  little  businessman  is  looking  to  C(mgress  for  bold  and  coura- 
geous action  during  the  trjdng  time  confronting  us,  where  nothing 
short  of  courage  will  suffice. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Cameron.  It  was 
splendid  of  you  to  come  up  here  at  your  own  expense  to  give  this 
important  committee  of  Congress  your  views  as  to  the  little  business- 
man and  the  ])oint  of  view  of  what  you  term  the  "grass  roots."  I 
think  this  committee  and  the  Congress  are  intensely  interested  in  your 
views  and  in  the  statement  that  you  have  made. 

Mr.  Welch.  I  desire  to  compliment  ]Mr.  Cameron  on  his  fine,  con- 
structive statement.  You  are  absolutely  right.  The  little  business- 
man must  by  all  means  be  encouraged  and  rehabilitated.  It  should  be 
one  of  the  principal  objects  and  aims  of  this  committee  to  put  little 
business  back  on  its  feet  insofar  as  it  is  possible. 

Mr.  Fish.  You  say  "the  wage  freeze  has  been  very  unjust  to  deserv- 
ing white-collar  employees,  and  management  is  powerless  to  reward 
them  according  to  their  proven  merits."  You  can  apply  to  the  War 
Labor  Board  for  increases. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLl"CY   AND   PLANNING  571 

Mr.  Cameron.  You  can  apply  to  the  War  Labor  Board;  they  have 
three  of  these  boards.  My  experience  has  been  as  to  the  lower  brackets, 
that  is  very  satisfactorily  handled ;  it  is  a  State  organization.  When 
it  comes  to  the  next  group,  the  salaried  group,  which  is  not  termed 
"hourly  employees,"  it  has  not  been  satisfactory.  We  have  gotten 
some  increased  compensation.  As  an  illustration,  prior  to  1940  our 
company  operated  a  very  small  distributing  feed  house  at  Gulfport, 
Miss.  With  the  advent  of  the  Army  and  Navy  into  that  vicinity  we 
were  approached  to  enlarge  our  facilities  and  put  in  an  excessive 
amount  of  refrigeration  equipment — there  being  no  refrigeration  for 
the  storage  of  fresh  fruits  and  vegetables  in  that  vicinity.  The  vol- 
ume of  this  business,  when  expanded,  increased  tenfold.  Therefore, 
we  had  to  change  the  personnel  accordingly.  The  young  lady  who 
kept  a  small  set  of  books  there  drew  about  $125  a  month,  which  was 
in  line  with  the  work  she  was  doing-  Naturally,  when  we  expanded 
the  business  we  had  to  place  an  experienced  accountant  in  charge  of 
the  office.  I  applied  for  compensation  for  this  accountant  on  the  basis 
that  we  were  paying  for  similar  work  at  our  other  branches.  It  was 
i\  herculean  job  to  explain  to  the  authorities  why  this  was  necessary. 

Mr.  Fish.  You  tind  a  lot  of  red  tape,  I  suppose,  and  wasted  effort, 
and  you  have  to  hire  lawyers  and  accountants  to  even  get  any  increase 
for  the  small  employees. 

]Mr.  Cameron.  You  are  exactly  right.  On  the  1st  of  January  when 
we  found  it  was  necessary  to  increase  salaries,  due  to  the  increased 
cost  of  living  of  our  employees,  we  hired  an  accountant  from  a  distant 
point,  also  an  attorney  to  prepare  the  papers.  They  were  submitted 
and  then  returned  to  us  on  two  different  occasions.  Finally,  the  man- 
agement itself  had  to  give  2  weeks  full  time  to  preparing  them. 

Mr.  Fish.  I  think  it  would  be  a  good  idea  to  take  the  ceiling  price 
off  up  to,  say  $87.50  a  week,  entirely,  and  let  the  employers  deal  with 
the  employees  to  increase  the  salary. 

Mr.  Cameron.  Mr.  Fish,  in  service  establishments  you  ought  to 
regard  people  according  to  their  merits  and  according  to  their  con- 
duct. If  they  are  on  a  job  and  are  superior  and  more  efficient  and  do 
more  work,  why  they  ought  not  to  be  put  in  the  same  bracket  with  the 
type  who  will  not  do  anything.  If  they  are,  they  are  not  going  to  be 
contented  and  the  management  cannot,  censor  them  when  the  man- 
agement knows  their  cost  of  living  is  increasing. 

]Mr.  Fish.  I  want  to  commend  you  for  a  very  excellent  statement, 
and  for  submitting  this  in  writing  so  that  we  can  use  some  of  it  when 
we  look  into  this  matter  and  we  get  ready  to  submit  legislation. 

Mr.  Lynch.  ]Mr.  Chairman,  I  want  to  compliment  Mr.  Cameron  on 
his  fine  presentation  here  this  morning,  and  it  occurs  to  me,  as  a  result 
of  his  statement,  that  if  we  have  not  already  formed  a  subcommittee 
on  small  business,  that  it  might  be  well  for  this  committee  to  have  a 
subcommittee  to  look  into  the  points  that  have  been  raised  here  this 
morning  by  Mr.  Cameron.    I  offer  that  suggestion. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  that  is  a  suggestion,  Mr.  Lynch,  well  Avorth 
considering.  Of  course,  the  two  are  so  related  that  it  is  rather  hard  to 
distinguisli  between  them.  The  problems  are  very  much  the  same. 
However,  I  think  it  should  be  considered. 

Mr.  Dewey.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  was  tremendously  interested,  and  I 
wish  to  compliment  your  statement. 

99579 — 44— pt.  3 6 


572  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

Mr.  Cameron.  Thank  you. 

Mr.  Dewey.  There  is  one  thing  overlooked,  I  think,  by  little  busi- 
ness, and  I  hope  in  your  talks  and  consideration  of  this  subject  you 
will  think  of  that,  and  that  is  the  inheritance  tax. 

Under  our  present  tax  laws  on  renegotiation  of  contracts,  practically 
all  profits  and  reserves  have  been  taken  away,  particularly  from  the 
small  business  that  does  not  have  a  capital  set-up. 

Mr.  Cameron.  That  is  correct. 

Mr.  Dewey.  There  are  many  small  companies  owned  by  an  indi- 
vidual, where  he  has  put  in  and  brought  back  year  after  year  every- 
thing he  has  inade  into  the  gi-owth  of  his  company.  When  the  day 
comes  for  him  to  leave  this  life,  how  will  he  meet  the  inheritance  tax 
on  that  basis?  I  liave  already  made  some  suggestions  in  the  Ways 
iind  Means  Committee  at  various  times  as  to  the  present  payment  of 
some  form  of  nontaxable  life  insurance  or  the  setting  up  of  some  fund 
or  the  purchase  of  some  particular  type  of  security  out  of  his  earnings 
which  would  be  kept  by  the  Treasury  and  applied  later  on  to  pay  the 
inheritance  tax  on  the  company,  but  which  would  not  be  added  to  the 
man's  estate.  You  get  into  one  of  the  pyramiding  situations,  and  a 
man  would  have  an  income  tax  to  pay,  we  will  say,  of  $100,000  and  he 
sets  aside  the  $100,000  to  meet  that,  but  that  $100,000  goes  on  top  and 
he  does  not  need  $100,000,  he  needs  $120,000.  Then  that  extra  $20,000 
is  taxed  as  part  of  his  estate,  so  he  does  not  need  $120,000,  he  needs 
$130,000  and  that  extra  $10,000  is  again  taxed.  He  never  finds  an  end. 
I'here  will  be  many  little  businesses  that  will  be  thrown  on  the  market, 
picked  up  for  a  small  sum  by  a  competitor  or  go  out  of  business  com- 
pletely. I  think  that  is  one  of  the  situations  that  must  be  given  con- 
sideration at  the  time  of  our  tax  reforms. 

Mr.  Cameron.  I  am  certainly  delighted  to  hear  you  say  that.  I 
would  like  to  say  this  off  the  record. 

The  Chairman.  Off  the  record. 

(Discussion  off  the  record.) 

Mr.  Dewey.  While  your  interesting  statement  covered  many  points, 
I  wanted  to  inject  that  because  I  thought  that  it  should  be  given  your 
consideration. 

Mr.  Cameron.  I  am  glad  you  brought  it  out. 

Mr.  WoLVERTON.  I  ha\e  waited  mereh*  to  express  the  same  com- 
mendation that  the  other  members  of  the  committee  have  expressed 
with  reference  to  this  well  prepared  and  well  considered  state- 
ment that  has  been  given  by  you  this  morning.  You  have  certainly 
given  a  statement  that  bristles  with  self-evident  truths,  and  I  felt  I 
should  stay  long  enough,  though  I  had  no  question  to  ask,  to  add  my 
word  of  commendation  to  the  service  you  have  rendered  by  making 
the  statement  before  the  committee, 

Mr.  Cameron.  I  appreciate  that. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Worley  wanted  to  ask  a  question. 

Mr.  WoRLEY.  I  would  like  to  concur  very  heartily  in  the  statement 
made  by  Mr.  Wolverton.  You  have  spoken  plainly,  in  simple,  under- 
standable language,  it  is  easy  to  understand  you  speak  our  language, 
Texas  language 

You  brought  up  a  matter  that  I  would  like  to  elaborate  on  just  for 
a  minute.  You,  of  course,  like  everyone  else,  endorse  the  idea  of 
eliminating  these  bureaus.  You  said  awhile  ago  you  saw  a  lot  of 
them  created  but  none  of  them  was  abolished.     We  have  abolished 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  573 

W.  p.  A,,  P.  W.  A.,  the  National  Resources  Planning  Board,  the 
N.  Y.  A.,  the  H.  O.  L.  C.  is  in  the  process  of  liquidation  now  and  most 
of  the  peacetime  agencies  have  been  abolished. 

But,  on  that  very  point.  Congress  in  an  effort  to  help  little  business, 
created  the  Smaller  War  Plants  Corporation,  which  is  another  bureau. 
Congress  has  been  interested  in  that  problem,  but  those  who  are  not 
interested  in  the  smaller  war  plants  or  the  smaller  industries  say  we 
have  created  an  additional  bureau. 

What  are  your  views  on  that?  Do  you  think  it  was  necessary  or 
desirable  to  create  another  bureau  to  help  the  smaller  war  plants  or 
businesses  ? 

Mr.  Cameron.  You  had  the  chairman  of  that  bureau  here  yesterday, 
didn't  you  ? 

]\Ir.  \Yorley.  That  is  right ;  Maury  Maverick. 

Mr.  Cameron.  I  thought  he  presented  a  very,  very  constructive 
statement.  He  went  right  to  the  heart  of  the  thing.  Of  course,  he 
referred  particularly  to  small  industry.  Well,  when  you  get  into 
small  business,  why,  you  cover  a  lot  of  activities  that  aren't  grouped 
that  way.  In  other  words,  you  have  your  service  establishments,  your 
mercantile  establishments,  your  laundries,  every  kind  of  agency  that 
comes  under  the  class  of  small  business. 

Mr.  WoRLEY.  You  endorse  the  idea  behind  the  Smaller  War  Plants 
Corporation? 

Mr.  Cameron.  I  certainly  do. 

Mr.  WoRLEY.  At  the  same  time,  Mr.  Maverick  is  considered  a 
bureaucrat  and  ought  to  be  eliminated;  that  is  thought  by  a  lot  of 
people. 

Mr.  Cameron.  There  are  different  types  of  bureaucrats. 

IMr.  Worley.  That  is  right,  there  are  different  reasons  as  to  why 
these  bureaus  are  set  up. 

Mr.  Cameron.  I  am  in  favor  of  any  bureau  that  comes  in  with  a 
view  of  helping.  I  am  opposed  to  any  bureau  or  bureaucrat  who  has 
no  practical  experience  or  knowledge  of  the  business  that  he  is  super- 
vising, who  cannot  interpret  the  regulations,  and  who,  when  asked  for 
information,  invariabl}?^  has  to  get  it  from  Atlanta  or  Washington. 

Mr.  WoRLEY.  I  think  there  would  be  unanimity  of  opinion  as  to 
your  statement  there. 

The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  stand  adjourned. 

(Whereupon,  at  11:4.5  a.  m.,  the  committee  adjourned.) 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC   POLICY  AND   PLANNING 


THURSDAY,  JUNE   15,   1944 

House  of  Eepresentatives, 
Special  Commitiee  on  Post-war 

Economic  Policy  and  Planning, 

Washington,  D.  C. 

The  special  committee  met,  pursuant  to  adjournment,  at  10:30 
a.  m.,  in  room  1304.  New  House  Office  Building,  Hon.  William  M. 
Colmer  (chairman)  presiding. 

Present :  Eepresentatives  Colmer  (chairman) ,  Lynch,  O'Brien,  Fish, 
Reece,  Welch,  and  Dewey. 

Also  present:  Marion  13.  Folsom,  director. 

The  Chairman.  The  committee  will  come  to  order. 

Mr.  Folsom,  you  had  a  statement? 

Mr.  Folsom.  Yes ;  we  planned  to  have  Mr.  Fennelly  before  the  com- 
mittee yesterday  on  the  question  of  small  business  after  the  war. 

Mr.  Fennelly  is  executive  director  of  the  Committee  for  Economic 
Development. 

Because  of  lack  of  time  we  didn't  get  to  him,  but  he  has  a  prepared 
statement  and  would  like  to  submit  it  as  part  of  the  record. 

The  Chairman.  Without  objection,  it  will  be  considered  a  part 
of  the  record. 

(The  statement  referred  to  follows  the  testimony  of  Mr.  Chatters 
and  starts  on  p.  595.) 

Mr.  Reece.  Will  that  be  printed  in  the  record  ? 

The  Chairman.  Yes.  We  regret  that  we  couldn't  have  heard  Mr. 
Fennelly  yesterday  because  he  is  a  very  capable  man  and  one  who 
knows  the  subject  very  well. 

We  are  glad  to  have  Mr.  Walter  Blucher,  executive  director  of 
the  American  Society  of  Planning  Officials,  with  us  this  morning 
and  Mr.  Blucher,  if  you  would  just  have  a  seat  there  and  utilize 
the  time. 

Do  you  have  a  prepared  statement? 

Mr.  Bluchir.  1  have  a  very  brief  statement,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  if  you  desire  to  read  that,  you  can  proceed. 

STATEMENT  OF  WALTER  H.  BLUCHER,  EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR, 
AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  PLANNING  OFFICIALS 

Mr.  Blucher.  The  American  Society  of  Planning  Officials  is  a 
private  organization  of  some  1,200  members,  representing  practically 
every  active  official  planning  agency  in  the  United  States.  Two-thirds 
of  the  members  of  the  society  are  representatives  of  official  planning 
agencies  in  cities,  counties,  regions.  States. 

575 


576  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

We  also  have  members  in  more  than  20  foreign  countries,  includ- 
ing a  number  of  Central  American  and  South  American  countries. 
One-third  of  the  members  of  the  society  represent  business  and  in- 
dustrjT^  or  persons  with  a  general  interest  in  planning, 

I  have  been  asked  to  speak  also  for  the  Illinois  Post- War  Planning 
Commission,  of  which  I  am  a  member. 

In  this  formal  statement  I  would  like  to  confine  myself  to  two 
aspects  of  the  planning  problem.  Although  these  are  crucial  as- 
pects for  the  post-war  years,  they  are  problems  that  are  with  us 
today.  We  certainly  cannot  wait  until  the  war  is  over  to  attack 
them. 

These  two  problems  involve  general  community  planning  and  the 
preparation  of  plans  and  specifications  for  specific  post-war  public 
works  projects.  I  am  making  no  comments  in  this  statement  with 
respect  to  the  financing  or  actual  construction  of  post-war  public 
works. 

There  has  been  a  great  deal  of  talk  throughout  the  Nation  regarding 
the  need  for  specific  plans  and  specifications  for  public  works  that 
might  be  constructed  when  the  war  is  over.  There  has  been  a  great 
deal  of  talk  but,  in  the  total  picture,  comparatively  little  effective 
action.  The  total  amount  of  public  works  in  the  plan  stage,  with 
financing  arranged  and  necessary  land  acquired,  is  pitifully  small. 

The  first  test  of  a  public  work  should  be  its  necessity  and  desirability 
in  the  community,  but  we  do  think  in  terms  of  public  works  as  a 
method  of  providing  post-war  employment. 

If  all  of  the  projects  that  have  been  listed  throughout  the  United 
States  were  in  the  plan  and  sjDecification  stage,  the  amount  of  em- 
ployment that  might  be  provided  would  still  be  small  in  relation 
to  the  total  employment  picture. 

For  that  reason,  we  don't  wish  to  overemphasize  the  importance 
of  public  works. 

We  believe  that  there  has  been  underemphasis  on  an  even  more 
important  aspect  of  the  planning  program,  and  that  is  general  com- 
munity planning.  It  is  not  possible  to  have  a  rational  program  of 
public  works  until  a  community  knows  what  its  over-all  needs  will  be. 

Those  needs  are  not  determined  by  listing  every  public  improvement 
that  everybody  in  the  community  can  think  of. 

The  community  should  first  know  what  its  probable  economic 
future  will  be. 

The  community  must  know  how  many  people  and  what  kinds  of 
people  will  reside  in  the  community. 

Determining  these  two  points  is  not  always  easy,  but  an  attempt 
must  be  made  to  determine  what  the  community's  future  will  be  be- 
fore that  community  engages  in  the  construction  of  specific  public 
works. 

Permit  me  to  give  you  some  examples. 

A  community  in  central  New  York  has  written  to  us  saying  that 
its  population,  which  was  3,000  before  the  war,  has  increased  to  more 
than  10,000  during  the  war.  That  community  manufactures  a  part 
for  airplanes. 

Some  of  the  people  in  that  community  believe  that  they  will  retain 
their  increased  population. 


POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  577 

The  first  thing  that  a  town  must  do  is  to  make  a  realistic  appraisal 
of  its  future.  Is  it  going  to  develop  a  public-works  program,  in- 
cluding sewers  and  sewage-disposal  facilities,  water  facilities,  high- 
ways and  transportation,  housing,  recreation,  community  facilities, 
and  so  fortli.  for  3,000  people  or  for  10,000?  Obvioush^  if  the  com- 
munity's population  is  going  to  shrink  to  3,000,  it  would  be  wasteful 
to  extend  public  facilities  to  provide  for  a  population  of  10,000. 

Yet  we  find  many  communities  throughout  the  United  States  talk- 
ing about  specific  public  improvements  without  having  done  the  pre- 
liminary job  of  determining  what  the  community's  economic  future 
will  be ;  how  many  people  will  be  in  the  community,  and  what  their 
requirements  will  be. 

I  wish  to  repeat  that  this  is  not  a  simple  task  in  cities  like  Portland, 
Seattle,  Detroit,  and  Wichita,  but  it  is  a  task  that  must  be  done  by 
every  community  in  the  United  States,  and  that  it  is  much  simpler 
in  the  communities  which  have  not  had  the  wartime  dislocations  of 
the  cities  I  have  mentioned. 

In  a  large  city  in  Ohio  that  I  visited  recently  only  11  percent  of 
the  school  facilities  in  one  particular  area  are  being  used. 

This  is  not  a  run-down,  blighted  area  where  the  population  has 
left.     This  is  one  of  the  newer  outlying  developing  areas. 

The  school  authorities  apparently  failed  to  make  the  necessary 
general  studies  to  determine  the  nature  of  the  development  in  the 
community,  the  direction  of  growth,  the  size  of  families,  the  speed 
of  growth,  the  number  of  people,  the  number  of  children. 

Those  decisions  are  what  we  mean  by  community  planning. 

In  another  State  that  I  ^dsited  recently  the  State  has  made  an 
appropriation  for  assistance  to  cities  in  the  preparation  of  specific 
plans  for  public  works. 

The  first  application  to  be  received  from  any  city  was  for  a  bridge 
to  cost  $70,000.  The  total  grant  from  the  State  to  that  city  will  be 
taken  up  in  the  preparation  of  plans  for  this  single  improvement. 

The  question  I  asked  at  a  meeting  I  attended  was  whether  the  com- 
munity had  prepared  a  general  community  plan,  whether  it  was  in  a 
position  to  determine  whether  that  bridge  was  the  most-needed  pub- 
lic improvement  or  was  so  important  to  the  community  that  it  was 
willing  to  spend  its  entire  State  appropriation  for  a  single  project. 

There  are  some  people  who  believe  that  the  function  of  a  com- 
munity planning  organization  is  the  preparation  of  a  public-works 
program. 

We  believe  that  the  preparation  of  such  a  program  is  a  final  step 
rather  than  a  first  step. 

The  American  Society  of  Planning  Officials  has  been  putting  on  a 
series  of  community  planning  institutes  in  various  parts  of  the 
United  States. 

They  have  been  held  in  Michigan,  Illinois,  Minnesota,  California, 
Kansas  City,  Mo.     Most  of  them  lasted  for  4I/2  days. 

Persons  who  participated  were  mayors,  city  managers,  councilmen, 
citv  engineers,  chamber  of  commerce  representatives. 

We  liave  spent  the  414  days  showing  these  people  how  they  them- 
selves can  make  tlie  necessary  studies  in  their  communities  to  determine 
what  their  probable  future  will  be  or  can  be. 


578  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

We  have  emphasized  that  community  programs  can  be  developed 
only  by  the  community,  but  we  have  been  very  specific  in  telling  them 
what  factors  they  must  consider,  what  steps  they  must  take,  before 
they  can  develop  sound  public-works  programs. 

These  have  been  very  successful  and  fruitful  meetings. 

I  mention  this  merely  to  point  out  that  I  have  been  meeting  with 
public  officials  in  various  parts  of  the  United  States  and  that  my 
comments  are  based  upon  direct  contact  with  such  public  officials. 

It  is  rather  generally  assumed  in  this  country  that  cities  do  not 
have  the  money  with  which  to  undei'take  the  general  community  plans 
or  to  prepare  specific  plans  and  specifications.  It  is  a  fact  that  there 
is  a  great  shortage  of  personnel  for  such  planning  work. 

At  a  recent  meeting  in  an  Ohio  city  with  the  mayor  and  finance 
officer,  it  was  pointed  out  that  thigj  city,  subject  to  the  10-mill  consti- 
tutional limitation,  actually  doesn't  have  the  funds  with  which  to  pro- 
vide all  the  necessary  public  facilities.  Although  the  maj^or  was 
very  much  in  favor  in  getting  a  planning  program  under  way,  he 
didn't  know  where  the  money  could  be  raised. 

Since  the  cost  of  general  community  planning  is  comparatively 
small,  it  is  my  opinion  that  every  community  in  the  United  States 
that  really  wants  to  undertake  a  community-planning  program  could 
find  money  within  that  community  to  finance  that  pi'ogram. 

It  is  also  my  opinion  that  every  community  in  the  I'nited  States  that 
really  wants  to  prepare  plans  and  specifications  for  necessary  com- 
munity projects  could  do  a  considerable  amount  of  such  work  with  its 
own  finances. 

In  spite  of  that  opinion  I  am  convinced  that  a  comparatively  small 
amount  of  general  community  planning  and  more  specific  planning  is 
going  to  be  done  in  this  country. 

If  the  war  would  end  within  30  days  or  even  within  a  year,  at  the 
present  rate  of  progress,  we  would  be  a  long  way  from  ready  vv^ith  any 
substantial  number  of  public  improvements. 

If  we  are  interested  in  having  a  large-scale  public-w^orks  program 
ready  which  is  based  upon  a  sound  program  for  community  develop- 
ment, which  takes  into  account  the  future  needs  of  the  community, 
some  form  of  "stimulation"  is  going  to  be  necessary. 

I  said  earlier  that  one  of  the  last  steps  in  planning  is  the  preparation 
of  a  public- works  program. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  public  works  will  provide  comparatively 
little  employment,  it  seems  to  us  that  it  is  the  function  of  local  gov- 
ernment to  show  what  it  can  do  to  stimulate  other  forms  of  develop- 
ment. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Would  you  read  that  again,  please. 

Mr.  Blucher.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  public  works  will  provide 
comparatively  little  employment,  it  seems  to  us  that  it  is  the  function 
of  local  government  to  show  what  it  can  do  to  stimidate  other  forms 
of  development.  . 

I  do  not  have  in  mind  such  things  as  tax  exemption.  ' 

We  do  know,  however,  that  some  comnninities  might  advance  in- 
dustrially if  they  were  more  adequately  served  with  transportation 
and  housing  and  recreation  and  water  and  sewage  disposal  facilities. 

Part  of  the  job  of  community  planning  is  to  determine  what  the 
community  itself  can  do  to  insure  its  own  well-being. 


I 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  579 

The  job  simply  isn't  going  to  be  done  withont  some  form  of  stimu- 
lation. 

I  say  this  because  I  have  met  with  hundreds  of  public  officials  who, 
at  the  moment,  are  convinced  that  they  haven't  the  resources  available 
within  the  community  Avith  which  to  do  the  job. 

I  would  like  to  summarize  my  brief  statement: 

1.  Much  of  the  emphasis  on  post-war  planning  has  dealt  with  the 
preparation  of  plans  for  specific  public  works. 

2.  It  is  even  more  important,  in  my  opinion,  that  the  cities  have 
general  comnuuiity  plans  first,  then  that  they  proceed  with  the  prep- 
aration of  plans  for  specific  projects. 

3.  Since  public  works  will  provide  a  comparatively  small  amount 
of  employment,  cities  nuist  develop  plans  which  will  encourage  and 
assist  other  forms  of  development. 

4.  Although  State  resources  appear  to  be  available,  they  have  actu- 
ally been  appropriated  in  only  two  States  and  in  those  two  States 
the  funds  are  available  for  specific  plans  and  not  for  general  community 
planning, 

5.  Many  local  officials  are  of  the  opinion  that  they  do  not  have  funds 
available  for  general  community  planning  or  the  preparation  of 
specific  plans. 

6.  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  practically  every  community  could  find 
the  money  for  communit}^  planning  if  it  really  wished  to  do  so. 

7.  In  view  of  this  commonly  held  opinion  that  no  funds  are  avail- 
able, I  believe  that  no  extensive  Nation-wide  community  plans  or 
specific  plans  will  be  made  unless  some  outside  stimulation  is  provided. 

The  Chairman.  INIr.  Bhicher,  I  think  your  statement  is  fine  as  far 
as  it  goes,  but  I  don't  know  just  what  you  had  in  mind  in  the  way 
of  augmentation  of  it,  and  there  are  several  questions  there  that  seem 
rather  pertinent. 

You  suggest  the  necessity  of  planning.  Do  you  recommend  some 
form  of  Government  stimulation  for  these  plans  ? 

Mr.  Blucher.  Mr.  Chairman,  my  answer  is  that  I  don't  think  the 
job  is  going  to  be  done  unless  there  is  some  form  of  Government 
stimulation. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  what  is  your  specific  recommendation  upon  it? 

]Mr.  Blucher.  Well,  you  will  see  from  my  statement  that  I  have 
said  things  which  are  apparently  inconsistent,  and  I  recognize  the 
inconsistency  of  my  statement. 

I  have  said  that  I  believe  the  resources  are  available  within  every 
community  if  it  really  wanted  to  do  a  job  of  community  planning. 

At  the  same  time  I  recognize  from  talking  with  public  officials 
that  they  are  not  going  to  do  the  job.  They  simply  say  that  they 
haven't  the  money  available. 

The  Chairmax.  Well,  isn't  it  a  fact  that  they  are  looking  to  gov- 
ernmental guidance,  they  are  all  looking  to  Washington? 

Mr.  Blucher.  I  think  that  is  true. 

The  Chairman.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  that  is  what  we  have  kind  of 
educated  them  up  to,  isn't  it  ? 

Mr.  Blucher.  I  think  they  are  looking  to  Washington  for  a  deci- 
sion of  one  kind  or  another,  and  are  hoping  for  a  favorable  decision. 

The  Chairman.  I  grant  they  are  looking  to  Washington  for  the 
sinews  to  do  the  thing. 

Mr.  Blucher.  Yes. 


.580  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

Many  just  said  they  are  doing  nothing. 

The  Chairman.  Do  you  recommend  that  Congress  authorize  a  fund 
for  this  development  ? 

Mr.  Blucher,  Yes,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  think  that  Congress  and  the  Nation  as  a  whole  is  interested  in 
having  this  kind  of  thing  done. 

Now,  recognizing  that  this  is  the  responsibility  of  local  government, 
and  realizing  that  local  government  is  not  going  to  do  the  job,  I  think 
it  would  still  be  wise  for  Congress  to  provide  the  stimulation  to  have 
the  job  done. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  on  what  appropriation  do  you  think  the  job 
should  be  done? 

Mr.  Blucher.  Well,  I  think  this  should  be  done  on  a  matching  basis. 
I  think  that  every  community  ought  to  contribute  something  to  this. 

The  Chairman.  To  the  planning? 

Mr.  Blucher.  To  the  planning ;  that's  right. 

There  are  two  States  which  have  made  State  appropriations. 

A  good  many  States  have  funds  available  in  the  State  treasury 
which  have  not  been  made  available  to  the  cities. 

The  State  of  New  York  and  the  State  of  Michigan  have  made 
State  appropriations  to  the  cities,  and  that  is  on  a  matching  50-percent 
basis. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  could  you  be  more  specific  and  say  what  part 
should  be  paid  by  them  ? 

Mr.  Blucher.  I  would  say  a  50-percent  matching. 

The  Chairman.  Fifty  percent? 

Mr.  Blucher.  Yes. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  that  brings  it  to  the  $64  question.  Who  is 
going  to  pay  for  the  public  works  as  such  ? 

Do  you  mean  a  matching  on  that? 

Mr.  Blucher.  Do  you  mean  on  the  actual  construction  of  the  public 
works  ? 

The  Chairman.  On  the  cost  of  the  actual  construction. 

Mr.  Blucher.  Well,  you  will  recall,  Mr.  Chairman,  in  my  state- 
ment that  I  said  I  was  not  discussing  that  particular  question,  because 
it  seems  to  me  that  the  important  thing  at  the  moment  is  to  get 
some  plans  ready. 

The  Chairman.  Yes ;  and  personally,  I  have  the  thought  that  before 
the  communities,  States,  and  counties  and  their  subdivisions  can  in- 
telligently plan,  they  must  know  where  they  are  going  to  get  the  funds. 

That  is  what  an  individual  would  do  if  he  was  going  to  build  a 
structure,  wouldn't  he? 

Mr.  Blucher.  May  I  give  an  example  ? 

In  a  New  York  community  we  met  with  the  ways  and  means  com- 
mittee, which  consisted  of  the  mayor  and  a  number  of  the  leading 
merchants  and  industrialists. 

There  was  presented  to  this  committee  a  program  of  public  works 
totaling  $90,000,000,  and  the  committee  just  threw  up  its  hands  and 
said,  ''Why  not  make  it  $900,000,000?"  And  they  were  ready  to  throw 
it  out  until  we  analyzed  the  program  a  little  bit. 

Now,  it  was  discovered  that  some  of  the  projects  were  street  im- 
provements, sewer  improvements,  to  the  total  of  $3,000,000. 

I  turned  to  the  mayor  and  said,  "Wliere  is  the  money  coming  from?" 
He  said,  ''We  have  the  money  already." 


POST-WAK  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  581 

Then  we  looked  at  the  highway  improvements.  That  totaled  ap- 
proximately $20,000,000  and  the  question  was  asked,  "Where  is  it 
coming  from?" 

''Well,  it  is  coming  in  part  from  Federal  highway  funds,  from  State 
tax  funds,  and  county  funds.  Does  everybody  agree  we  can  find  that 
money?" 

Everybody  agreed. 

Then  you  had  $23,000,000  already  taken  out  that  the  people  were 
agreed  on. 

When  we  looked  at  the  other  projects  that  remained  there  was  a 
new  city  auditorium,  a  new  library,  a  museum;  there  were  new  public 
buildings — all  of  them  considered  necessary  and  desirable  in  the  com- 
munitv — and  the  question  was  asked,  "Where  is  the  monev  coming 
from?"      "We  don't  know." 

And  the  next  thing  was,  "In  view  of  the  fact  that  you  don't  know 
where  the  money  is  coming  from,  should  you  throw  these  things  out 
the  window?" 

And  the  answer  was,  "That  wouldn't  be  very  wise;  what  we  ought 
to  do  is  get  enough  money  to  make  some  of  the  plans  for  these  projects 
so.  if  and  when  the  funds  are  available,  we  will  have  plans  made." 

The  Chairman.  All  right. 

Now,  I  am  thinking  in  terms  of  the  individual  and  I  think  that  the 
Government  ought  to  operate  upon  the  same  sound  basis  that  in- 
dividuals would  operate  on. 

Now,  do  you  think  that  either  the  Federal  Government  or  the  com- 
munities ought  to  expend  money  for  plans  unless  they  know  where 
they  would  go  to  get  the  money  to  execute  those  plans  ? 

Mr.  BluCiier.  Yes,  I  do  on  certain  things. 

^lay  I  give  you  another  example? 

Here  is  a  community  which  has  been  ordered  by  the  State  health 
department  to  provide  a  sewage-disposal  plant. 

It  doesn't  have  the  money  at  the  present  time  with  which  to  con- 
struct that  sewage-disposal  plant. 

Now,  there  are  various  methods  of  financing  a  sewage-disposal  plant. 
For  instance,  you  can  make  a  sewer  rental  charge.  That  is  one  method 
of  financing. 

I  say,  if  you  need  a  sewage-disposal  plant  that  the  smart  thing  to  do 
is  to  have  your  plans  ready ;  you  will  find  the  way  in  which  to  get  the 
money,  one  way  or  another. 

The  Chairman.  All  right. 

I  am  going  to  build  a  house.     I  decide  I  need  a  new  home. 

Now,  I  am  not  going  out  and  spend  several  hundred  dollars  for 
plans  and  s]:)ecifications  for  that  house  unless  I  know  where  1  am  going 
to  get  the  funds  to  build  the  house  on  to  begin  with. 

Is  that  sound? 

Mr.  Blucher.  That  is  sound.     Tliat  is  very  sound. 

Tlie  Chairman.  Then  why  isn't  that  sound 

Mr.  Blucher  (interposing).  Well,  I  think  the  situation  is  a  little 
bit  different  with  respect  to  Government,  and  particularly  with  re- 
spect to  local  government. 

We  admit  if  we  are  going  to  run  local  government  there  are  cer- 
tain minimum  facilities  that  we  ought  to  have. 

The  Chairman.  Surely. 

Mr.  Blucher.  Sewers  is  one ;  water  is  another. 


582  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND    PLANNING 

Now,  they  can  raise  the  funds  for  improvements  of  that  kind. 
The  Chairman.  Yes.    But  why  not  plan  for  th.ose  in  advance? 

Mr.  Blucher.  Well,  here  is  the  situation  with  respect  to  public 
works : 

The  public  works  that  have  been  planned  so  far  and  are  ready  to 
go  are  street  improvements  and  sewer  improvements,  things  of  that 
kind,  for  two  reasons:  The  amount  of  planning  is  very  small;  and, 
secondly,  most  communities  have  the  funds  available,  or  at  least  a 
number  of  them  do. 

There  are  a  number  of  things  that  some  of  them  need,  such  as  sewage- 
disposal  plants. 

Now,  it  is  my  opinion  that  we  ought  to  prepare  for  some  of  these 
badly  needed  improvements. 

I  wouldn't  say  where  tliey  need  a  new  hospital  or  city  hall  that  they 
ought  to  have  final  plans  and  specifications.  In  some  cases  they  ought 
to  have  preliminary  plans  so  they  can  estimate  the  cost. 

But  I  think  it  is  the  part  of  wisdom  to  have  some  of  the  plans 
prepared. 

Let  us  say  that  we  have  reached  a  very  bad  employment  situation 
when  the  war  is  over  and  Congress  decides  very  quickly  to  provide 
funds  for  public  works  on  a  matching  basis. 

Where  will  we  be  if  we  don't  have  those  plans  ready  ? 

The  Chairman.  I  quite  agree  with  you  that  the  plans  should  be 
ready,  but  I  differ  with  you  that  we  shouldn't  also  plan  where  we  are 
going  to  get  the  money. 

Mr.  Blucher.  I  agree  with  you. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  one  is  dependent  on  the  other.  I  think  that 
that  community  before  it  can  intelligently  plan  what  it  is  going  to  do 
in  the  way  of  post-war  construction  should  know  hoAv  much,  if  any- 
thing,  the  Federal  Government  is  going  to  put  up  and  how  much  they 
are  going  to  be  forced  to  put  up. 

But  I  shall  not  press  that  further. 

Mr.  Blucher.  There  is  one  point  I  want  to  make;  I  think  we  are 
beginning  to  get  agreement  on  an  important  point. 

I  said  it  is  very  important  that  we  have  community  planning  as  dis- 
tinguished from  plans  and  specifications. 

One  of  the  important  functions  of  community  planning  is  to  know 
how  much  a  community  can  do. 

In  other  words,  there  isn't  any  point  in  a  community  making  plans 
for  elaborate  developments  that  are,  let  us  say,  desirable,  rather  than 
necessary,  which  there  isn't  any  chance  that  they  can  finance,  in  the 
hope  that  somebody  will  come  along  and  provide  the  money. 

I  would  agree  with  you  that  far. 

I  think  it  would  be  very  hel]Dful  to  the  commimities  if  they  knew 
one  way  or  the  other  whether  Congress  is  going  to  do  anything  with 
res]:)ect  to  ap]Dropriations  for  public  works. 

Even  if  Congress  said,  "no,"  definitel}^,  that  would  be  helpful  to  the 
communities. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  as  I  said — maybe  I  am  too  fundamental  and 
realistic  about  this  thing — I  don't  know. 

General  Fleming  was  before  this  committee  and  he  suggested  that 
the  Fedei-al  Government  appropriate  I  forget  how  many  million  dol- 
lars for  this  question  of  planning. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  583 

He  seemed  to  agree  with  you  that  we  shoukl  do  that,  then  the  com- 
munity should  start  to  planning. 

Well,  I  just  want  to  make  this  observation,  and  then  I  am  going  to 
defer  to  some  of  the  members  of  the  connnittee.  I  am  sure  they  w^ant 
to  ask  some  questions. 

I  want  to  make  this  prediction,  that  if  that  is  done,  we  are  going  to 
find  a  lot  of  extravagant  plans  inade  by  the  communities  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  Federal  Government  and  plans  that  will  never  be 
executed  when  the  communities  find  that  they  are  going  to  have  to 
put  up  all  the  money  or  any  substantial  part  of  it. 

Mr.  Lynch,  chairman  of  the  subcommittee  of  this  committee,  I  am 
sure  has  some  questions — subcommittee  dealing  with  this  same  sub- 
ject— I  am  sure  he  has  some  questions  he  desires  to  ask. 

Mr.  Lynch.  To  what  extent  do  you  think  public  works  will  give 
employment  after  the  war? 

Mr.  Blucher.  I  think  to  a  very  small  extent  on  the  basis  of  projects 
that  are  being  considered  so  far. 

^lay  I  just  briefly  give  you  a  summary  of  a  recent  study  that  has 
been  made?  For  instance,  the  International  City  Managers  Asso- 
ciation has  recentl)^  sent  a  questionnaire  to  all  of  the  cities  over 
10,000  in  this  country.     And  we  have  summarized  their  findings. 

I  am  reading  now  from  an  editorial  which  appears  on  the  front 
page  of  the  May  issue  of  the  News  Letter  of  the  American  Society 
of  Planning  Officials.  The  title  is  ""Let's  Stop  and  Review  the 
Situation"  [reading]  : 

How  many  public-works  projects  are  being  planned  and  how  ready  are  they? 
The  survey  shows  that  167  cities  over  25,000  have  listed  projects  to  be  under- 
taken within  5  years  after  the  war  totaling  $3,300,000,000,  but  $2,000,000,000 
of  this  amount  is  reported  by  eight  large  cities. 

Xot  including  Chicago  in  the  survey. 

Now,  if  you  include  the  Chicago  figures  which  are  about  a  billion 
dollars,  you  have  a  total  of  $5,000,000,000  worth  of  projects  for  the 
0-year  period  reported  by  most  of  the  larger  cities  in  the  United 
States. 

That  is  a  billion  dollars  a  year  only. 

And  we  go  on  to  say : 

But  are  such  plans  ready?  It  is  apparent  that  plans  and  specifications  are 
ready  for  the  patchwork  jobs.  It  doesn't  take  long  to  prepare  a  plan  for  a 
sewer  extension  or  for  the  grading,  surfacing,  or  resurfacing  of  a  street.  Sewers 
and  streets  rank  first  in  the  list  of  projects  in  most  cities  irrespective  of  their 
size. 

In  a  few  instances  plans  have  been  prepared  for  larger  improvements,  some 
of  which  have  been  delayed  by  the  war,  hut  for  the  most  part,  and  with  few 
exceptions,  plans  are  in  the  most  preliminary  stages. 

A  further  study  shows  that  only  between  10  and  20  percent  of  the 
total  of  $5,000,006,000  that  has  been  listed  is  actually  in  the  plan  and 
specification  stage. 

On  the  basis  that  it  would  provide  a  very  small  amount  of  em- 
ployment  

Mr.  Lynch.  Well,  assuming  that  the  Federal  Government  did  con- 
tribute 50  percent  to  the  cost  of  that  planning  of  cities  and  munici- 
palities, to  what  extent  under  those  circumstances  do  you  think  that 
employment  would  be  given? 

Mr.  Blucher.  Well,  all  I  can  do  is  venture  a  guess. 


584  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

It  is  my  guess  Ihat  if  Federal  funds  were  provided  for  planning 
purposes  that  the  activity  in  planing  would  increase  at  least  five 
times. 

I  think  this  is  apparent  from  what  has  happened  in  Michigan 
already  where  a  very  short  time  ago  the  State  legislature  appro- 
priated $5,000,000,  $3",000,000  of  which  is  for  the  cities.  Wlien  1  was 
in  Michigan  a  week  ago,  and  this  was  only  5  days  after  the  notice 
had  gone  out,  I  think  something  like  600  communities  had  already 
made  inquiries  about  the  kind  of  assistance  they  could  get. 

Mr.  Lynch.  How  many  communities  indicated  any  other  interest 
besides  the  question  of  assistance  they  would  get  ?  Did  they  indicate 
that  they  had  any  plans  of  their  own  that  they  were  waiting  to  re- 
ceive financial  assistance  on  or  did  they  indicate  that  they  had  no 
plans  ? 

Mr.  Blucher.  Let  me  answer  this  by  saying  that  one  of  these  insti- 
tutes that  we  put  on  not  long  ago  was  a  1-day  institute  in  Galesburg, 
111.,  where  we  had  something  like  90  municipal  and  county  officials 
present. 

I  would  say  that  everyone  of  them  was  interested  in  doing  some- 
thing. Everyone  of  them  thought  it  was  important  that  he  do  some- 
thing immediately;  and  at  the  same  time  the  opinion  was  almost 
equally  unanimous  that  they  didn't  have  the  money  to  do  anything. 

Mr.  Lynch.  And  the  taxpayers  didn't  want  their  taxes  raised? 

Mr.  Blucher.  In  many  cases  the  taxpayers  didn't  want  their  taxes 
raised. 

Mr.  Lynch.  So  they  are  looking  to  the  Federal  Government. 

Mr.  Blucher.  Well,  they  are  looking  to  somebody. 

I  think  it  is  fair  to  say  that  many  of  these  communities  are  looking 
to  the  State  government  and  the  State  surpluses,  but  unfortunately 
there  just  hasn't  been  any  State  action  in  most  of  the  States. 

In  my  own  State  of  Illinois  I  think  the  State  Post-war  Planning 
Commission  of  which  I  am  a  member  is  of  the  opinion  that  there  ought 
to  be  a  State  appropriation  to  assist  the  cities,  and  yet  there  cannot  be 
a  State  appropriation  without  action  by  the  legislature. 

Mr.  Lynch.  Well,  do  you  think  this  matching  should  be  three  ways? 

Mr.  Blucher.  I  think  if  you  try  to  match  three  ways  you  will  delay 
it  a  great  deal. 

Mr.  Lynch.  In  other  words,  the  States  will  lay  back  with  their 
surpluses  and  let  the  Federal  Government  do  what  the}'^  ought  to  do? 

Mr.  Blucher.  I  think  that  is  the  case. 

Mr.  Lynch.  And  then  they  will  complain  about  the  centralization 
of  power  in  Washington. 

Mr.  Blucher.  I  think  that's  right.  They  will  complain  with  their 
left  hand  and  with  their  right  hand  accept  the  gift. 

Mr.  Lynch.  We  are  having  a  subcommittee  meeting  this  afternoon. 
Mr.  Blucher  is  the  name? 

Mr.  Blucher.  Yes.  > 

]Mr.  Lynch.  Well,  I  won't  take  any  further  time.  ' 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Welch? 

Mr.  Welch.  Mr.  Blucher,  in  addition  to  the  post-w^ar  public  works 
program  has  j^our  organization  given  consideration  for  a  plan  of 
rehabilitation  and  reconversion  of  industries  now  producing  wai 
materials  ? 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  585 

Mr.  Blucher.  One  of  the  reasons  we  want  a  community  to  do  a 
community  planning  job  is  so  that  they  can  look  into  their  industrial 
situation. 

^Vllen  you  do  a  community  planning  job  it  is  government  and  labor 
and  industry  that  gets  together,  and  they  review  the  situation,  and 
one  of  tlie  things  which  they  determine  is  what  has  hapj^ened  to  this 
conimunity  during  the  war;  what  changes  in  population  there  have 
been,  and  Avhat  new  industries  have  developed;  to  what  extent  can 
these  new  industries  be  developed,  to  what  extent  can  the  community 
itself  hj  using  community  initiative  utilize  these  plants  for  other 
purposes. 

We  are  very  mucli  concerned  about  these  matters. 

]Mr.  Welch.  Well,  shouldn't  first  consideration  be  that  of  assisting 
conununities  to  prepare  plans? 

Mr.  Blucher.  You  will  i-ecall  that  T  tried  to  emphasize  that  point. 
There  are  undoubtedly  some  who  will  disagree  with  me.  The  plan- 
ning of  public  works  is  the  last  step  in  this  community  planning  pro- 
gram, and  not  the  first  step.  T  think  that  it  is  more  important  that 
we  do  this  other  kind  of  planning  job  of  determining  where  our 
communities  are  and  what  they  can  be. 

That  T  think  is  the  fii'st  step,  because  if  the  community  is  going  to 
lose  population,  certainly  you  don't  want  to  plan  specific  improve- 
ments that  won't  be  needed. 

Mr.  Welch.  Well,  you  say  where  do  communities  go.  They  all 
come  here. 

INIr.  Bluc  HER.  No :  I  meant  what  their  future  is. 

]Mr.  Welch  (continuing).  Looking  for  public  money  out  of  the 
United  States  Treasury. 

Mr.  Blucher.  This  job  of  community  planning  is  not  being  done 
on  the  scale  that  it  should  be  done  throughout  the  country. 

;Mr.  Welch.  That  is  all.  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  O'Brien? 

JNIr.  O'Brien.  I  would  like  to  ask  one  question  : 

In  Illinois  there  is  a  sur])lus  of  about  $75,000,000  in  the  State  treas- 
ury. They  are  doing  nothing  with  it.  Don't  you  think  you  should 
finance  before  you  come  down  here  ? 

Mr.  Blucher.  I  definitely  think  we  should  finance  it,  and  can. 
And  I  would  like  to  add  that  I  don't  think  it  is  going  to  be  done  in 
the  immediate  future  but  I  agree  absolutely  with  you  that  it  is  a 
matter  of  State  responsibility  that  should  be  met  by  the  State. 

7  he  CHATR^rAN.  Mr.  Dewey  ? 

jNIr.  Dewey.  I  have  no  questions,  jNIr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Chair:max.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Blucher. 

We  also  have  ]Mr.  Carl  Chattersj  executive  director  of  the  Municipal 
Finance  Officers  Association. 

Mr.  Chatters,  we  will  be  glad  to  hear  from  you,  sir.  I  am  sure  you 
can  throw  some  light  on  this  job  questicm  that  we  have  been  dis- 
cussinji. 


586  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND    PLANNING 

STATEMENT  OF  CARL  H.  CHATTERS,  EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR,  MUNIC- 
IPAL FINANCE  OFFICERS  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 
AND  CANADA 

Mr.  Chatters.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  no  prepared  statement  be- 
cause I  haven't  been  in  my  office  since  the  committee  staff  asked  me  to 
appear  here.     I  do  have  some  notes  which  I  shall  be  glad  to  use. 

The  Chairman.  Just  use  your  own  pleasure,  sir. 

Mr.  Chatters.  The  hrst  thing  I  should  like  to  mention  briefly  is 
the  present  fiscal  condition  of  the  cities  and  States. 

The  States  do  have  the  large  surpluses  which  we  have  discussed 
and  at  the  same  time  they  have  greatly  reduced  their  debts. 

The  State  debts  in  the  aggregate  are  less  than  $3,000,000,000,  so  they 
are  not  a  material  factor  in  our  national  economy. 

The  States  have  increased  their  surpluses  and  incomes  because  of 
the  increased  yield  of  the  sales  taxes,  in  Illinois  and  other  States  as 
well. 

The  cities  have  reduced  their  debts  to  a  point  where  they  are  not 
a  serious  threat  to  their  future  except  in  isolated  areas.  The  cities 
in  the  past  4  years  have  reduced  their  debts  in  the  aggregate  about 
$2,000,000,000. 

They  have  improved  their  tax  collections  to  the  point  where  de- 
linquency is  not  a  factor  at  the  moment. 

In  1933,  for  instance,  the  average  tax  delinquency,  or  the  median 
tax  delinquency  in  the  large  cities  was  20.35  percent,  whereas,  in  1943 
that  has  been  reduced  to  4.70  percent. 

In  other  words,  tax  delinquency  has  been  reduced  from  over  26 
percent  to  slightly  under  5  percent. 

The  short-term  loans  of  the  cities  are  low,  in  fact,  they  are  the 
lowest  they  have  been  probably  in  a  generation  and  perhaps  longer 
than  that,  and  that  is  a  favorable  factor,  because  when  we  went  into 
the  depression  the  thing  that  caused  the  difficulty  in  our  cities  was 
the  short-term  loans. 

The  cities  and  the  States  have  both  set  up  reserves. 

The  State  reserves  are  in  the  neighborhood  of  $3,000,000,000,  and 
probably  the  cities'  reserves  are  in  the  neighborhood  of  $1,000,000,000. 

At  the  same  time  they  have  created  reserves  by  paying  their  debts, 
so  that  they  have  other  reserves. 

Mr.  Dewey.  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Dewey. 

Mr.  Dewey.  What  form  are  those  reserves  in  ? 

Mr.  Chatters.  Most  of  them  are  either  in  cash  or  the}^  are  in  Gov- 
ernment bonds.  I  would  estimate  from  the  statistics  I  have  seen  in 
individual  cases  that  at  least  75  percent  of  the  money  is  invested  in 
Government  obligations. 

Now,  on  the  other  hand  the  assessed  valuations  of  the  municipalities 
have  gone  down. 

Strange  as  it  may  seem,  when  everything  else  has  been  going  up  the 
assessed  valuation  of  the  cities,  the  assessed  valuation  of  real  estate 
in  the  cities,  by  and  large,  has  continued  to  decrease. 

And  when  we  realize  that  the  cities  get  their  monej'  from  the  real 
property  you  can  see  that  this  is  quite  a  factor  in  considering  their 
finance  programs. 


POST-WAR    ECONOMIC    POLICY    AXD    PLANNING  587 

It  simpl}'  means  that  the  vahies  were  inflated  in  1929  and  that  they 
have  been  in  the  process  of  deflation  since  that  time. 

Now,  it  is  true  that  the  localities  are  dependent  upon  the  States  for 
their  revenues,  and  it  is  necessary  to  look  not  only  upon  the  city  but  also- 
to  the  State  and  the  control  the  State  has  over  municipal  revenues. 

And  another  thing  is  this  fact : 

That  while  the  increased  cost  of  labor  and  materials  has  been  offset 
during  these  last  few  years  bv  the  fact  that  municipalities  have  cur- 
tailed their  capital  outlays  and  curtailed  community  maintenance 
costs,  they  are  going  to  be  placed  in  a  ver}^  serious  situation  when  they 
can  again  do  maintenance  work. 

They  are  going  to  be  stuck  with  the  higher  rates  of  pay  and  higher 
costs  of  gootls.  and  at  the  same  time  they  are  going  to  be  forced  to  rein- 
state on  their  financial  programs  the  cost  of  major  maintenance  plus, 
the  cost  of  capital  outlays,  and  I  think  none  of  us  feel  that  the  rates- 
of  pay  are  going  to  be  decreased  or  that  the  price  levels  are  going  to 
go  down. 

So  you  will  see  that  the  costs  municipalities  have  now  plus  the  in- 
creased cost  means  that  we  are  going  to  get  some  shocks  in  the  commun- 
ities where  the  people  think  we  are  going  to  get  back  to  normal  as  soon 
as  the  war  is  over,  due  to  the  things  that  must  be  done  that  have  been 
neglected  in  the  immediate  past. 

Perhaps  two  things  will  need  to  be  done  if  unemployment  occurs. 

Certainly  the  States  ought  to  give  greater  grants-in-aid,  and  per- 
haps the  Federal  Government  ought  to  have  responsibility  for  un- 
employment.    I  will  go  into  that  a  little  more  fully  a  little  bit  later. 

Now,  you  are  primarily  interested  in  the  public-works  aspect. 

I  agree  with  Mr.  Blucher  that  plans  are  not  far  advanced,  and  the 
number  of  municipalities  that  have  plans  where  they  could  go  to  work 
immediately,  are  relatively  small.  The  amount  is  not  great;  it  is  not 
sufficient  to  take  care  of  widespread  unemployment  if  widespread  un- 
employment should  occur. 

The  Chaiioiax.  If  I  may  interrupt  there,  Mr.  Chatters. 

Public  works  as  an  answer  to  unemployment,  well,  it  just  isn't  an 
answer,  is  it.  on  a  wide  basis  ? 

Mr.  Chatters.  In  my  opinion  public  works  cannot  solve  the  problem 
of  unemployment.  It  can  be  very  helpful  in  a  transition  period  in 
special  communities  with  special  problems  and  for  limited  periods 
of  time,  but  as  the  sole  solution  of  unemployment,  it  simply  is  not 
the  answer,  because  of  the  cost  involved.  We  couldn't  afford  to  take 
care  of  tremendous  amounts  of  unemployment  b}^  public  works  alone 
because  of  the  cost. 

The  Chairman.  We  only  have  to  analyze  the  situation  in  1933  when 
we  had  a  national  indebtedness  of  approximately  $50,000,000,000,  I 
think,  and  we  undertook  the  P-  W.  A.  and  the  W.  P.  A.,  and  so  on, 
to  bring  up  employment. 

At  that  time  at  the  height  of  the  ^Y.  P.  A.  we  only  gave  employ- 
ment to  about  3,000.000  people,  didn't  we,  on  a  subsistence  wage  scale? 

Mr.  Chatters-  At  one  time  it  ran  slightly  more  than  that. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  approximately. 

So  we  recognize  that  that  is  not  the  answer. 

Ot  the  same  time,  sir,  I  agree  with  you,  and  I  hope  I  won't  be  mis- 
understood about  that,  there  should  be  plans  for  public  works  in  the 
post-war  period,  and  I  think  that  it  is  essential  that  we  do  it. 

99579 — 44— pt.  3 7 

i 
1  ^ 


588  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC   POLICY   AND    PLANNING 

The  question  of  how  we  do  it  of  course  is  a  question. 

Mr.  Chatters.  Well,  the  question  of  timing 

Mr.  Dewey  (interposing). 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Dewey. 

Mr.  Dewey  I  just  have  not  heard  mentioned  in  any  the  witnesses' 
testimony  where  it  comes  to  public  works  in  this  period  that  may 
follow  the  cessation  of  the  war  before  we  can  get  reconversion  accom- 
plished and  before  employment  is  started  again,  I  have  never  heard 
any  of  the  witnesses  make  any  reference  to  this  tremendous  back-log 
of  savings  that  has  developed  during  this  period  of  the  war. 

Now,  the  last  time  I  investigated  it,  which  was  during  the  last  tax 
bill,  I  think  my  colleague  on  Ways  and  Means,  Mr.  Lynch,  will  bear 
me  out,  it  was  running  somewhere  from  91  billions  to  95  billions  of 
dollars  in  actual  savings  accounts  or  savings  bonds,  private  deposits, 
leaving  out  corporations. 

Now,  that  comes  pretty  near  to  a  sum  that  is  almost  equal  to  li/'^ 
years  pre-war  national  income. 

Now,  as  it  was  developed,  our  national  income  at  the  present  time — 
four-fifths  of  the  national  income  at  the  present  time  falls  into  the 
hands  of  individuals  whose  annual  income  is  $5,000  or  less ;  which  must 
mean  except  in  the  very  low-income  group  that  91  to  95  billions  of 
dollars — and  I  presume  it  is  much  more  than  that  now — must  be 
pretty  well  spread. 

In  other  words,  the  people  have  fat  to  live  on  for  a  brief  period,  but 
I  have  never  heard  that  taken  into  account  or  considered  in  these  em- 
ployment plans  that  are  to  be  put  into  effect  immediately  following  j 
the  cessation  of  the  war  and  until  normal  employment  can  be  taken  up. 

Have  you  given  consideration  to.  it  ? 

Mr.  Chatters.  Mr.  Dewey,  I  have  gotten  my  experience  in  public 
offices  and  not  as  an  economist  and  so  I  am  not  prepared  to  answer 
that,  except  to  say  that  I  think  you  are  correct,  and  unless  public  | 
works  are  properly  timed,  they  may  contribute  to  inflation  rather  than  1 
prevent  inflation. 

Mr.  Dewey.  I  think  though  that  you  gentlemen  who  are  giving  such  , 
careful  consideration  and  study  to  the  public  w^orks  program  should  j 
take  into  account  and  keep  in  touch  a  little  with  the  savings  of  the  I 
people.  I 

Mr.  Chatters.  Well,  I  think  this  is  true,  that  unless  the  cities  spend 
their  money  at  the  proper  time,  they  may  do  more  harm  than  good. 

They  ought  not  necessarily  plan  to  spend  their  money  the  minute 
the  war  is  over.  It  may  be  6  months,  1  year,  or  2  years  before  they 
should  spend. 

Therefore  the  timing  of  the  expenditure  is  just  as  important  or  more  ! 
important  than  the  amounts,  and  though  public  works  may  be  com- 
paratively small  in  amount,  that  doesn't  minimize  their  importance  in 
the  conversion  period  or  in  the  period  when  we  may  have  deflation. 

Mr.  Dewey.  I  think  the  timing  factor  is  most  important. 

Mr.  Chatters.  The  timing  factor  in  my  opinion  is  perhaps  the 
most  important  of  all,  because  the  volume  is  relatively  small,  and 
therefore  the  timing  must  be  proper  in  order  to  get  the  benefit  from 
public  works. 

Otherwise  we  will  not  relieve  unemployment  and  we  may  create 
inflation. 


POST-WAR   ECOXOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  589 

Now,  this  is  true  and  it  is  one  argument  for  planning;,  that  in  the 
cities  when  master  pLans  are  prepared,  the  expenditure  of  large 
sums  of  money  may  do  more  harm  than  good. 

Our  cities  are  run  down  at  their  centers,  and  if  they  spend  money  on 
public  works  which  will  tend  to  aggravate  that  situation,  we  may  put 
our  cities  back  for  a  generation  or  two  generations  instead  of  putting 
them  ahead  as  we  should. 

If  we  develo])  the  outlying  areas  instead  of  redeveloping  tlie  inside 
areas,  then  we  may  do  more  harm  than  good. 

Therefore,  I  think  the  first  thing  is  a  master  plan  around  which 
cities  may  do  their  work. 

I  say  that  as  one  primarily  interested  in  financing,  not  necessarily 
in  planning. 

If  there  are  Federal  grants  or  State  grants  for  work  or  work  relief, 
then  the  municipalities  which  have  some  money  of  their  own  and 
have  plans,  they  will  get  something  permanent,  whereas,  the  cities 
that  have  no  plans  or  no  money  may  come  out  with  leaf -raking. 

J^ow,  some  of  you  may  think  that  the  city  of  Chicago  doesn't  amount 
to  much.  I  live  there  and  I  think  it  does  amount  to  something.  The 
Chicago  Park  Commission  had  plans  and  we  have  something  to  show 
for  the  amount  of  money  spent  in  Chicago. 

One  thing  that  interests  you  is  the  amount  of  money  which  the  local 
governments  may  have  available  for  public  works.  In  my  opinion  that 
amount  is  very  definitely  limited  by  the  sum  of  tliree  or  four  items. 

It  is  not  the  amount  of  the  deferred  maintenance  of  the  municipali- 
ties. The  money  which  municipalities  will  spend  on  public  works  is 
made  up  in  the  aggregate  of  their  post-war  reserves,  which  they  have 
in  the  form  of  cash,  plus  some  increases  in  taxes,  plus  saleable  loans 
tliat  the  people  or  the  legislative  body,  or  both,  will  authorize,  plus  the 
relatively  small  amounts  now  being  spent  for  operating  purposes  that 
may  be  spent  for  capital  outlay ;  and  in  my  opinion  that  is  the  amount 
of  money  that  is  going  to  be  spent. 

You  are  going  to  take  their  reserves,  you  are  going  to  take  some 
very  mild  increase  in  taxation,  and  you  are  going  to  take  the  amount 
of  bonds  that  the  municipalities  can  sell  and  that  the  governing  body 
will  authorize. 

The  total  for  all  municipalities,  I  think,  will  be  somewhere  between 
one  and  one-half  and  three  billion  a  year  for  5  years. 

Now,  that  will  not  develop  a  tremendous  amount  of  jobs. 

It  would  provide  somewhere  between  300,000  and  600,000  jobs  on  . 
all  public  works. 

And  that  is  one  of  tlie  reasons  why  timing  is  so  important.  The 
figures  are  for  municipalities,  and  not  for  the  States  or  the  expendi- 
tures from  Federal  funds. 

Now,  it  seems  to  me  the  States  ought  to  accept  greater  responsibility. 

In  the  first  place  they  have  the  fiscal  powers,  and  in  the  second  place 
they  have  the  money  at  the  present  time;  and  in  the  third  place  they 
have  the  i-esi)onsil)ility  beci)use  of  the  powers  they  are  given  under  the 
State  c'(jnstitution. 

In  the  first  place  States  ought  to  share  more  of  their  revenue  with 
the  localities. 

The  localities  over  a  j^eriodof  40  years  or  more  have  spent  a  major 
portion  of  their  money  to  make  it  possible  to  operate  automobiles,  but 
the  States  have  taken  practically  all  of  the  automobile  revenues. 


590  POST-WAR    ECONOMIC    POLICY    AND    PLANNING 

In  my  opinion,  that  is  the  greatest  fiscal  injustice  that  has  ever  been 
done. 

The  municipalities  have  the  direct  expense  to  make  it  possible  to 
operate  the  automobile,  either  througli  the  construction  of  streets,  the 
maintenance  of  streets,  or  the  policing  of  the  highways. 

It  seems  to  me  the  States  ought  to  accept  greater  leadership  in 
planning,  the  expense  of  planning,  and  so  on. 

Now,  secondly,  what  might  the  Federal  Government  do  now  ? 

The  Federal  Govei'mnent  ought  to  make  as  clear  as  possible  its  own 
plans  for  the  conversion  and  post-war  period,  because  the  Federal 
Government  by  its  action  can  upset  any  and  all  plans  of  the  States  and 
localities  and,  regardless  of  what  the  States  and  localities  may  plan  to 
do,  your  action  here  can  upset  any  and  all  plans  which  they  may  make, 
because  you  may  make  plans  which  may  be  difierent  from  theirs  or  will 
encourage  other  programs. 

And,  therefore,  if  it  can  be  clear  in  a  general  way  what  the  Federal 
Government  expects  to  do  it  will  make  it  easier  for  JDoth  the  States  and 
the  localities. 

Next,  I  think  you  have  to  take  responsibility  in  the  communities 
which  have  been  upset  b^^  the  war,  either  by  war  industry  or  the  loca- 
tion of  camps. 

That  is  an  expense  connected  with  the  war  and  it  is  a  consequence 
of  war  activity. 

It  seems  to  me  that  the  entire  country  would  be  better  off  if  you 
would  accept  the  responsibility  now  of  going  into  those  communities 
and  helping  them  plan  what  they  are  to  do  when  the  war  is  over,  or 
before  the  war  is  over  and  the  activity  slows  up  or  ceases  entirely. 

That  is  a  cost  of  the  war,  it  is  primarily  a  Federal  problem,  it  would 
cut  down  greatly  the  total  expense  of  a  program  of  public  works  or 
unemployment  relief  or  any  other  program  of  that  kind  if  you  first 
take  care  of  the  communities  which  are  most  upset.  If  you  do  not, 
then  you  are  going  to  make  a  program  on  a  national  scale  which  will 
be  aimed  at  spending  the  money  at  the  highest  possible  level  to  meet 
the  difficulties  in  the  places  that  are  most  upset,  and  if  you  should  take 
care  of  those  places  which  are  in  the  greatest  difficulty  because  of  the 
war,  you  would  cut  down  by  nearly  50  percent,  in  my  opinion,  the 
total  amount  that  you  would  need  to  spend  after  the  war  to  get  the 
whole  country  on  its  feet. 

The  difficulties  will  be  greatest  in  those  communities  upset  by  the 
war  through  either  the  influx  of  population  or  through  the  migration 
of  the  population  to  other  places,  and  if  you  could  take  the  responsi- 
bility for  seeing  that  those  communities  are  pi-operly  taken  care  of, 
even  if  you  give  help  in  excess  of  what  you  give  other  places,  I  think  it 
would  be  well  taken. 

And  I  think  you  have  the  responsibility  in  those  places,  regardless 
of  what  you  think  about  the  res])onsibi]ity  in  other  places. 

Mr.  Dewey.  I  was  just  going  to  ask  you  to  elaborate  a  little  bit  on 
the  kind  of  help  you  would  suggest  giving. 

Mr.  Chatters.  I  think  you  ought  to  go  in  there,  the  same  as  you  do 
now  through  the  Committee  on  Conjested  Areas,  which  is  operating 
]  understand  through  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget. 

I  believe  that  you  should  go  into  those  communities  and  that  you 
should  try  to  take  the  initiative  with  the  local  people  in  working  out 
their  problems  for  the  present,  and  for  the  future  as  well.     Those- 


i 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  591 

comiminities  need  to  kno^Y  most  of  all  what  is  going  to  happen  to 
them. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  specifically  how  would  you  help  them  ? 

Mr.  Chatters.  Unfortunately,  there  is  no  longer,  as  I  understand 
it,  any  over-all  planning  agency  in  the  executive  branch  of  the  Govern- 
ment" through  which  that  could  be  done,  but  I  think  it  should  be  set 
up  either  in  the  executive  branch  or  in  the  legislative  branch  as  a 
planning  agency  and  go  on  directly  with  the  proper  kind  of  a  staff 
to  advise  those  places. 

You  need  to  tell  them  what  they  need  to  look  for,  and  then  help 
them  see  when  industry  is  going  to  leave  and  when  the  military  situa- 
t  ion  is  going  to  change. 

You  know  those  things  now,  or  you  are  able  to  get  the  information, 
where  the  people  of  the  communities  cannot. 

You  should  help  those  people  understand  in  advance  what  is  go- 
ing to  happen  to  their  communities,  and  you  ought  to  then  help  them 
survey  the  situation  to  know  where  the  people  came  from,  where  they 
are  likely  to  go  to ;  and  you  need  to  help  to  get  rid  of  those  people, 
get  them  back  to  where  they  want  to  go,  and  plan  special  programs 
where  the  need  is  going  to  be  the  greatest. 

The  Chair:max.  Well,  if  I  may  interrupt,  Mr.  Chatters,  right  there : 

A  lot  of  these  communities  which  you  refer  to  are  scattered  over 
the  country  and  they  are  going  to  have  real  problems.  I  can  ap- 
preciate that. 

I  live  in  a  little  community,  normal  population  of  5,000.  Now,  due 
to  shipbuilding  it  is  around  30,000. 

The  Federal  Government  under  the  provision  of  the  Lanham  Act 
passed  by  the  Congress  would  help  these  communities.  It  has  helped 
that  particular  community.  It  has  assisted  them  in  collecting  their 
sewage,  in  their  streets  and  other  facilities,  has  even  helped  them  in 
some  instances  on  their  j^olice  and  fire  forces. 

Now,  of  course,  we  all  recognize  that  when  the  war  is  over  and 
the  shipbuilding  is  finished  that  there  is  not  going  to  be  employment 
for  30,000  people  in  a  5,000  community. 

Now,  are  you  suggesting  the  Federal  Government  should  under- 
take to  tell  those  20,000  or  25,000  people  that  are  going  to  leave  this 
community  where  they  should  go,  assist  them  in  transportation,  and 
so  on  ? 

Mr.  Chatters.  No;  I  am  suggesting  that  it  would  be  wise  for  the 
community  to  know  where  the}'  came  from  and  perhaps  what  the  plans 
of  those  people  are,  and  it  might  also  be  wise  if  that  community  has 
further  neecls  on  maintenance  of  ways  or  rebuilding  of  its  streets, 
that  in  those  communities  the  public-works  program  should  be  started 
first  to  alleviate  unemployment. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  I  am  wondering  if  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Lanham  Act  if  they  are  not  going  to  be  better  off,  so  far  as  the  streets 
and  facilities  are  concerned,  than  tlie  communities  that  haven't  been 
helped  directly  by  the  Federal  Government. 

Mr.  Chatters.  My  answer  to  that  is,  "No";  that  there  were  probably 
5,000  people  in  that  town,  which  was  probably  a  nice  little  Mississippi 
town  before  the  war,  but  it  is  going  to  be  a  mess,  and  the  people  are 
going  to  find  themselves  living  in  a  city  which  is  not  half  as  desirable 
as  it  was  before  the  war. 


592  POST-WAR  ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING 

The  Chairman.  I  nm  in  thorough  sympathy  with  that  because  I 
have  experienced  that. 

Mr.  Chatters.  I  don't  know  what  community  it  is  but  they  are 
going  to  have  to  operate  those  facilities  which  they  won't  need.  You 
are  going  to  have  a  plant  for  30,000  people  and  a  population  of  10,000 
or  maybe  15,000  and  they  are  stuck  with  the  operation  of  that  plant. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  rather  than  suggesting  that  Federal  funds 
should  be  used  for  rehabilitating  that  community,  you  are  suggesting 
that  some  agency  ought  to  be  authorized  to  study  their  problem? 

Mr.  Chatters.  That  is  what  they  need  to  know  first,  just  what  their 
problem  is. 

Mr.  Dewey.  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Dewey. 

Mr.  Dewey.  In  the  good  old  days  there  apparently  was  a  little  more 
self -dependency  than  there  is  now. 

There  isn't  a  town  in  the  country  that  doesn't  have  a  chamber  of  com- 
merce or  businessmen's  organization,  and  I  should  think  rather  than 
attempting  to  set  up  some  new  big  agency  that  is  centralized  rather 
than  being  decentralized,  that  we  might  stir  up  these  organizations, 
these  chambers  of  commerce,  and  have  them  now  start  making  investi 
gations  for  the  facts  that  they  may  want  to  know  later. 

They  are  the  best  ones  to  know. 

Mr.  Chatters.  Well,  Mr.  Dewey 

Mr.  Welch.  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Welch. 

Mr.  Welch.  Off  the  record. 

(Discussion  off  the  record.) 

The  Chairman.  I  am  sorry  that  you  asked  that  this  colloquy  be  off 
the  record,  because  I  think  it  ought  to  be  in  the  record.  I  am  in  accord 
with  both  of  you. 

Mr.  Keece.  Mr.  Chairman,  Mr.  Blucher  referred  in  his  testimony 
to  his  organization  as  a  similar  organization  and  possibly  this  applies 
in  a  measure  to  you  also : 

Is  not  one  of  the  purposes  of  those  voluntary  organizations  to  co- 
operate and  encourage  the  municipalities  to  do  systematic  planning? 

Mr.  Chatters.  Yes. 

Mr.  Reece.  And  if  so  why  couldn't  those  organizations  be  the 
motivating  force  for  the  cities,  motivating  and  guiding,  rather  than 
the  Federal  Government,  since  those  comprise  the  representatives  of 
the  cities  ? 

Mr.  Chatters.  There  are  several  organizations  of  that  kind  that 
are  interested  in  helping  the  cities  and  getting  them  the  leadership 
they  want,  and  I  think  that  is  a  practical  way  of  helping  them  out 
of  their  difficulties. 

Mr.  Blucher.  May  I  interpose  there  too  in  answer  to  Mr.  Reece? 

The  Chairman.  Yes. 

Mr.  Blucher.  One  of  the  things  we  have  been  doing  is  to  hold  these 
meetings  throughout  the  United  States,  to  which  we  brought  the 
mayors  and  councilmen  and  city  engineers  and  city  representatives 
for  the  sole  purpose  of  telling  these  people  that  it  is  their  local  respon- 
sibility, they  have  got  to  do  the  job,  and  showing  them  how  they  can 
do  the  job. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  593 

That  is  one  of  our  prime  interests  at  the  present  time,  and  I  just 
Avanted  to  tell  you  that  I  agree  with  you  completely  that  that  is  'a 
thing  that  ought  to  be  done. 

The  Chairman.  All  right,  Mr.  Chatters. 

Mr.  Chatters.  The  other  things  are  brief.  They  won't  take  over 
5  or  6  minutes  I  think. 

Thei-e  is  an  honest  question  of  course  as  to  how  much  money  the 
States  and  municipalities  could  spend  for  planning  if  they  actually 
had  the  money. 

That  is,  can  they  obtain  the  engineering  services  and  the  services  of 
expert  planners  if  the  money  is  available  ? 

If  there  is  money  to  be  advanced  for  planning  it  ought  to  be  clear 
whether  that  money  can  be  spent  properly,  whether  the  people  are 
available  to  do  the  planning. 

It  seems  to  me  the  Federal  Government  should  not  do  a  tremendous 
amount  of  planning  but  that  it  should  do  the  work  of  stimulating 
activity. 

I  agree  with  Mr.  Dewey  that  the  planning  ought  to  be  done  in  the 
community  and  not  try  to  build  up  another  large  Government  agency. 

It  ought  to  be  an  agency  that  would  stimulate  the  planning  by 
telling  them  what  facts  to  get  and  how  to  interpret  them. 

That  seems  to  me  ought  to  be  the  part  of  the  Federal  Government 
in  the  planning. 

The  Chairman.  Are  you  familiar  with  the  work  that  is  being  done 
bv  the  Committee  for  Economic  Development? 

i\Ir.  Chatters.  The  office  of  the  Director  of  the  Committee  for  Eco- 
nomic Planning  is  right  next  to  me. 

The  Chairman.  Don't  you  think  they  are  doing  a  good  job? 

Mr.  Chatters.  I  certainly  do.  The  industrialists  are  going  to  know 
a  good  deal  more  than  ever  before  about  conversion  of  industry. 

Xow,  you  talked  about  the  financing  of  improvements.  I  have  said 
for  the  last  10  years  that  it  does  little  good  to  plan  unless  you  know 
where  the  money  is  coming  from.  If  it  is  for  unemployment  relief, 
perhaps  the  Federal  Government  has  a  responsibility  there,  but  beyond 
that  there  is  one  thing  the  Federal  Government  can  do,  which  it  has 
done  before,  which  will  be  veiT  helpful,  under  the  program  in  which 
the  R.  F.  C.  and  P.  W.  A.  cooperated. 

Sums  were  loaned  to  the  communities  so  that  they  financed  their 
construction  with  their  own  funds. 

Self-respecting  communities  that  are  not  able  to  borrow  for  one  rea- 
son or  another  can  get  the  money  through  an  agency  of  that  kind. 

One  of  the  things  that  could  properly  be  provided  for  by  the  Fed- 
eral Government  would  be  another  program  of  loans  on  a  sound  basis, 
as  sound  as  it  was  through  R.  F.  C.  and  P.  W.  A. 

The  history  of  those  loans  is  a  good  record.  Most  of  them  have 
been  paid  back.  Most  of  the  bonds  have  been  sold  at  a  large  profit, 
and  there  are  comparatively  few  bonds  left  in  the  hands  of  the  R.  F.  C. 

The  small  municipalities  which  cannot  get  into  the  public  market 
can  finance  their  needs  this  way. 

I  know  tlu'ough  being  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Review  of  the 
P.  W.  A.  that  the  loans  were  soundly  made,  and  a  thing  of  that  kind 
would  be  excellent  to  have  ajrain. 


594  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND    PLANNING 

The  smaller  places  do  need  help  and  they  need  leadership,  and  I  say 
again,  that  I  do  not  believe  the  Federal  Government  has  responsibility 
for  local  public  works  except  as  it  is  related  to  unemployment. 

Unemployment  is  a  national  problem,  not  a  local  problem.  It  be- 
comes more  and  more  a  national  problem.  The  unemployment  grow- 
ing out  of  the  war  seems  to  me  a  national  problem. 

To  that  extent  the  Federal  Government  has  a  responsibility  in  the 
localities,  but  I  feel  that  it  has  no  responsibility  for  public  works  as 
such  unless  they  are  related  to  unemployment. 

What  we  need  more  than  anything  else  is  some  leadership,  and,  unless 
the  Federal  program  would  develop  the  leadership,  then  there  would 
be  no  use  in  putting  out  the  money. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  for  your  statement. 

Any  further  questions? 

Mr."  Folsom 

Mr.  Fish.  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairiman.  Mr.  Fish. 

Mr.  Fish.  How  do  you  propose  that  this  committee  get  in  touch 
with  the  local  committee  or  the  city  committee  or  county  committee 
that  is  interested  in  public  works  and  their  efforts  to  provide  em- 
ployment ? 

jVir.  Chatters.  Were  you  addressing  that  to  me  or  to  Mr.  Folsom? 

The  Chairman.  It  is  Mr.  Fish. 

Mr.  Chatpers.  I  heard  you  mention  Mr.  Folsom.  I  thought  you 
were  addressing  that  to  him. 

Mr.  Fish.  No. 

Mr.  Chatters.  I  think  you  need  a  small  Federal  agency  which  will 
stimulate  planning.  The  bulk  of  the  work  should  be  done  through 
State  planning  agencies  and  local  planning  agencies,  with  the  stim- 
ulation and  pressure  coming  from  here. 

That  would  be  my  suggestion. 

The  Chairman.  Mr.  Folsom. 

Mr.  Folsom.  As  far  as  the  Federal  Government  is  concerned,  do 
you  agree  v.-ith  Mr.  Blucher  that  it  ought  to  be  on  a  50-50  basis  right 
through  the  cities,  without  going  through  the  State? 

Mr.  Chatters.  I  think  largely  you  have  to  go  through  the  States, 

I  would  make  an  exception  to  that.  In  the  communities  directly 
affected  by  the  war  I  think  it  might  be  preferable  to  deal  directly 
with  the  localities  or  permit  them  to  file  special  requests  tlirough  the 
State  ])lanning  agencies.  However,  for  the  rank  and  file  I  would 
deal  through  the  States. 

Mr.  FoLsoM.  With  reference  to  the  special  planning  agency,  do  you 
think  that  it  is  time  to  do  that  now  or  would  you  deal  later  with  that? 

Mr.  Chatters.  I  Ijelieve  most  of  the  States  have  a  planning  agency, 

Mr.  Folsom.  Well,  have  most  of  the  States  got  a  planning  commis- 
sion set  up  now  to  do  the  things  you  suggest? 

Mr.  Chatters.  A  large  number  of  them  have. 

Mr.  Folsom.  Well,  isn't  that  the  better  approach  rather  than  have 
them  come  here  ? 

Mr.  Chatters.  If  the  Federal  Government  has  an  interest  in  em- 
ployment or  unem])loyment  then  I  think  it  needs  to  stimulate  the  ac- 
tivity, and  that  should  be  its  primary  job,  except  in  communities 
directly  affected  by  the  war,  and  I  think  there  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment has  the  primary  responsibility. 


I 


POST-WAR   ECOXOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  595 

Mr.  FoLsOM.  I  know  it  is  true  in  New  York  State  they  have  a  post- 
war phmnino;  commission  there.  They  are  actually  working  with  the 
Jocal  communities. 

Why  can't  they  do  a  lot  of  stimulatino-  themselves? 

Mr.  Chatters.  They  can,  and  they  should. 

Mr.  FoLj^OM.  There  may  be  other  connnittees  working  on  the  same 
plan. 

Mr.  Chatters,  Yes. 

Where  there  is  a  strong  planning  agency  in  the  State  I  think  things 
should  be  focused  through  the  State  planning  agency,  with  the  pos- 
sible exception  of  communities  which  are  war  casualties. 

Mr.  FoLsoM.  But  you  think  the  matching  50-50  would  stimulate  a 
great  deal  of  planning? 

Mr.  Chatters.  Well,  I  cannot  say  that  I  api:)rove  that  formula  more 
than  any  others,  because  if  it  works  in  half  the  places  it  doesn't  work 
in  tlie  other  half.  And  I  believe  there  are  places  where  the  Govern- 
ment ought  to  pay  the  entire  cost. 

You  take  Vallejo  and  other  places  in  California.  The  Federal 
Government  has  considerable  responsibility  in  places  like  that  be- 
cause the  people  who  lived  in  those  communities  before  the  war  were 
not  interested  in  having  their  cities  grow  from  20.000  to  100,000. 
They  would  rather  see  it  back  like  it  was  before  the  war. 

Mr.  FoLso^r.  But  you  would  suggest  a  50-50  allocation? 

Mr.  Chatters.  I  would  much  ])refer  to  see  it  flexible.  If  you  make 
it  rigid  it  misfits  more  than  it  fits.  It  can  be  justified  as  a  compromise, 
and  that  is  all. 

Mr.  FoLso^r.  Well,  what  do  you  do  with  States  that  already  have  a 
matching  proposition,  like  Michigan  and  New  York? 

Mr.  Chatters.  There  your  only  hope  is  to  work  it  out  through  the 
State  i)lanning  commission  to  see  whether  or  not  you  need  to  put  up 
anything. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much,  sir. 

The  committee  will  stand  adjourned  until  tomorrow  morning  at  10 
Avhen  we  meet  with  the  Post -War  Committee  of  the  Senate  in  the 
caucus  room,  Senate  Office  Building. 

(Whereupon,  at  12 :  10  p.  m.,  the  committee  adjourned.) 

STATEMENT  OF  JOHN  F.  FENNELLY,  EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOK, 
COMMITTEE  FOR  ECONOMIC  DEVELOPMENT 

Mr.  Fennelly.  I  welcome  the  opportunity  to  present  to  the  House 
Committee  on  Post-war  Economic  Policy  and  Planning  the  views  of 
the  Committee  for  Economic  Development  on  the  problems  which 
small  business  in  the  United  States  will  face  after  the  end  of  the  war. 
As  you  doubtless  realize,  the  C.  E.  D.  is  concentrating  its  attention 
entirely  on  the  post-war  aspects  of  such  problems  and  has  avoided 
entering  into  consideration  of  more  immediate  problems  which  have 
arisen  in  coimection  with  the  wartime  emergency. 

Since  its  inception,  the  C.  E.  D.  has  devoted  particular  attention 
to  small  business  problems  and,  at  an  early  meeting,  the  board  of 
trustees  expressed  its  conviction  that  the  maintenance  of  conditions 
favorable  to  the  organization  and  growth  of  small,  independent  en- 
terprise is  essential  to  the  preservation  of  a  free  society  after  the  war. 


596  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND    PLANNING 

As  a  result  of  this  conviction,  tlic  C.  E.  D.  established  last  year  a 
national  committee  on  the  special  problems  of  small  business,  consist- 
ing of  representative  small  businessmen  and  under  the  chairmanship 
of  Mr.  Lou  Holland,  president  of  the  Holland  Engraving  Co.,  of 
Kansas  City,  and  former  chairman  of  the  Smaller  War  Plants  Corpora- 
tion. This  committee  has  been  meeting  regularly  in  an  earnest  study 
of  the  problems  of  small  business  and  some  months  ago  published  a 
statement  entitled  "Small  Business  After  the  War,"  which  set  forth 
a  proposed  program  of  action. 

The  core  of  this  program  is  expressed  in  the  following  quotation 
from  this  statement : 

No  solution  of  the  problems  of  small  business  can  be  evolved  within  a  brief 
period  of  time,  or  by  the  activities  of  any  one  group.  These  problems  do  not 
lend  themselves  to  quick  and  ingenious  answers,  nor  can  they  be  solved  merely 
by  the  enactment  of  remedial  or  punitive  legislation. 

What  is  called  for  is  a  concerted  attack  on  the  special  problems  of  small 
business  over  a  long  period  of  time  by  many  different  private  groups  and  by 
various  agencies  of  Federal,  State,  and  local  Governments.  Concurrent  pro- 
grams of  national  action  and  of  action  by  each  separate  community  will  be 
required. 

As  an  integral  part  of  its  proposals,  the  committee  urged  the  forma- 
tion of  community  committees  on  the  special  problems  of  small  busi- 
ness in  each  of  the  2,000  separate  communities  in  which  the  C.  E.  D. 
is  now  operating. 

While  it  recognized  the  importance  of  national  action  on  the  prob- 
lems of  small  business,  the  committee  emphasized  the  value  and  impor- 
tance of  decentralized  and  local  action  in  each  community  to  help  small 
business  help  itself.  We  believe  that  such  a  program  is  much  more 
consistent  with  the  American  spirit  of  individual  enterprise  than  one 
which  would  propose  to  solve  the  problems  of  small  business  by  means 
of  governmental  subsidies. 

In  its  Nation-wide  efforts  to  stimulate  American  businessmen  to 
prepare  bold  and  intelligent  plans  for  the  post-war  period,  the  C.  E.  D. 
is  concentrating  its  attention  very  largely  upon  the  problems  of  the 
2,000.000  medium-sized  and  small-business  employers.  It  recognizes 
that  the  less  than  3,500  business  establishments  which  employ  1,000  or 
more  workers  each  are  usually  capable  of  doing  their  own  post-war 
planning  without  outside  assistance. 

The  committee  is  now  engaged  in  preparing  a  handbook  for  the  use 
of  community  C.  E.  D.  committees  to  guide  them  in  coming  to  grips 
with  the  special  problems  of  small  business.  This  handbook  shortly 
to  be  issued  will  emphasize  the  following  areas  in  which  community 
action  can  help  small  business  help  itself. 

1.  Aids  to  management,  information  needed  to  guide  small  business 
in  general  business  decisions  and  planning. 

2.  Technical  information,  guidance,  and  assistance  on  research,  new 
production  methods,  and  so  forth. 

3.  Financial  and  credit  assistance,  both  as  to  short-term  credit  and 
long-term  capital  needs. 

4.  Opportunities  for  new  business,  particularly  for  veterans  and  war 
workers  seeking  to  go  into  business  for  themselves. 

5.  Eemoval  of  local  obstacles  to  the  birth  and  growth  of  small  enter- 
prise. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  597 

In  a  statement  issued  last  fall  entitled  "Post-war  Employment  and 
the  Settlement  of  Terminated  War  Contracts,"  the  research  committee 
of  the  C  E.  D.  iii'oed  the  importance  of  giving  special  consideration  to 
small  business  in  the  speedy  and  equitable  settlement  of  war  contracts. 
In  this  connection- it  recommended  that  mandatory  loans  against  war- 
contract  claims  be  made  available  directly  to  small  subcontractors  as 
well  as  to  prime  contractors. 

The  C.  E.  D.  research  committee  will  shortly  issue  a  statement  in 
connection  with  Dr.  A.  D.  H.  Kaplan's  research  study  on  the  subject 
of  the  liquidation  of  war  production,  contract  termination,  disposal  of 
Government  surpluses,  war  plants,  and  equipment.  In  this  statement 
the  committee  will  urge  that  contract-termination  policies  give  special 
consideration  to  the  problems  of  small  business,  particularly  during 
the  period  of  partial  reconversion.  To  the  extent  compatible  with 
military  needs  during  such  a  period,  the  reopening  of  civilian  produc- 
tion should  be  timed  to  coincide  with  contract  cancelations  so  that  small 
manufacturers  will  not  be  left  stranded  without  any  war  orders  and 
still  unable  to  resume  the  production  of  peacetime  goods.  In  connec- 
tion with  surplus  disposal,  the  statement  will  urge  that  goods  be  made 
available  to  consumers  and  other  ultimate  users  on  the  widest  possible 
scale  with  equal  opportunity  and  bidding,  and  goods  offered  in  quanti- 
ties within  the  reach  of  small  purchasers.  In  connection  with  the  dis- 
posal of  Government  plants,  the  statement  will  urge  that  the  disposal 
policy  be  aimed  at  a  wider  disposition  of  facilities,  and  provide  suffi- 
ciently liberal  terms  to  give  small  business  the  opportunity  to 
participate. 

In  the  pamphlet  entitled  "Small  Business  After  the  War,"  the 
C.  E.  D.  committee  on  the  special  problems  of  small  business  made  the 
following  statement : 

If,  as  now  seems  likely,  the  first  phase  of  reconversion  involves  a  partial  re- 
opening of  civilian  industry,  it  is  most  important  that  small  industrial  units  be 
accorded  fair  treatment  in  the  allocation  of  materials  and  the  establishment  of 
production  quotas.  The  conversion  of  industry  to  war  production  involved 
severe  handicaps  for  many  small  businesses  Such  handicaps  should  be  mini- 
mized during  the  peroid  of  reconversion. 

If  the  smaller  units  can  reconvert  more  rapidly  than  the  larger  establishments, 
the  small  businesses  should  not  be  required  to  wait  on  the  time  schedules  of  the 
large  companies.  Moreover,  limited  production  quotas  should  not  be  established 
so  as  to  place  the  smaller  members  of  an  industry  on  an  unprofitable  operating 
basis,  while  permitting  the  larger  concerns  to  operate  at  a  profit. 

This  same  pamphlet  stated  a  belief  that  the  antitrust  laws  of  the 
United  States  should  be  strictly  enforced,  and  recommended  that  con- 
tinuing studies  be  undertaken  by  governmental  and  private  agencies 
of  monopolistic  business  practices,  cartels,  patents,  trade  barriers, 
building  codes,  and  all  governmental,  business,  and  labor  restrictions 
to  the  birth  and  growth  of  small  enterprise. 

I  hope  the  above  summary  of  our  program  and  of  our  recommenda- 
tions to  date  provides  sufficient  evidence  that  the  C.  E.  D.  recognizes 
fully  the  importance  of  the  problems  of  small  business  and  is  doing 
its  utmost  to  assist  in  the  solution  of  these  problems  in  a  manner  which 
will  promote  a  dynamic  and  expending  economy  under  a  system  of 
private  enterprise.  As  stated  above,  we  believe  that  the  best  solu- 
tion lies  in  enabling  small  businessmen  to  help  themselves  rather  than 
one  which  would  make  them  increasingly  dependent  upon  hand-outs 
from  the  Government.     If  this  is  to  be  accomplished,  we  are  convinced 


598  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND    PLANNING 

small  business,  as  well  as  large,  must  have  a  favorable  economic  cli- 
mate in  which  to  operate  when  the  war  is  over.  Small  business  has 
been  particularly  hampered  by  existing  tax  policies  and  by  many  war- 
time regulations  and  tlie  enormous  weight  of  paper  work  induced 
by  a  central  system  of  control. 

From  conversations  with  many  businessmen  from  all  j^arts  of  the 
country,  I  can  assure  you  that  small  Inisinessmen  are  vastly  more  con- 
cerned about  the  removal  of  such  regulations  when  the  war  is  over  and 
in  a  revision  of  Federal  tax  policies  which  will  provide  adeqate  in- 
centives for  risk  capital  than  they  are  in  any  other  forms  of  assistance 
which  the  Federal  Government  might  provide.  I  can  also  assure  you 
of  my  conviction  that  such  a  recasting  of  the  Federal  tax  system  after 
the  war  is  vital  if  we  are  genuinely  interested  in  the  health  of  small 
business  and  in  the  preservation  of  a  free  society. 

We  in  the  C.  E.  D.  are  urging  businessmen  both  large  and  small 
to  make  bold  and  intelligent  plans  for  the  post-war  period  without 
waiting  for  the  necessary  changes  in  taxation  to  be  effected.  We  tell 
them  that  if  they  wait  until  all  such  national  policy  problems  are 
settled,  most  of  them  never  will  be  settled.  We  urge  them  to  take 
action  now  in  the  faith  that  the  creation  of  a  favorable  economic  cli- 
mate for  private  enterprise  after  the  war  can  and  will  be  achieved. 
I  can  assure  you,  however,  that  the  sooner  assurances  can  be  given 
on  such  subjects  as  taxation,  the  sooner  will  it  be  possible  for  the 
country  to  move  ahead  into  an  era  of  expansion  which  we  believe 
will  be  essential  to  solve  the  post-w^ar  problems  of  employment  and 
all  specific  problems  related  thereto. 

In  addition  to  the  committee  on  the  special  problems  of  small  busi- 
ness, the  C.  E,  D.  has  established  a  financial  advisory  committee, 
in  conjunction  with  the  American  Bankers  Association  and  the  In- 
vestment Bankers  Association,  to  advise  with  it  on  best  ways  and 
means  of  providing  financial  assistance  to  small  business  in  the  post- 
war period.  Through  this  committee,  we  have  been  advised  of  the 
program  of  the  American  Bankers  Association  for  providing  adequate 
credit  for  small  business  throughout  the  country.  We  believe  that 
this  program  is  sound  and  constructive  and  offers  great  promise  for 
small  enterprise  in  the  years  that  lie  ahead. 

Through  C.  E.  D.  community  committees,  we  are  urging  the  form- 
ation in  every  community  of  a  central  group  to  provide  assistance 
to  local  small  business  in  obtaining  their  credit  and  capital  require- 
ments. We  are  convinced  that  the  heart  of  the  small  businessman's 
financial  problems  is  securing  adequate  equity  capital,  and  that  the 
greatest  hope  for  a  solution  of  this  problem  lies  in  community  action. 
The  committee  recognizes,  however,  that  the  ability  of  small  busi- 
ness to  obtain  credit  and  capital  will  depend  largely  upon  the  broad 
question  of  a  satisfactory  climate  for  private  entei'prise,  and  that 
unless  the  Federal-tax  structure  is  revised  after  the  war  so  as  to  en- 
courage the  investment  of  risk  capital,  private  efforts  to  finance  small 
enterprise  either  on  a  local  or  a  national  basis  are  likely  to  prove  un- 
availing. While  the  C.  E.  D.  has  as  y.et  reached  no  definitive  conclu- 
sions on  the  subject  of  financing  of  small  business  after  the  war, 
it  does  believe  that  every  opportunity  should  be  given  to  provide 
such  financing  needs  through  private  sources,  and  that  resort  to  gov- 
ernmental financing  of  small  business  should  not  be  had  unless  and 
until  it  can  be  proved  that  private  agencies  cannot  do  the  job. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY    AND    PLANNING  599 

Finally,  I  should  like  to  express  my  own  personal  conviction  that 
adequate  financing  will  be  available  from  private  sources  provided 
only  that  business  enterprise  is  given  a  favorable  economic  climate 
in  which  to  operate. 

As  an  example  of  what  I  mean,  I  shoidd  like  to  cite  from  my  own 
personal  business  experiences.  For  many  years  prior  to  my  coming 
to  ^^'ashino•ton.  at  the  time  of  Pearl  Harbor,  I  served  as  an  invest- 
ment banker.  As  yoti  dotibtless  realize,  the  investment -banking  busi- 
ness was  neither  a  very  popular  nor  profitable  profession  during  the 
whole  decade  after  1929.  At  best  it  is  a  highly  risky  business  but, 
tinder  the  tax  laws  of  recent  years,  it  has  been  impossible  for  the 
jjrofits  of  1  year  to  offset  the  losses  of  another.  As  a  result  of  such 
taxation  and  of  losses  incurred,  the  amount  of  capital  in  the  invest- 
ment-banking business  suffered  a  severe  decline  from  1929  to  1940. 
J  could  cite  you  many  specific  instances  of  individuals  who  withdrew 
their  money  from  this  business  because  the  tax  laws  made  it  a  game 
of  "heads  you  win,  tails  I  lose."". 

As  a  result  of  these  developments,  T  have  recently  heard  fears  ex- 
pressed that  the  capital  remaining  in  the  business  will  not  prove  ade- 
quate to  handle  the  volume  of  financing  which  will  be  required  for  an 
expanding  economy  in  the  post-war  period.  I  can  assure  3^011  that 
this  will  not  be  the  case  if  there  is  a  genuine  demand  for  such  capital 
expansion  and  pi'ovided  tax  laws  are  revised  so  as  to  make  it  once 
more  attractive  for  venture  capital  to  invest  once  more  in  what  is 
essentially  risk  enterprise.  In  speaking  of  the  investment  business, 
I  hope  you  will  realize  that  1  am  talking  about  small  business  as 
well  as  large.  There  are  many  hundreds  of  small  investment  dealers 
throughout  this  country  with  capital  resources  of  $50,000  and  less, 
as  well  as  a  small  number  of  itationally  known  investment  firms  with 
large  resources.  From  my  personal  knowledge  of  this  business,  I  can 
assure  you  there  is  ample  capital  available  to  enter  it  and  that  it  will 
be  readily  forthcoming  provided  only  that  opportunities  exist  for 
profitable  operations  and  that  taxation  policies  are  such  as  to  justify 
an  individual  to  take  the  risks  inherent  in  the  business.  Although  I 
cannot  speak  with  the  same  intimate  knowledge,  I  strongly  suspect 
that  the  same  situation  prevails  in  businesses  of  all  kinds. 

In  conclusion  I  should  like  to  emphasize  my  own  personal  convic- 
tion that  it  is  time  we  all  make  up  our  minds  whether  or  not  we  really 
wish  to  preserve  a  system  of  private  enterprise  in  the  United  States 
after  the  war. 

If  we  do,  we  must  recognize  that  we  cannot  ride  two  horses  moving 
in  opposite  directions.  We  cannot  merely  give  lip  service  to  a  sys- 
tem of  free  enterprit;e  and  at  the  same  time  advocate  policies  which 
make  impossible  the  proper  functioning  of  such  a  system  and  promote 
the  development  of  an  entirely  different  kind  of  society. 

Note:  See  appendix,  exhibit  No.  14,  for  H.  R.  5125,  bill  introduced  by  Mr. 
t   Colmer   to   provide  for   disposal    of  surplus  Government   property   and  plants. 


600  post-war  economic  policy  and  planning 

Exhibit  No,  14 

[H.  R.  5125,  78th  Cong.,  2d  sess.] 

A  BILL  To  provide  for  the  disposal  of  surplus  Government  property  and  plants,  and  for 

otlier  purposes 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the  United  States 
of  America  in  Congress  assembled, 

OBJECTIVES 

Section  1.  The  Congress  herebj^  declares  that  the  objectives  of  this  Act  are  to 
facilitate  and  regulate  the  orderly  disposal  of  surplus  property  so  as — 

(a)  to  assure  the  most  effective  use  of  such  property  for  the  purposes  of 
war  and  national  defense ; 

(b)  to  facilitate  the  transition  of  enterprises  from  wartime  to  peacetime 
production  and  of  individuals  from  wartime  to  peacetime  employment ; 

(c)  to  promote  production,  employment  of  labor,  and  utilization  of  the 
productive  capacity,  and  the  natural  and  agricultural  resources  of  the 
country ; 

(d)  to  avoid  dislocations  of  the  domestic  economy  and  of  international 
economic  relations ; 

(e)  to  discourage  monopolistic  practices,  preserve  and  strengthen  tlie  com- 
petitive position  of  small  business ; 

(f )  to  foster  the  wide  distribution  of  surplus  commodities  to  consumers  at 
fair  prices ; 

(g)  to  effect  broad  and  equitable  distribution  of  surplus  property ;  and 
(h)   to  realize  the  highest  obtainable  return  for  the  Government  consistent 

with  the  maintenance  and  encouragement  of  a  healthy  competitive  economy. 

DEFINITIONS 

Sec.  £•.  As  used  in  this  Act — 

(a)  The  term  "Government  agency"  means  any  executive  department,  board, 
bureau,  independent  commission,  or  other  agency  in  the  executive  branch  of  the 
Federal  Government,  and  any  corporation  wholly  owned  and  controlled  by  the 
United  States. 

(b)  The  term  "owning  agency"  means  a  Government  agency  having  control 
of  property  at  or  before  the  time  when  it  is  determined  to  be  surplus  to  the 
needs  and  responsibilities  of  that  agency. 

(c)  The  term  "disposal  agency"  means  any  Government  agency  designated 
imder  this  Act  to  handle  disposition  of  one  or  more  classes  of  surplus  property. 

(d)  The  term  "property"  means  any  interest  in  property,  real  or  personal, 
owned  by  the  United  States  or  any  Government  agency,  including,  but  not  limited 
to  plants,  facilities,  equipment,  machinery,  accessories,  parts,  assemblies,  prod- 
ucts, commodities,  materials,  and  supplies  of  all  kinds,  whether  new  or  used, 
and  wherever  located. 

(e)  The  term  "sui'plus  proi)erty"  means  any  property  which  has  been  de- 
termined to  be  surplus  to  the  needs  and  responsibilities  of  the  owning  agencies 
in  accordance  with  section  7  of  this  Act. 

(f)  The  term  "contractor  inventoi-y"  means  (1)  any  property  related  to  a 
terminated  contract  of  any  type  with  a  Government  agency  or  to  a  subcontract 
thereunder  (except  any  machinery  or  equipment  subject  to  a  separate  contract 
or  contract  article  specifically  governing  its  use  or  disposition)  ;  and  (2)  any 
property  acquired  under  a  cost-plus-a-fixed-fee  contract  and  in  excess  of  the 
amounts  needed  to  complete  performance  thereunder;  and  (3)  any  projjerty 
which  the  Government  is  obligated  to  take  over  under  any  type  of  contract  as  a 
result  of  any  change  in  the  specifications  or  plans  thereunder. 

(g)  The  term  "'care  and  handling"  includes  repairing,  converting,  rehabilitat- 
ing, operating,  maintaining,  preserving,  protecting,  insuring,  storing,  packing, 
handling,  and  transporting. 

(h)  The  term  "option"  means  any  contractural  right  to  retain  or  acquire  any 
property  at  a  price  and  upon  terms  prescribed  or  determined  by  the  contract. 

(i)  The  term  "person"  means  any  individual,  corporation,  partnership,  firm, 
association,  trust,  estate,  or  other  entity. 

(j)   The  term   "Administrator"  means   the   Surplus  Property  Administrator. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  601 

SURPLUS   PROPERTY    ADMINISTRATOR 

Sec.  3.  (a)  There  is  hereby  established  the  Surplus  Property  Administration 
which  shall  be  headed  by  a  Surplus  Property  Administrator.  The  Administrator 
shall  be  appointed  by  the  President  by  and  with  the  consent  of  the  Senate,  shall 
receive  compensation  at  the  rate  of  $12,000  per  year,  and  shall  serve  for  a  term 
of  two  years. 

(b)  The  Administrator  may,  within  the  limits  of  funds  which  may  be  made 
available,  employ  and  fix  the  compensation  of  necessary  personnel  without  regard 
to  the  provisions  of  the  civil-service  laws  and  the  Classification  Act  of  1923  and 
make  expenditures  for  supplies,  facilities,  and  services  necessary  for  the  per- 
formance (if  his  functions  under  this  Act.  The  Administrator  shall  perform  the 
duties  imposed  upon  him  through  the  personnel  and  facilities  of  the  established 
Government  agencies  so  far  as  consistent  with  his  duty  to  insure  uniform  and 
efficient  administration  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

(c)  The  Administrator  shall  have  general  supervision  and  direction  over  (1) 
the  care  and  handling  and  disposition  of  surplus  property  and  (2)  The  transfer 
of  surplus  property  between  Government  agencies. 

SURPLUS  PROPERTY  BOARD 

Sec.  4.  There  is  hereby  created  a  Surplus  Property  Advisory  Board  with  which 
the  Administrator  shall  advise  and  consult.  The  Board  shall  be  composed  of  the 
Administrator,  who  shall  act  as  its  chairman,  and  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  the 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  the  Secretary  of  War,  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  the 
Attorney  General,  the  Secretary  of  Commerce,  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior, 
the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Smaller  War  Plants  Corporation,  the 
Chairman  of  the  United  States  Maritime  Commission,  the  Chairman  of  the  War 
Production  Board,  the  Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget,  the  Administrator 
of  the  War  Food  Administration,  the  Administrator  of  the  Federal  Works  Agency, 
the  Chairman  of  the  Civil  Aeronautics  Board,  and  the  Administrator  of  the  For- 
eign Economic  Administration,  or  any  alternate  or  representative  designated  by 
any  of  them. 

SURVEILLANCE  BY  CONGRESS 

Sec.  5.  (a)  To  assist  the  Congress  in  appraising  the  administration  of  this  Act 
and  in  developing  such  amendments  or  related  legislation  as  may  be  necessary 
to  accomplish  the  objectives  of  the  Act,  the  appropriate  committees  of  the  Senate 
and  the  House  of  Representatives  shall  study  the  reports  and  information  sub- 
mitted to  the  Congress  imder  this  Act  and  shall  otherwise  maintain  continuous 
surveillance  of  the  oi>erations  of  the  Government  agencies  under  the  Act. 

(b)  Within  three  months  after  the  enactment  of  this  Act,  and  thereafter  in 
January,  April,  July,  and  October  of  each  year,  the  Administrator  shall  submit 
to  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  a  quarterly  progress  report  on  the 
exercise  of  his  authority  and  discretion  under  this  Act,  the  status  of  surplus 
property  disposition,  and  such  other  pertinent  information  on  the  administra- 
tion of  the  Act  as  will  enable  the  Congress  to  evaluate  its  administration  and  the 
need  for  amendments  and  related  legislation. 

(c)  The  Administrator  shall  submit  to  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives 
copies  of  the  regulations  prescribed  by  him  from  time  to  time  under  this  Act 
within  thirty  days  after  the  effective  date  of  such  regulation. 

PLANNING 

Sec.  6.  (a)  The  Administrator  shall  formulate  as  rapidly  as  possible  detailed 
plans — 

(1)  for  the  care  and  handling,  and  disposition  of  surplus  property  in 
accordance  with  this  Act; 

(2)  for  converting  to  civilian  production  by  private  industry  as  rapidly 
as  war  needs  and  conditions  i^ermit  any  Government-owned  plants  which 
are  not  needed  for  national  defen.se  and  are  capable  of  use  for  civilian 
production ;  and 

(3)  for  facilitating  the  most  economical  use  and  disposition  of  Govern- 
ment-owned plants  which  are  not  needed  for  national  defense  but  are  not 
capable  of  use  for  civilian  production. 

(b)  The  Administrator  shall  make  such  studies  as  he  deems  necessarv  for  the 
formulation  of  such  plans  or  shall  cause  such  studies  to  be  made  by  other  Gov- 
ernment agencies. 


602  POST-WAR   ECOXOMIC    POLICY   AND    PLANNING 

DECLARATION   OF    SURPLUS   PROPERTY 

Sec.  7.  (a)  Each  owning  agency  shall  have  the  duty  and  responsibility  con- 
tinuously to  survey  the  property  in  its  control  and  to  determine  which  of  such 
property  is  surplus  to  its  needs  and  responsibilities.  For  the  duration  of  hostili- 
ties in  the  present  war,  such  determination  shall  be  the  exclusive  province  of  the 
owning  agencies,  but  thereafter  the  Administrator  shall  have  power  to  require 
such  a  determination  upon  a  finding  by  him  that  any  property  is  surplus  to  tho 
needs  and  responsibilities  of  an  owning  agency. 

(b)  Each  owning  agency  shall  promptly  report  to  the  appropriate  disposal 
agency  all  surplus  property  in  its  control  which  the  owning  agency  does  not 
dispose  of  under  section  8. 

DISPOSITION    BY   OWNING    AGENCY 

Sec.  8.  (a)  Any  owning  agency  may  dispose  of  any  iiroperty  for  the  purpose 
of  war  production  or  authorize  any  contractor  with  such  agency  or  subcon- 
tractor thereunder  to  retain  or  dispose  of  any  contractor  inventories  for  the 
purpose  of  war  production,  subject  only  to  the  regulations  of  the  Administrator 
with  respect  to  price  policies. 

(b)  Subject  to  subsection  (c)  of  this  .section,  any  owning  agency  may  dispo.se 
of— 

(1)  any  property  which  is  damaged  or  worn  beyond  economical  repair; 

(2)  any  waste,  salvage,  scrap,  or  other  similar  items; 

(3)  any  products  of  industrial,  research,  agricultural,  or  livestock  opera- 
tions, or  of  any  public  works  construction  or  maintenance  ijroject,  carried 
on  by  such  agency ; 

(4)  any  contractor  inventory  in  its  control;  and 

(5)  any  other  class  or  type  of  surplus  property  designated  by  the  Admin- 
istrator. 

(c)  Whenever  he  deems  such  actions  necessary  to  effectuate  the  objectives 
and  policies  of  this  Act,  the  Administrator,  by  regulations,  shall  restrict  the 
authority  of  any  owning  agency  to  dispose  of  any  class  of  surplus  property  luider 
subsection  (b)  of  this  section. 

DISPOSAL   AGENCIES 

Sec.  9.  (a)  The  Administrator,  by  regulations,  shall  designate  one  or  more 
Government  agencies  to  act  as  disposal  agencies  under  this  Act  and  shall  prescribe 
the  class  or  classes  of  surplus  property  to  be  handled  by  each  such  agency : 
Provided,  however.  That  the  United  States  Maritime  Commission  shall  be  the  sole 
disposal  agency  for  merchant  vessels  or  vessels  capable  of  conversion  to  merchant 
use,  and  that  such  vessels  shall  be  disposed  of  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  the  Merchant  Marine  Act.  1930,  as  amended,  and  other  laws  authorizing  the 
sale  of  such  vessels. 

(b)  When  any  surplus  property  is  reported  to  it  under  subsection  (b)  of  section 
7,  the  disposal  agency  shall  have  re.sponsibility  and  authority  for  the  disposition 
of  such  property,  and  for  the  care  and  handling  of  such  property  pending  its 
disposition.  Where  any  disposal  agency  is  not  prepared,  at  the  time  of  its  desig-v 
nation  under  this  Act,  to  undertake  the  care  and  handling  of  such  surplus  prop- 
erty,  the  Administrator  may  postpone  the  responsibility  of  the  agency  to  assume  its 
duty  for  care  and  handling  for  such  period  as  he  deems  necessary  to  ijermit  its 
preparation  therefor,  but  the  owning  agency  shall  be  reimbursed,  pursuant  to 
subsection  (b)  of  section  17.  for  its  expenses  for  the  care  and  handling  of  such 
surplus  property  during  such  period. 

(c)  The  Administrator,  by  regulations,  shall  prescribe  policies,  standards, 
methods,  and  procedures  to  govei-n  the  exercise  by  any  disposal  agency  of  its 
authority  under  subsection  (b)  of  this  section. 

TRANSFERS  BETWEEN  AGENCIES 

Sec.  10.  (a)  The  Administrator  shall  establish  procedures  to  facilitate  the 
transfer  to  each  Government  agency,  for  the  performance  of  its  functions,  of 
surplus  property  of  other  Government  agencies.  Each  Government  agency  shall 
make  the  fullest  practicable  use  of  surplus  property  in  order  to  avoid  unnecessary 
commercial  purchases. 


POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AND   PLANNING  603 

(b)  The  disposal  agency  responsible  for  any  such  property  shall  transfer  it  to 
the  agency  acquiring  it  at  the  fair  value  of  the  property  as  fixed  by  the  disposal 
agency,  under  regulations  of  the  Administrator,  unless  transfer  without  reim- 
bursement or  transfer  of  funds  is  otherwise  authorized  by  law. 

METHODS  OF  DISPOSITION 

Skc.  11.  (a)  Wiierever  any  C4overnment  agency  is  authorized  to  dispose  of 
property  under  this  Act,  then,  notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  any  other  law 
but  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  the  agency  may  dispose  of  such  property 
by  sale,  exchange,  lease.  Transfer,  or  other  disposition,  for  cash,  credit,  other 
property,  or  otherwise,  with  or  without  warranty,  and  upon  such  other  terms  and 
conditions,  as  the  agency  deems  proper. 

(b)  Whenever  the  Goverunient  agency  authorized  to  dispose  of  any  property 
finds  that  it  has  no  commercial  value  or  that  the  cost  of  its  iiandling  and  sale 
would  exceed  the  estimated  proceeds,  the  agency  may  donate  such  property  to 
any  agency  or  institution  supported  by  the  Federal  Government  or  any  State  or 
local  government,  or  to  any  nonprofit  educational  or  charitable  organization,  or, 
if  that  is  not  feasible,  shall  destroy  or  otherwise  dispose  of  such  property. 

(c)  The  Administrator,  by  regulations,  shall  prescribe  such  policies  governing 
prices  and  other  terms  and  conditions  of  dispositions  under  the  authority  of  sub- 
sections (a)  and  (b)  of  this  section,  as  he  deems  necessary  to  effectuate  the 
objectives  and  policies  of  this  Act. 

(d)  A  deed,  bill  of  sale,  lease,  or  other  instrument  executed  by  or  on  behalf 
of  any  Government  agency  purporting  to  transfer  title  or  any  other  interest  in 
property  under  this  Act  shall  be  conclusive  evidence  of  compliance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  insofar  as  title  or  other  interest  of  any  bona  fide  purchasers  for 
value  is  concerned. 

POLICIES  GOVERNING  DISPOSITION 

Sec.  12.  In  formulating  regulations  to  govern  the  care  and  handling  and  dis- 
position of  surplus  property  under  this  Act.  the  Administrator  shall  be  guided  by 
the  fibjectives  stated  in  section  1  of  this  Act.  and  shall  give  effect  to  the  following 
policies  to  the  extent  feasible,  and  in  the  public  interest : 

(a.)  To  facilitate  transfers  of  surplus  property  of  one  Government  agency  to 
other  Government  agencies  for  their  use. 

(b)  To  afford  public,  governmental,  educational,  charitable,  and  eleemosynary 
institutions  and  cooperative  organizations  an  opportunity  to  fulfill  their  legitijnate 
needs. 

(c)  To  afford  returning  veterans  an  opportunity  to  establish  themselves  as 
proprietors  of  agricultural  and  business  enterprises. 

(dl  To  afford  smaller  business  concerns  and  agricultural  enterprises  generally 
an  opportunity  to  acquire  surplus  property  on  equal  terms  with  larger  competitors ; 
to  prescribe  regulations  and  issue  directives  necessary  to  provide  as  far  as  prac- 
ticable for  uniform  and  wide  public  notice  concerning  surplus  property  available 
for  sale  and  for  adequate  time  intervals  between  notice  and  sale  so  that  all 
interested  purchasers  shall  have  a  fair  opportunity  to  buy ;  to  utilize  commercial 
channels  of  distribution  to  the  extent  consistent  with  efficient  and  economic  distri- 
bution, and  to  discourage  sales  to  speculators;  to  collaborate  with  Smaller  War 
Plants  Corporation  and  to  employ  other  appropriate  means  to  give  effect  to  this 
section. 

(e)  To  afford  former  owners  of  surplus  real  property  acquired  by  the  Govern- 
ment by  the  exercise  of  its  war  powers  an  opportunity  to  reacquire  such  property. 

(f)  To  encourage  mutually  beneficial  trade  i-elations  with  foreign  nations  and 
to  develop  foreign  markets. 

(g)  To  dispose  of  surplus  property  as  promptly  as  feasible  without  fostering 
monopoly  or  restraint  of  trade,  or  unduly  disturbing  the  economy,  or  encouraging 
hoarding  of  .such  property:  and  to  facilitate  prompt  redistribution  of  such  prop- 
erty to  consumers. 

(hi  To  realize  the  highest  obtainable  return  for  the  Government  from  such 
surplus  property,  consistent  with  the  policies  and  objectives  set  forth  in  this  Act. 

DISPOSITION   OF   PLANTS 

Seo.  13.  Nothing  in  this  Act  .shall  impair,  amend,  or  modify  the  antitrust  laws 
or  limit  or  prevent  their  application  to  persons  why  buy  or  otherwise  acquire 
property  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act.     Upon  the  request  of  the  Attorney 
99579 — 44— pt.  .3 8 


604  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AXD    PLAXXIXG 

General  the  Adiuiuistratoi-  or  any  other  GovernDient  agency  shall  furnish  or 
cause  to  be  furnished  to  the  Attorney  General  such  inf<n-mation  as  the  Adminis- 
trator or  any  such  agency  may  possess  which  the  Attorney  General  determines  to 
be  pertinent  to  the  application  of  the  antitrust  laws  to  the  disposition  of  surplus 
property  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act.  As  used  in  tiiis  section,  the  tei'm 
"antitrust  laws"  includes  the  Act  of  July  2,  1890  (ch.  26,  Stat.  209),  as  amended; 
the  Act  of  October  15,  1914  (ch.  323,  38  Stat.  730),  as  amended;  the  Federal 
Trade  Commission  Act;  and  the  Act  of  August  27.  1894  (ch.  349,  sec.  73,  74, 
28  Stat.  570) ,  as  amended. 

Sec.  14.  ( a )  No  Government  agency  shall  dispose  of  any  surplus  Government- 
owned  plant  for  the  production  of  synthetic  rubber,  or  aluminum,  which  originally 
cost  the  Government  $5,000,000  or  more,  except  in  accordance  with  this  section 
or  pursuant  to  an  option  therefor. 

(b)  The  Administrator  may  authorize  any  disposal  agency  to  lease  any  such 
surplus  plant  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  five  years. 

(c)  The  Administrator  shall  prepare  and  submit  to  Congress  a  report  as  to 
each  class  of  such  property — 

(1)  describing  the  number,  cost,  and  location  of  such  surplus  plants  and 
setting  forth  other  descriptive  information  relative  to  the  use  and  potential 
use  thereof ; 

(2)  outlining  the  economic  problems  that  may  be  created  by  the  dis- 
position thereof; 

(8)  setting  forth  a  plan  or  program  for  the  care  and  handling,  disposition, 
and  use  thereof  consistent  with  the  policies  and  ob.iectives  of  this  Act ;  and 

(4)  describing  any  steps  already  taken  with  respect  to  the  care  and 
handling,  disposition,  and  use  of  the  property,  including  any  contracts 
relating  thereto. 

The  Administrator  shall  request  Government  agencies  to  submit  information 
and  suggestions  for  use  in  the  preparation  of  such  reports  and  shall  encourage 
States,  political  subdivisions  thereof,  and  private  persons  to  submit  such  infor- 
mation and  suggestions,  and  he  shall  submit  to  the  Congress,  together  with  each 
such  report,  copies  or  summaries  of  such  information  and  suggestions.  After  six 
months  from  the  submission  of  a  report  hereunder,  unless  the  Congress  provides 
otherwise  by  law,  the  Administrator  may  authorize  the  appropriate  disposal  agen- 
cies to  dispose  of  such  property  in  accordance  with  the  plan  or  program  proposed 
in  the  report  to  Congress. 

(d)  The  Administrator  may  authorize  any  disposal  agency  to  dispose  of  any 
materials  or  equipment  related  to  any  surplus  plant  covered  by  subsection  (a) 
of  this  section,  if  such  materials  and  equipment  are  not  necessary  for  the  opera- 
tion of  the  plant  in  the  manner  for  which  it  is  designed. 

(e)  This  section  shall  not  apply  to  any  Government-owned  equipment,  struc- 
ture, or  other  property  operated  as  as  integral  part  of  a  privately  owned  plant 
and  not  capable  of  economic  operation  as  a  separate  and  independent  unit. 

REGULATIONS 

Sec.  15.  The  Administrator  shall  prescribe  regulations  to  effectuate  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act.  Each  Government  agency  shall  carry  out  such  regulations 
of  the  Administrator  expeditiously,  and  shall  issue  such  regulations  with  respect 
to  its  operations  and  procedures  as  may  be  necessary  for  that  purpose.  Any 
Government  agency  may  issue  such  further  regulations  not  inconsistent  with  the 
regulations  of  the  Administrator  as  it  deems  necessary  and  desirable  to  carry 
out  the  provisions  of  this  Act.  The  regulations  prescribed  under  this  Act  shall 
be  published  in  the  Federal  Register. 

GENERAL   PROVISIONS 

SEC.lf?.  (a)  Each  Government  agency  shall  submit  to  the  Administrator  (1) 
such  information  and  reports  with  respect  to  surplus  property  in  its  control,  in 
such  form  and  at  such  times  as  the  Administrator  may  direct;  and  (2)  informa- 
tion and  reports  with  respect  to  other  property  in  its  control,  to  such  extent,  and 
in  such  form  as  the  agency  deems  consistent  with  national  security. 

(b)  Any  Government  agency  may  execute  such  documents  for  the  transfer  of 
title  or  other  interest  in  property  or  take  such  other  action  as  it  deems  necessary 
or  proper  to  transfer  or  dispose  of  surplus  property  or  otherwise  to  carry  out 
the  provisions  of  this  Act.  and  shall  do  so  to  the  extent  required  by  the  regula- 
tions of  the  Administrator. 


POST-WAR    ECOXOMIC    POLICY    AXD    PLANNING  605 

(oi  Where  any  property  is  disposed  of  iu  accordance  with  this  Act  aud  any 
regulations  prescribed  under  this  Act,  no  officer  or  employee  of  the  Government 
shall  (1)  be  liable  with  respect  to  such  disposition  except  for  his  own  fraud  or 
(2)  be  accountable  for  the  collection  of  any  purchase  price  which  is  determined 
to  be  uncollectible  by  the  agency  responsible  therefor. 

(d)  Any  interested  Government  agency  may  take  such  action  for  the  care  and 
handling  of  property  subject  to  disposition  under  this  Act,  and  for  completion 
of  any  semifabricated  property,  as  it  deems  necessary  or  desirable  to  effectuate 
the  objectives  and  policies  of  this  Act. 

(e)  Each  disposal  agency  shall  maintain  in  each  of  its  disposal  offices  such 
records  of  its  inventories  of  surplus  property  and  of  each  disposal  transaction 
negotiated  by  that  office  as  the  Administrator  may  prescribe.  The  information 
in  such  records  shall  be  available  at  all  reasonable  times  for  public  inspection. 

(f)  Nothing  iu  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  impair  or  modify  any  contract  or 
any  term  or  provision  of  any  contract  without  the  consent  of  the  contractor,  if 
the  contract  or  the  term  or  provision  thereof  is  otherwise  valid. 

DISPOSITION    OF    PROCEEDS 

Skc.  17.  (a)  All  proceeds  from  any  transfer  or  disposition  of  property  under 
this  Act  shall  be  deposited  and  covered  into  the  Treasury  as  miscellaneous 
receipts,  except  as  provided  in  subsections  (b),  (c),  (d),  and  (e)  of  this  section. 

(b)  From  the  proceeds  of  such  transfers  or  dispositions,  the  agency  may  deduct 
all  expenses  incurred  for  the  case  and  handling,  completion,  and  transfers  or 
dispositions  of  such  property  under  this  xict,  and  may  reimburse  the  fund  or 
appropriation  bearing  such  expenses,  or  the  corresponding  fund  or  appropriation 
currently  available  at  the  time  of  reimbursement. 

(c)  Where  the  property  transferred  or  disposed  of  was  acquired  by  the  use  of 
funds  either  not  appropriated  from  the  general  fund  of  the  Treasury  or  appro- 
priated from  the  general  fund  of  the  Treasury  but  by  law  reimbursable  from 
assessment,  tax,  or  other  revenue  or  receipts,  then  upon  the  request  of  the 
interested  agency  the  proceeds  of  the  disposition  or  transfer  remaining  after  any 
deductions  under  subsection  (b)  of  this  section  shall  be  credited  to  the  reim- 
bursable fund  or  appropriation  or  paid  to  the  owning  agency. 

(d)  To  the  extent  authorized  by  the  Administrator,  any  Government  agency 
disposing  of  property  under  this  Act  (1)  may  deposit,  in  a  special  account 
with  the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States,  such  amount  of  the  proceeds  of  such 
dispositions  as  it  deems  necessary  to  permit  appropriate  refunds  to  purchasers 
when  any  disposition  is  rescinded  or  does  not  become  final,  or  payments  for 
breach  of  any  warranty,  and  (2)  may  withdraw  therefrom  amounts  so  to  be 
refunded  or  paid,  without  regard  to  the  origin  of  the  funds  withdrawn. 

(e)  Where  a  contract  or  subcontract  authorizes  the  proceeds  of  any  sale  of 
property  in  the  custody  of  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  to  be  credited  to  the 
price  or  cost  of  the  work  covered  by  such  contract  or  subcontract,  the  proceeds 
of  any  such  sale  shall  be  credited  in  accordance  with  the  contract  or  subcontract 
and  shall  not  be  subject  to  subsection  (a)  of  this  section. 

USE    OF    APPROPP.IATED    FUNDS 

Sec.  18.  (a)  Any  Government  agency  is  authorized  to  use  for  the  disposition 
of  property  under  this  Act  and  for  its  completion,  care,  and  handling,  pending 
such  disposition,  any  funds  heretofore  or  hereafter  appropriated,  allocated,  or 
available  to  it  for  such  purposes  or  for  the  purpose  of  production  or  procure- 
ment of  such  property. 

(b)  Any  Gi)Vornnient  agency  is  authorized  to  use  in  payment  for  the  transfer 
to  it  of  any  surplus  property  imder  this  Act  any  funds  heretofore  or  hereafter 
appropriated,  allocated,  or  available  to  it  for  the  acquisition  of  property  of  the 
same  kind. 

(c)  There  are  authorized  to  be  appropriated  such  sums  as  may  be  necessary 
or  approiiriate  for  administering  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

DELEGATION    OF    AUTHORITY 

Sec.  19.  (a.)  The  Administrator  may  delegate  any  authority  and  discretion 
conferred  upon  him  by  this  Act  to  any  Deputy  Administrator,  and  may  delegate 
such  authority  and  discretion  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  he  may  pre- 
scribe, to  the  head  of  any  Government  agency  to  the  extent  necessary  to  the 
handling  and  solution  of  problems  peculiar  to  that  agency. 


606  POST-WAR   ECONOMIC    POLICY   AXD    PLAXXIXG 

(b)  The  tie;ul  of  any  Government  agency  may  delegate,  and  autliorize  succes- 
sive redelegations  of,  any  authority  and  discretion  conferred  upon  him  or  his 
agency  by  or  pursuant  to  this  Act  to  any  officer,  agent,  or  employee  of  such 
agency  or,  with  the  approval  of  the  Administrator,  to  any  other  Government 
agency. 

(c)  Any  two  or  more  Government  agencies  may  exercise  jointly  any  authority 
and  discretion  conferred  upon  each  of  them  individually  by  or  pursuant  to 
this  Act. 

APPLICABILITY 

Sec.  20.  All  policies  and  procedures  relating  to  surplus  property  prescribed 
by  the  Surplus  War  Property  Administration,  created  by  Executive  Order  Num- 
bered 9425,  dated  February  19,  1944,  or  any  other  Government  agency  in  effect 
upon  the  effective  date  of  this  Act,  and  not  inconsistent  with  this  Act,  shall 
remain  in  full  force  and  effect  unless  and  until  superseded  by  regulations  uf  the 
Administrator  or  of  the  agency  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 

Sec.  21.  (a)  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  limit  or  affect  the  authority  of  com- 
manders in  active  theaters  of  military  operations  to  dispose  of  proiierty  in 
their  control. 

(b)  The  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be  applicable  to  dispositions  of  property 
within  the  United  States  and  elsewhere,  but  the  AdministJ-ator  may  exempt  from 
some  or  all  of  the  provisions  hereof,  dispositions  of  property  located  outside  of 
the  continental  United  States  or  in  Alaska,  whenever  he  deems  that  such  i)ro- 
visions  would  obstruct  the  efficient  and  economic  disposition  of  such  property  in 
accordance  with  the  objectives  of  this  Act. 

Sec.  22.  (a)  The  authority  conferred  by  this  Act  is  in  addition  to  any  authority 
conferred  by  any  other  law  and  shall  not  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of  any  law 
inconsistent  herewith.  This  Act  shall  not  impair  or  affect  any  authority  for  the 
disposition  of  property  under  any  other  law.  except  that  the  Administrator  may 
prescribe  regulations  to  govern  any  disposition  of  surplus  property  under  any 
such  authority  to  the  same  extent  as  if  tlie  disposition  were  made  under  this  Act, 
whenever  he  deems  such  action  necessary  to  effectuate  the  objectives  and  policies 
of  this  Act. 

(b)  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  impair  or  affect  the  provisions  of  the  Emergency 
Price  <'oiitrol  Act  of  1942.  as  amended:  or  the  Act  of  October  2,  1942  (ch.  57S. 
56  Stat.  765),  as  amended  ;  or  of  section  301  of  the  Second  War  Powers  Act,  1942  ; 
or  of  the  Act  of  March  11.  1941  (55  Stat.  31).  as  amended;  or  Acts  supplenienfal 
thereto,  or  of  any  law  regulating  the  exi)ortation  of  property  from  the  United 
States. 

EFFECTIVE   DATE  ;  EXPIRATION 

Sec.  23.  This  Act  shall  become  effective  from  the  date  of  its  enactnient.  Unh'ss 
extended  by  law,  this  Act  shall  expire  at  the  end  of  three  years  following  the  date 
of  the  cessation  of  hostilities  in  the  present  war.  as  proclaimed  by  the  President 
or  by  concurrent  resolution  of  the  two  Houses  of  Congress. 

SEPARABILITY  OF  PROVISIONS 

Sec.  24.  If  any  provision  of  this  Act,  or  the  application  of  such  provision  to  any 
person  or  ciicnmstance.  is  held  invalid,  the  remainder  of  this  Act  or  the  applica- 
tion of  such  provision  to  persons  or  circumstances  other  than  those  as  to  which 
it  is  held  invalid,  shall  not  be  affected  thereby. 

SHORT  TITLE 

Sec.  25.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  the  "Surplus  Property  Act  of  1944." 


BOSTON  PUBtjCV; 


ABBAB^, 


3  9999 


06352 


046  2